Si34-804 - C (1) - VRVIII SM PDF

Si34 - 804_C
RXQ5-54PAY1
R-410A Cooling Only 50Hz
Si34-804_C
R-410A Cooling Only

50Hz
1. Introduction .............................................................................................v
1.1 Safety Cautions ........................................................................................v
1.2 PREFACE ............................................................................................... ix
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
1.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................2
1.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................2
1.3 Air Treatment Equipment .........................................................................3
2. External Appearance...............................................................................4
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................4
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................5
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................7

4. Capacity Range.......................................................................................9
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................. 12

1. Specifications ........................................................................................13
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................13
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................34
Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 57

1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................58
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
RXQ5PA.................................................................................................58
RXQ8PA.................................................................................................60
RXQ10PA, 12PA ....................................................................................62
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA .........................................................................64
Outdoor Air Processing Unit FXMQ125MFV1~250MFV1 ......................66
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................67

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
RXQ5PA.................................................................................................67
RXQ8PA.................................................................................................68
RXQ10PA...............................................................................................69
RXQ12PA...............................................................................................70
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA .........................................................................71
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................72
Part 4 Function............................................................................ 80
1. Function General...................................................................................81
1.1 Symbol ...................................................................................................81
1.2 Operation Mode......................................................................................82
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................83
2.1 Normal Operation ...................................................................................83
2.2 Compressor PI Control...........................................................................83
i
Table of Contents
Si34-804_C
2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................102

2.4 Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................102
2.5 Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................102
3. Special Control....................................................................................103
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Startup Control .....................................................................................103

Oil Return Operation ............................................................................104
Pump down Residual Operation...........................................................105
Standby ................................................................................................105
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................106
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................107

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................107

Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................108
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................109
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................110
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................111
Injection Control (only for RXQ5PA).....................................................111
5. Other Control.......................................................................................112
5.1 Outdoor Unit Rotation...........................................................................112
5.2 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................113
5.3 Demand Operation ...............................................................................118
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................119

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................119

Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................121
Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermistor.............................122
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation ....................................123
Thermostat Control in Dry Operation ...................................................123
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .....................................................124
Freeze-up Prevention...........................................................................124
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................125
Control of Outdoor Air Processing Unit
(Unique Control for Outdoor Air Processing Unit) ................................126
Part 5 Test Operation ............................................................... 129

1. Test Operation ....................................................................................130
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................130
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................131
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................146
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout....................................................................147

3. Field Setting ........................................................................................148
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................148
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................165
Part 6 Service Diagnosis........................................................... 185

1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................187
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................190
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Table of Contents
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................190

Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................191
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................193
Operation of the Remote Controllers Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................195
ii
Si34-804_C
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................196

2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................199
2.7 Error Code and Description..................................................................200
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................206

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
3.40
3.41
3.42
3.43
3.44
3.45
3.46
iii
External Protection Device Abnormality ...............................................206

PCB Abnormality ..................................................................................207
Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality....................................208
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload .........................................................210
Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality...................................................214
Power Supply Voltage Abnormality ......................................................216
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E) Abnormality ............................217
Drain Level above Limit........................................................................219
Capacity Determination Device Abnormality ........................................220
Transmission Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB).............221
Thermistor Abnormality ........................................................................223
Combination Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB)..............224
Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ..................................................225
Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller Abnormality ......226
PCB Abnormality ..................................................................................227
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................................................228
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................................................231
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock..........................................................233
STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock...........................................236
Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality....................................................237
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E, Y2E) Abnormality....................240
Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ...........................................242
Refrigerant Overcharged......................................................................244
Outdoor Fan Motor Signal Abnormality ................................................245
Current Sensor Abnormality .................................................................247
High Pressure Sensor Abnormality ......................................................248
Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................250
Inverter PCB Abnormality.....................................................................253
Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality .........................255
Inverter Compressor Abnormality.........................................................258
Inverter Current Abnormality ................................................................260
Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality ............................................262
Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB .......................265
Inverter Over-Ripple Protection............................................................267
Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality .................................269
Field Setting after Replacing Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality.........................................................270
Refrigerant Shortage ............................................................................271
Reverse Phase, Open Phase...............................................................272
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality .....................273
Check Operation is not Executed.........................................................276
Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units..............277
Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.........279
Transmission Error between Outdoor Units .........................................280
Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers .........282
Transmission Error between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................283
Table of Contents
Si34-804_C
3.47 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units, Indoor Units and
Remote Controller ................................................................................284
3.48 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller......................................286
3.49 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ...287
3.50 System is not Set yet............................................................................290
3.51 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined .............291
Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 301

1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................302
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................302
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................306
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................309

2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................309
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................314
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................317
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................330

3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................330
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................333
4. Option List ...........................................................................................338

4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................338
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................340
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................342

5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................342
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................343
6. Example of Connection (R-410A Type) ..............................................345

7. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................347
8. Pressure Sensor .................................................................................349
Part 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 350

1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................351
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................351
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................353
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................354
Table of Contents
iv
Introduction
Si34-804_C
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
Warning and
Caution. The
The caution items are classified into
Warning
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The
Caution items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair

Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shock.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
Si34-804_C
Introduction
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
For integral units

only
For integral units

only
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
vi
Introduction
Si34-804_C
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the remote controller, be sure to disposed
of the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
vii
Si34-804_C
Introduction
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 M or higher.
Defective insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Defective drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons

Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List

Icon
Type of
Information
Description
Note
A note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Caution
A caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through

incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or

in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Note:
Caution
Warning
viii
Introduction
1.2
Si34-804_C
PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2009 VRVIII series Cooling Only System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII series R-410A
Cooling Only System.
December, 2010
After Sales Service Division
ix
Si34-804_C
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
1.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................2
1.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................2
1.3 Air Treatment Equipment .........................................................................3
2. External Appearance...............................................................................4
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................4
2.2 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................5
3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................7

4. Capacity Range.......................................................................................9
General Information
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Si34-804_C
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

1.1
Indoor Units
Indoor Units
Capacity range
Capacity index
0.8HP
20
1HP
25
1.25HP
31.25
1.6HP
40
2HP
50
2.5HP
62.5
3.2HP
80
4HP
100
5HP
125
6HP
140
8HP
200
10HP
250
FXFQ
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
FXZQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
FXCQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
125M
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ
25MA
32MA
40MA
63MA
20PB
25PB
32PB
Slim Ceiling Mounted

Duct Type
FXDQPBVE
FXDQPBVET
FXDQNBVE
FXDQNBVET
20PB
25PB
32PB
40NB
50NB
63NB
40NB
50NB
63NB
FXMQ
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
140P
FXMQ
Ceiling Suspended
Type
FXHQ
32MA
63MA
100MA
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Round Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette (Compact
Multi Flow) Type
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
(Middle and high static
pressure)
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
Power
Supply
VE
200MA 250MA
Note: FXDQ has following 2 series, as shown below.

FXDQ-PBVET, NBVET: without a Drain Pump (For General, Asia: except for EU, China and Australia)
FXDQ-PBVE, NBVE: with a Drain Pump
MA: RoHS Directive models; Specifications, dimensions and other functions are not changed compared with
M type.
Connection unit series indoor units
Capacity range
Capacity index
Ceiling Suspended
FXUQ
Cassette Type
3HP
71
71MA
4HP
100
100MA
5HP
125
125MA
Power
Supply
Connection Unit for

FXUQ
71MA
100MA
125MA
VE
BEVQ
V1
Note: BEV unit is required for FXUQ only.

MA: RoHS Directive models; Specifications, dimensions and other functions are not changed compared with
M type.
1.2
Outdoor Units
Normal Series (Space Saving Series)

Series
Cooling Only
RXQ
5PA
24PA
42PA
8PA
26PA
44PA
10PA
28PA
46PA
Model Name
12PA
14PA
30PA
32PA
48PA
50PA
16PA
34PA
52PA
18PA
36PA
54PA
20PA
38PA
22PA
40PA
Power Supply
24PAH
42PAH
Model Name
26PAH 28PAH
44PAH 46PAH
30PAH
48PAH
32PAH
50PAH
34PAH
36PAH
Y1
High COP Series (Energy Saving Series)

Series
Cooling Only
RXQ
16PAH
38PAH
18PAH
40PAH
Power Supply
Y1
VE:1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz

V1: 1 phase, 220-240V, 50Hz
Y1: 3 phase, 380-415V, 50Hz
2
General Information
Si34-804_C
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
Combination of Outdoor Units (Normal Series (Space Saving Series))

HP
Model name
5HP
RXQ5PA
8HP
RXQ8PA
10HP
RXQ10PA
12HP
RXQ12PA
14HP
RXQ14PA
16HP
RXQ16PA
18HP
RXQ18PA
HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
20HP
RXQ20PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ12PA
22HP
RXQ22PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
24HP
RXQ24PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ16PA
26HP
RXQ26PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ18PA
28HP
RXQ28PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ18PA
30HP
RXQ30PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ18PA
32HP
RXQ32PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
34HP
RXQ34PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
36HP
RXQ36PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
38HP
RXQ38PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ18PA
40HP
RXQ40PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
42HP
RXQ42PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
44HP
RXQ44PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
46HP
RXQ46PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
48HP
RXQ48PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
50HP
RXQ50PA
RXQ14PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
52HP
RXQ52PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
54HP
RXQ54PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA
Combination of Outdoor Units (High COP Series (Energy Saving Series))

HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
16HP
RXQ16PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ8PA
18HP
RXQ18PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
24HP
RXQ24PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ8PA
26HP
RXQ26PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
28HP
RXQ28PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ12PA
30HP
RXQ30PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
32HP
RXQ32PAH
RXQ8PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
34HP
RXQ34PAH
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
36HP
RXQ36PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
38HP
RXQ38PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ14PA
40HP
RXQ40PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ16PA
42HP
RXQ42PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ18PA
44HP
RXQ44PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
46HP
RXQ46PAH
RXQ12PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
HP
Model name
Outdoor unit 1
Outdoor unit 2
Outdoor unit 3
48HP
RXQ48PAH
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
50HP
RXQ50PAH
RXQ16PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
1.3
Air Treatment Equipment
Outdoor-air processing unit

Series
FXMQ
Model name
200MF
125MF
Power supply
V1
250MF
HRV units (VKM series)

Series
HRV units with DX
coil
HRV units with DX
coil and humidifier
Model name
Power supply
50GA
80GA
100GA
50GAM
80GAM
100GAM
VKM
V1
HRV units (VAM series)

Series
HRV units
VAM
150GJ
250GJ
350GJ
500GJ
Model name
650GJ 800GJ
1000GJ
1500GJ
2000GJ
Power supply
VE
VE:1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz

V1: 1 phase, 220-240V, 50Hz
Y1: 3 phase, 380-415V, 50Hz
General Information
External Appearance
Si34-804_C
2. External Appearance
2.1
Indoor Units
Ceiling mounted cassette (Round flow) type

FXFQ25PVE
FXFQ32PVE
FXFQ40PVE
FXFQ50PVE
FXFQ63PVE
FXFQ80PVE
FXFQ100PVE
FXFQ125PVE
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
Ceiling mounted cassette (Compact multi flow) type

FXZQ20MVE
FXZQ25MVE
FXZQ32MVE
FXZQ40MVE
FXZQ50MVE
FXCQ20MVE
FXCQ25MVE
FXCQ32MVE
FXCQ40MVE
FXCQ50MVE
FXCQ63MVE
FXCQ80MVE
FXCQ125MVE
Wall mounted type

FXAQ20MAVE
FXAQ25MAVE
FXAQ32MAVE
FXAQ40MAVE
FXAQ50MAVE
FXAQ63MAVE
Ceiling mounted cassette corner type

FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
FXKQ63MAVE
Floor standing type

FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
FXLQ32MAVE
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
FXLQ63MAVE
Slim ceiling mounted duct type

FXDQ20PBVE/FXDQ20PBVET
FXDQ40NBVE/FXDQ40NBVET
with a Drain Pump (VE)
without a Drain Pump (VET)
Ceiling mounted duct type

(Middle and high static pressure)
Ceiling suspended type

FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
Ceiling mounted cassette (Double flow) type
FXMQ20PVE
FXMQ25PVE
FXMQ32PVE
FXMQ40PVE
FXMQ50PVE
Ceiling mounted duct type
FXMQ63PVE
FXMQ80PVE
FXMQ100PVE
FXMQ125PVE
FXMQ140PVE
Concealed floor standing type

FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
FXNQ32MAVE
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
FXNQ63MAVE
Ceiling suspended cassette type

50Hz
FXUQ71MAV1 + BEVQ71MAVE
Connection unit
General Information
Si34-804_C
2.2
External Appearance
Outdoor Units
Normal Series (Space Saving Series)
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA, 10PA
RXQ12PA, 14PA, 16PA, 18PA
5HP
8, 10HP
12, 14, 16, 18HP
RXQ20PA, 22PA, 24PA, 26PA, 28PA
20, 22, 24, 26, 28HP
30, 32, 34, 36HP
RXQ38PA, 40PA, 42PA, 44PA, 46PA
38, 40, 42, 44, 46HP
48, 50, 52, 54HP
General Information
External Appearance
Si34-804_C
RXQ16PAH, 18PAH
RXQ24PAH, 26PAH
16, 18HP
24, 26HP
RXQ28PAH, 30PAH
RXQ32PAH, 34PAH
28, 30HP
32, 34HP
RXQ36PAH, 38PAH, 40PAH, 42PAH, 44PAH, 46PAH, 48PAH, 50PAH
36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50HP
General Information
Si34-804_C
Combination of Outdoor Units
3. Combination of Outdoor Units

Normal Series
System Number
Capacity of units
5HP
1
8HP
1
10HP
1
12HP
1
14HP
1
16HP
1
18HP
1
20HP
2
22HP
2
24HP
2
26HP
2
28HP
2
30HP
2
32HP
2
34HP
2
36HP
2
38HP
3
40HP
3
42HP
3
44HP
3
46HP
3
48HP
3
50HP
3
52HP
3
54HP
3
Note:
General Information
10
Module
12
14
16
18
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection

Piping Kit (Option)
Cooling Only: BHFP22P100
For multiple connection of 20HP system or more, an optional Daikin Outdoor Unit Multi
Connection Piping Kit is required.
Combination of Outdoor Units
Si34-804_C
System Number
Capacity of units
16HP
2
18HP
2
24HP
3
26HP
3
28HP
3
30HP
3
32HP
3
34HP
3
36HP
3
38HP
3
40HP
3
42HP
3
44HP
3
46HP
3
48HP
3
50HP
3
Note:
10
Module
12
14
16
18
Outdoor Unit Multi Connection

Piping Kit (Option)
For multiple connection of 16HP system or more, an optional Daikin Outdoor Unit Multi
Connection Piping Kit is required.
General Information
Si34-804_C
Capacity Range
4. Capacity Range
Combination ratio
Connection capacity: 50% - 200%
Combination ratio =
Total capacity index of the indoor units

Capacity index of the outdoor units
Max. combination ratio

Types of connected indoor units
Type of connected Air Treatment Equipments
Type
Single
outdoor units
Double
outdoor units
Triple outdoor
units
Min.
combination
ratio
VKM
FXMQ-MF
Including
When
FXDQ, FXFQ25 at
Other
When VKM
When
FXMQ-P, least one indoor unit When VKM and indoor FXMQ-MF FXMQ-MF
is only
and indoor
FXAQ
models
units are
is only
unit
connected
units are
connected connected connected
200%
50%
200%
130%
160%
130%
130%
100%
100%*
130%
Note: If the operational capacity of indoor units is more than 130%, low airflow operation is enforced in all the
indoor units.
* When outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) and standard indoor units are connected, the total
connection capacity of the outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) must not exceed 30% of the
capacity index of the outdoor units.
General Information
Capacity Range
Si34-804_C
Outdoor Unit Combinations

Normal Type (Space Saving Type)
HP
5HP
8HP
10HP
12HP
14HP
16HP
18HP
20HP
22HP
24HP
26HP
28HP
30HP
32HP
34HP
36HP
38HP
40HP
42HP
44HP
46HP
48HP
50HP
52HP
54HP
Capacity
index
125
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
1,350
Model name
Combination
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ14PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ20PA
RXQ22PA
RXQ24PA
RXQ26PA
RXQ28PA
RXQ30PA
RXQ32PA
RXQ34PA
RXQ36PA
RXQ38PA
RXQ40PA
RXQ42PA
RXQ44PA
RXQ46PA
RXQ48PA
RXQ50PA
RXQ52PA
RXQ54PA
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ14PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ8PA + RXQ12PA
RXQ10PA + RXQ12PA
RXQ8PA + RXQ16PA
RXQ8PA + RXQ18PA
RXQ10PA + RXQ18PA
RXQ12PA + RXQ18PA
RXQ16PA 2
RXQ16PA + RXQ18PA
RXQ18PA 2
RXQ8PA + RXQ12PA + RXQ18PA
RXQ8PA + RXQ16PA 2
RXQ8PA + RXQ18PA 2
RXQ10PA + RXQ18PA 2
RXQ12PA + RXQ18PA 2
RXQ14PA + RXQ18PA 2
RXQ16PA + RXQ18PA 2
RXQ18PA 3
Outdoor unit multi

connection piping kit *1
BHFP22P100
BHFP22P151
Total capacity index of

connectable indoor units *2 *3
62.5 to 162.5 (250)
100 to 260 (400)
125 to 325 (500)
150 to 390 (600)
175 to 455 (700)
200 to 520 (800)
225 to 585 (900)
250 to 650 (800)
275 to 715 (880)
300 to 780 (960)
325 to 845 (1,040)
350 to 910 (1,120)
375 to 975 (1,200)
400 to 1,040 (1,280)
425 to 1,105 (1,360)
450 to 1,170 (1,440)
475 to 1,235 (1,235)
500 to 1,300 (1,300)
525 to 1,365 (1,365)
550 to 1,430 (1,430)
575 to 1,495 (1,495)
600 to 1,560 (1,560)
625 to 1,625 (1,625)
650 to 1,690 (1,690)
675 to 1,755 (1,755)
Maximum number of
connectable indoor units *2
8 (12)
13 (20)
16 (25)
19 (30)
22 (35)
26 (40)
29 (45)
32 (40)
35 (44)
39 (48)
42 (52)
45 (56)
48 (60)
52 (64)
55 (64)
58 (64)
61 (61)
64 (64)
Note: *1 For multiple connection of 20 HP systems and above, the outdoor unit multi connection
piping kit (separately sold) is required.
*2 Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity,
200% for single outdoor units, 160% for double outdoor units, and 130% for triple outdoor
units.
outdoor units, 160% for double outdoor units, and 130% for triple outdoor units.
*3 When outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) and standard indoor units are connected,
the total connection capacity of the outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) must not
exceed 30% of the capacity index of the outdoor units.
High COP Type (Energy Saving Type)

HP
16HP
18HP
24HP
26HP
28HP
30HP
32HP
34HP
36HP
38HP
40HP
42HP
44HP
46HP
48HP
50HP
Capacity
index
400
450
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
Model name
Combination
RXQ16PAH
RXQ18PAH
RXQ24PAH
RXQ26PAH
RXQ28PAH
RXQ30PAH
RXQ32PAH
RXQ34PAH
RXQ36PAH
RXQ38PAH
RXQ40PAH
RXQ42PAH
RXQ44PAH
RXQ46PAH
RXQ48PAH
RXQ50PAH
RXQ8PA 2
RXQ8PA + RXQ10PA
RXQ8PA 3
RXQ8PA 2 + RXQ10PA
RXQ8PA 2 + RXQ12PA
RXQ8PA + RXQ12PA 2
RXQ10PA + RXQ12PA 2
RXQ12PA 3
RXQ12PA 2 + RXQ14PA
RXQ12PA 2 + RXQ16PA
RXQ12PA 2 + RXQ18PA
RXQ12PA + RXQ16PA 2
RXQ16PA 3
RXQ16PA 2 + RXQ18PA
Outdoor unit multi

connection piping kit *1
BHFP22P100
BHFP22P151
Total capacity index of

connectable indoor units *2 *3
200 to 520 (640)
225 to 585 (720)
300 to 780 (780)
325 to 845 (845)
350 to 910 (910)
375 to 975 (975)
400 to 1,040 (1,040)
425 to 1,105 (1,105)
450 to 1,170 (1,170)
475 to 1,235 (1,235)
500 to 1,300 (1,300)
525 to 1,365 (1,365)
550 to 1,430 (1,430)
575 to 1,495 (1,495)
600 to 1,560 (1,560)
625 to 1,625 (1,625)
Maximum number of
connectable indoor units *2
26 (32)
29 (36)
39 (39)
42 (42)
45 (45)
48 (48)
52 (52)
55 (55)
58 (58)
61 (61)
64 (64)
Note: *1 For multiple connection of 16 HP systems and above, the outdoor unit multi connection
piping kit (separately sold) is required.
*2 Values inside brackets are based on connection of indoor units rated at maximum capacity,
200% for single outdoor units, 160% for double outdoor units, and 130% for triple outdoor
units.
*3 When outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) and standard indoor units are connected,
the total connection capacity of the outdoor-air processing units (FXMQ-MF) must not
exceed 30% of the capacity index of the outdoor units.
10
General Information
Si34-804_C
Capacity Range
Indoor unit connection capacity

Normal type (Space saving type)
Type
Single
outdoor
units
Double
outdoor
units
Triple
outdoor
units
HP
5
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
Capacity
index
Model name
125
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
1,300
1,350
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
RXQ12PA
RXQ14PA
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
RXQ20PA
RXQ22PA
RXQ24PA
RXQ26PA
RXQ28PA
RXQ30PA
RXQ32PA
RXQ34PA
RXQ36PA
RXQ38PA
RXQ40PA
RXQ42PA
RXQ44PA
RXQ46PA
RXQ46PA
RXQ50PA
RXQ52PA
RXQ54PA
Min.
combination
ratio
50%

Including FXFQ25 at least
FXDQ, FXMQ-P, FXAQ
one unit
Max.
Max. number of
Max.
Max. number of
combination
connectable
combination
connectable
ratio
indoor units
ratio
indoor units
12
8
20
13
25
16
30
19
35
22
40
26
45
29
50
32
55
35
60
39
42
45
48
200%
130%
52
55
58
61
64
64
Other indoor unit models

Max.
combination
ratio
200%
160%
Max. number of
connectable
indoor units
12
20
25
30
35
40
45
40
44
48
52
56
60
64
61
130%
64
Note: If the operational capacity of indoor units is more than 130%, low airflow operation is enforced
in all the indoor units.
High COP type (Energy saving type)
Type
Double
outdoor units
Triple
outdoor
units
HP
16
18
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
Capacity
index
Model name
400
450
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
1,250
RXQ16PAH
RXQ18PAH
RXQ24PAH
RXQ26PAH
RXQ28PAH
RXQ30PAH
RXQ32PAH
RXQ34PAH
RXQ36PAH
RXQ38PAH
RXQ40PAH
RXQ42PAH
RXQ44PAH
RXQ46PAH
RXQ46PAH
RXQ50PAH
Min.
combination
ratio
50%

Including FXFQ25 at least
FXDQ, FXMQ-P, FXAQ
one unit
Max.
Max. number of
Max.
Max. number of
combination
connectable
combination
connectable
ratio
indoor units
ratio
indoor units
40
26
45
29
60
39
42
45
48
52
55
200%
130%
58
64
61
64
Other indoor unit models

Max.
combination
ratio
160%
130%
Max. number of
connectable
indoor units
32
36
39
42
45
48
52
55
58
61
64
Note: If the operational capacity of indoor units is more than 130%, low airflow operation is enforced
in all the indoor units.
General Information
11
Si34-804_C
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ........................................................................................13
1.1 Outdoor Units .........................................................................................13
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................34
12
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
1. Specifications
1.1
Outdoor Units
Cooling Only 50Hz Normal Series (Space Saving Series) <RXQ-PA>

Model Name
kcal / h
RXQ5PAY1
12,100
RXQ8PAY1
19,400
Btu / h
48,100
76,800
kW
14.1
22.5
kW
14.0
22.4
Ivory White (5Y7.5/1)
1680635765
Cross Fin Coil
1680930765
Cross Fin Coil
1 Cooling Capacity (19.5CWB)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h
Hermetically Sealed Scroll Type

13.34

16.90
Number of Revolutions
r/min
6300
7980
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
Starting Method
Type
Fan
2.21
3.61
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
0.751
Motor Output
kW
0.351
Airflow Rate
m/min
95
180
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Drive
9.5 (Brazing Connection)
kg
160
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over
Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
205
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
28~100
R-410A
20~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
Connecting
Pipes
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
mm
mm
Product Mass (Machine weight)

Safety Devices
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
6.2
7.2
Electronic Expansion Valve
Refer to the Nameplate of Compressor
Standard Accessories
Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Clamps
Drawing No.
C: 4D061669A

Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes,
Clamps
C: 4D061687A
Note:
1 Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp. : 35CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5m, level
difference : 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
difference : 0m.
The Reference Number

C~: Partly corrected drawings.
J~: Original drawing is Japanese
V~: Printing Convenience
Specifications
13
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Model Name
RXQ10PAY1
24,300
29,000
Btu / h
96,200
115,000
kW
28.2
33.7
kW
28.0
33.5
mm

1680930765

16801240765

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
m/h
13.34+10.53
13.34+10.53
r/min
6300, 2900
6300, 2900
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(1.4+4.5)1
(1.8+4.5)1
Type
Motor Output
kW
Airflow Rate
m/min
Soft Start
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
0.751
Propeller Fan
0.352
185
233
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Liquid Pipe
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
249
285


Product Mass (Machine Weight)

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant
Cross Fin Coil

Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Cross Fin Coil

Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
RXQ12PAY1
kcal / h
Refrigerant Name
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
14~100
14~100
kg
R-410A
7.9
R-410A
9.5



Clamps
C: 4D061688A
Drawing No.

Clamps
C: 4D061689A
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
14
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Model Name
RXQ14PAY1
34,600
39,000
Btu / h
137,000
155,000
kW
40.2
45.3
kW
40.0
45.0
mm

16801240765

16801240765

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
m/h
13.34+10.53+10.53
13.34+10.53+10.53
r/min
6300, 2900, 2900
6300, 2900, 2900
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(1.4+4.5+4.5)1
(2.7+4.5+4.5)1
Type
Motor Output
kW
Airflow Rate
m/min
Soft Start
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
0.352
Propeller Fan
0.352
233
233
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Liquid Pipe
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
329
329



Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant
Cross Fin Coil

Drive
Connecting
Pipes
Cross Fin Coil

Displacement
Starting Method
Fan
RXQ16PAY1
kcal / h
Refrigerant Name
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil
10~100
10~100
kg
R-410A
11.3
R-410A
11.5



Clamps
C: 4D061690A
Drawing No.

Clamps
C: 4D061691A
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
15
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Model Name (Combination Unit)
RXQ18PAY1
RXQ20PAY1
Model Name (Independent Unit)
kcal / h
42,400
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ12PAY1
48,300
Btu / h
168,000
192,000
kW
49.3
56.2
kW
49.0
55.9
16801240765
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

16.90+10.53+10.53
r/min
7980, 2900, 2900
(7980), (6300, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(2.8+4.5+4.5)1
(3.61)+((1.8+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
(0.751)+(0.352)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
0.752
Airflow Rate
m/min
239
180+233
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
341
205+285


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
9~100
R-410A
8~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
11.7
7.2+9.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps
Drawing No.

Clamps
C: 4D061692A
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
16
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ22PAY1
RXQ24PAY1

kcal / h
RXQ10PAY1+RXQ12PAY1
53,200
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ16PAY1
58,300
Btu / h
211,000
231,000
kW
61.9
67.8
kW
61.5
67.4
(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)

(16.90)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
(7980)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((1.4+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)
(3.61)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
(0.751)+(0.352)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.352)
Airflow Rate
m/min
185+233
180+233
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
249+285
205+329


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
7~100
R-410A
6~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.9+9.5
7.2+11.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
17
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ26PAY1
RXQ28PAY1

kcal / h
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
61,700
RXQ10PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
66,700
Btu / h
250,000
264,000
kW
71.8
77.5
kW
71.4
77.0
(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(16.90)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(7980)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(3.61)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
((1.4+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
(0.751)+(0.752)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+239
185+239
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
205+341
249+341


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
6~100
R-410A
5~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+11.7
7.9+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
18
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ30PAY1
RXQ32PAY1

kcal / h
RXQ12PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
71,400
RXQ16PAY1+RXQ16PAY1
77,800
Btu / h
283,000
309,000
kW
83.0
90.5
kW
82.5
90.0
(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
(0.352)+(0.352)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.352)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
233+239
233+233
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
285+341
329+329


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
5~100
R-410A
5~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
9.5+11.7
11.5+11.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
19
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ34PAY1
RXQ36PAY1

kcal / h
RXQ16PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
81,400
RXQ18PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
85,100
Btu / h
323,000
338,000
kW
94.6
99.0
kW
94.0
98.0
(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
(0.752)+(0.752)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.352)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
233+239
239+239
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
329+341
341+341


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
5~100
R-410A
4~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
11.5+11.7
11.7+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
20
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ38PAY1
RXQ40PAY1

kcal / h
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ12PAY1+RXQ18PAY1
91,200
97,200
Btu / h
362,000
386,000
kW
106
113
kW
105
112
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(16.90)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(7980)+(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(7980)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(3.61)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
(3.61)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.352)+(0.752)
(0.751)+(0.352)+(0.352)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+233+239
180+233+233
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
205+285+341
205+329+329


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Direct Drive
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
4~100
R-410A
4~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+9.5+11.7
7.2+11.5+11.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
21
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ42PAY1
RXQ44PAY1

kcal / h
101,000
104,000
Btu / h
399,000
413,000
kW
117
121
kW
116
120
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(16.90)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(16.90)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(7980)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(7980)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
(3.61)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
(3.61)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.352)+(0.752)
(0.751)+(0.752)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+233+239
180+239+239
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
205+329+341
205+341+341


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Direct Drive
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
4~100
R-410A
4~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+11.5+11.7
7.2+11.7+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
22
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ46PAY1
RXQ48PAY1

kcal / h
109,000
114,000
Btu / h
433,000
454,000
kW
127
133
kW
126
132
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
Type
Displacement
m/h

(13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53) (13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((1.4+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.752)+(0.752)
(0.352)+(0.752)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
185+239+239
233+239+239
Liquid Pipe
mm
Direct Drive
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
249+341+341
285+341+341


Drive
Connecting
Pipes

Safety Devices
Direct Drive
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
3~100
R-410A
3~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.9+11.7+11.7
9.5+11.7+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
23
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ50PAY1
RXQ52PAY1

kcal / h
120,000
124,000
Btu / h
474,000
491,000
kW
139
144
kW
138
143
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
m/h

(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)

(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
kW
((1.4+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
mm
Type
Displacement
Comp.
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
Starting Method
Soft Start
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
kW
m/min
(0.352)+(0.752)+(0.752)
233+239+239
(0.352)+(0.752)+(0.752)
233+239+239
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
329+341+341
329+341+341


Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Motor Output
Airflow Rate

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
3~100
R-410A
3~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
11.3+11.7+11.7
11.5+11.7+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
difference : 0m.
24
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ54PAY1

kcal / h
127,000
Btu / h
505,000
kW
148
kW
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Comp.
mm
m/h

(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
r/min
(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft Start
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.752)+(0.752)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
239+239+239
Liquid Pipe
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
Drive
Connecting
Pipes
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
Type
Displacement
Starting Method
Type
Fan
147
Direct Drive
kg
Safety Devices
341+341+341
High Pressure Switch, Fan Driver Overload Protector, Over Current Relay, Inverter Overload Protector
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
Refrigerant
kg
Charge
Control
3~100
R-410A
11.7+11.7+11.7
Refrigerator Oil

Installation Manual, Operation Manual, Connection Pipes, Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
25
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Cooling Only 50Hz High COP Series (Energy Saving Series) <RXQ-PAH>
Model Name
RXQ16PAHY1
RXQ18PAHY1
kcal / h
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ8PAY1
38,800
RXQ8PAY1+RXQ10PAY1
43,600
Btu / h
154,000
173,000
kW
45.1
50.7
kW
44.8
50.4
(1680930765)+(1680930765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(1680930765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
mm
Type
Comp.
Displacement
m/h
(16.90)+(16.90)
(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(7980)+(7980)
(7980)+(6300, 2900)
kW
(3.61)+(3.61)
(3.61)+((1.4+4.5)1)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
(0.751)+(0.751)
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.751)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+180
180+185
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Drive
Liquid Pipe
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
205+205
205+249

Product Mass (Machine weight)
10~100

8~100
kg
R-410A
7.2+7.2
R-410A
7.2+7.9


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant
Soft start
Refrigerant Name
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
26
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ24PAHY1
RXQ26PAHY1

kcal / h
58,100
63,000
Btu / h
231,000
250,000
kW
67.6
73.2
kW
67.2
72.8
(1680930765)+(1680930765)+(1680930765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(1680930765)+(1680930765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
mm
Type
Comp.
Displacement
m/h
(16.90)+(16.90)+(16.90)
(16.90)+(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(7980)+(7980)+(7980)
(7980)+(7980)+(6300, 2900)
kW
(3.61)+(3.61)+(3.61)
(3.61)+(3.61)+((1.4+4.5)1)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.751)+(0.751)
(0.751)+(0.751)+(0.751)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+180+180
180+180+185
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
205+205+205
205+205+249


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
7~100
R-410A
6~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+7.2+7.2
7.2+7.2+7.9
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
27
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ28PAHY1
RXQ30PAHY1

kcal / h
67,800
72,600
Btu / h
269,000
288,000
kW
78.8
84.4
kW
78.3
83.9
(1680930765)+(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(1680930765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
mm
Type
Comp.
(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(7980)+(7980)+(6300, 2900)
(7980)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
kW
(3.61)+(3.61)+((1.8+4.5)1)
(3.61)+((1.4+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)
Type
Connecting
Pipes
(16.90)+(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)
m/h
Starting Method
Fan
Displacement
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.751)+(0.352)
(0.751)+(0.751)+(0.352)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+180+233
180+185+233
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
205+205+285
205+249+285


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
6~100
R-410A
5~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+7.2+9.5
7.2+7.9+9.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
28
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ32PAHY1
RXQ34PAHY1

kcal / h
77,300
82,200
Btu / h
307,000
326,000
kW
89.9
95.6
kW
89.4
95.0
mm
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(1680930765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
Displacement
m/h
(16.90)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(7980)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
kW
(3.61)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)
((1.4+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.751)+(0.352)+(0.352)
(0.751)+(0.352)+(0.352)
Airflow Rate
m/min
180+233+233
185+233+233
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
205+285+285
249+285+285


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
5~100
R-410A
5~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
7.2+9.5+9.5
7.9+9.5+9.5
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
29
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ36PAHY1
RXQ38PAHY1

kcal / h
87,700
92,900
Btu / h
348,000
368,000
kW
102
108
kW
101
107
mm
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
Displacement
m/h
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
kW
((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)
((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.4+4.5+4.5)1)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.352)
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.352)
Airflow Rate
m/min
233+233+233
233+233+233
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
285+285+285
285+285+329


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
5~100
R-410A
4~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
9.5+9.5+9.5
9.5+9.5+11.3
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
30
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ40PAHY1
RXQ42PAHY1

kcal / h
97,200
101,000
Btu / h
386,000
399,000
kW
113
117
kW
112
116
mm
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
Displacement
m/h
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
kW
((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
((1.8+4.5)1)+((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.352)
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
233+233+233
233+233+239
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
285+285+329
285+285+341


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
4~100
R-410A
4~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
9.5+9.5+11.5
9.5+9.5+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
31
Specifications
Si34-804_C
RXQ44PAHY1
RXQ46PAHY1

kcal / h
108,000
111,000
Btu / h
427,000
440,000
kW
125
129
kW
124
128
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil

Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
mm
Type
Comp.
Displacement
m/h
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
r/min
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
kW
((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
((1.8+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
(13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53) (13.34+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53+10.53)
Soft start
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Propeller Fan
Motor Output
kW
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.352)
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.752)
Airflow Rate
m/min
233+233+233
233+233+239
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Gas Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
mm
kg
285+329+329
285+329+341


Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
4~100
R-410A
3~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
9.5+11.5+11.5
9.5+11.5+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
32
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
RXQ48PAHY1
RXQ50PAHY1

kcal / h
117,000
120,000
Btu / h
464,000
478,000
kW
136
140
kW
135
139
mm
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
(16801240765)+(16801240765)+(16801240765)
Cross Fin Coil
Displacement
m/h
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53
+10.53)
(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(13.34+10.53+10.53)+(16.90+10.53
+10.53)
r/min
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)
(6300, 2900, 2900)+(6300, 2900, 2900)+(7980, 2900, 2900)
Motor OutputNumber
of Units
kW
((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)
((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.7+4.5+4.5)1)+((2.8+4.5+4.5)1)
Soft start
Propeller Fan
Soft start
Propeller Fan
kW
m/min
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.352)
233+233+233
(0.352)+(0.352)+(0.752)
233+233+239
Drive
Liquid Pipe
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
mm
Gas Pipe
mm
kg
329+329+329
329+329+341



Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Heat Exchanger
Type
Comp.
Starting Method
Type
Fan
Connecting
Pipes
Motor Output
Airflow Rate

Safety Devices
Capacity Control
Refrigerant Name
3~100
R-410A
3~100
R-410A
Refrigerant
kg
11.5+11.5+11.5
11.5+11.5+11.7
Charge
Control
Refrigerator Oil

Clamps

Clamps
Drawing No.
Note:
difference : 0m.
difference : 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
33
Specifications
1.2
Si34-804_C
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Round Flow) Type

Model
FXFQ25PVE
FXFQ32PVE
FXFQ40PVE
kcal/h
2,500
3,200
4,000
5,000
Btu/h
9,900
12,600
16,000
19,800
kW
2.9
3.7
4.7
5.8
kW
2.8
3.6
4.5
5.6
Galvanized Steel Plate
246840840
261.2
246840840
261.2
246840840
261.2
246840840
261.2
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Coil (Cross RowsStagesFin Pitch
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (HH/H/L)
0.267
0.267
0.267
0.267
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
561
561
561
561
m/min
cfm
13/11.5/10
459/406/353
13/11.5/10
459/406/353
15/13/11
530/459/388
16/13.5/11
565/477/388
Drive
Temperature Control
Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material
Liquid Pipes
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
Polyurethane Form
Polyurethane Form
Polyurethane Form
6.4 (Flare Connection)
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
19.5
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
19.5
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
19.5
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
dBA
VP25
30/28.5/27
Fuse
31/29/27
Fuse
32/29.5/27
Fuse

R-410A VRV PA Series



BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
mm
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
kg
Resin Net
(with Mold Resistant)
5.5
Resin Net
5.5
Resin Net
5.5
Resin Net
5.5
Operation Manual.
Installation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Drain Hose. Clamp Metal.
Washer Fixing Plate.
Sealing Pads. Clamps.
Screws. Washer for
Hanging Bracket. Insulation
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
Air Filter
C : 3D060255A
Note:
1 Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp. : 35CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5 m, level
difference : 0 m.
difference : 0 m.
3 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit center. During
actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
34
19.5
30/28.5/27
Fuse
Model
Drawing No.
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat
for Cooling and Heating
Refrigerant Control
Connectable Outdoor Unit
Direct Drive
Polyurethane Form
Safety Devices
Weight
Direct Drive
kg
Panel Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Direct Drive
mm
mm
4 Sound Level (HH/H/L) (220-240V)
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
FXFQ50PVE
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Round Flow) Type

Model
FXFQ63PVE
FXFQ80PVE
FXFQ100PVE
FXFQ125PVE
kcal/h
6,300
8,000
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
24,900
31,700
39,600
49,500
kW
7.3
9.3
11.6
14.5
kW
7.1
9.0
11.2
14.0
246840840
2101.2
246840840
2101.2
288840840
2121.2
288840840
2121.2
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
0.535
0.535
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
Turbo Fan
561
561
1201
1201
19/16.5/13.5
21/18/15
32/26/20
33/28/22.5
cfm
671/583/477
742/636/530
1,130/918/706
1,165/989/794
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Polyurethane Form
Polyurethane Form
Polyurethane Form
Polyurethane Form
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Drain Pipe
Mass (Weight)
4 Sound Level (HH/H/L) (220-240V)
VP25
22
22
25
25
36/33.5/31
43/37.5/32
44/39/34
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
Fuse
BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
BYCP125K-W1
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
Fresh White
50950950
Resin Net
Resin Net
Resin Net
Resin Net
5.5
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
5.5
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
5.5
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
5.5
Operation Manual.
Paper Pattern for
Installation.
Screws. Washer for
for Fitting.
Installation Guide.
mm
Air Filter
kg
34/31/28
Model
Weight
kg

Panel Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
0.446
QTS48C15M
m/min
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
0.446
QTS48C15M
Drawing No.
C : 3D060255A
Note:
difference : 0 m.
difference : 0 m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
35
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Compact Multi Flow) Type

Model
FXZQ20MVE
FXZQ25MVE
FXZQ32MVE
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
Power supply
1 3 Cooling capacity (19.5CWB)
Casing / Colour
Galvanized steel plate
mm
286575575
286575575
286575575
mm
m
2101.5
0.269
2101.5
0.269
2101.5
0.269
Model
QTS32C15M
QTS32C15M
QTS32C15M
Type
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Dimensions: (HWD)
Coil (Cross
fin coil)
RowsStagesFin pitch
Face area
Motor output
Number of units
551
551
551
Airflow rate (H/L)
m/min
l/s
9.0/7.0
150/116
9.0/7.0
150/116
9.5/7.5
158/125
Fan
cfm
Drive
Temperature control
Sound absorbing thermal insulation material
Piping
connections
318/247
335/265
Direct drive
Direct drive
Microprocessor thermostat for

cooling and heating

cooling and heating

cooling and heating
Foamed polystyrene/
Foamed polyethylene
Foamed polystyrene/
Foamed polyethylene
Foamed polystyrene/
Foamed polyethylene
Liquid pipes
mm
6.4 (Flare connection)
Gas pipes
mm
VP20
VP20
VP20
Drain pipe
mm
dia. 26
( External
Internal dia. 20 )
dia. 26
( External
Internal dia. 20 )
dia. 26
( External
Internal dia. 20 )
Mass (Weight)
kg
4 Sound level (H/L)
Sound power (H)
230V, 50Hz
240V, 50Hz
230V, 50Hz
240V, 50Hz
dB(A)
dB(A)
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Model
Dimensions: (HWD)
Standard accessories
Drawing No.
18
18
30/25
32/26
32/26
32/26
34/28
47
47
49
49
PC board fuse.
Fan motor thermal protector.
Electronic expansion valve
49
PC board fuse.
51
PC board fuse.
BYFQ60B8W1
BYFQ60B8W1
BYFQ60B8W1
White (6.5Y9.5/0.5)
White (6.5Y9.5/0.5)
mm
55700700
Resin net
(with mould resistance)
55700700
Resin net
55700700
Resin net
kg
2.7
Operation manual. Installation manual.
Paper pattern for installation. Drain
hose. Clamp metal. Washer fixing
plate. Sealing pads. Clamps. Screws.
Washer for hanging bracket. Insulation
for fitting.
2.7
for fitting.
2.7
for fitting.
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
18
30/25
White (6.5Y9.5/0.5)
Panel colour
Decoration
panels
(Option)
318/247
Direct drive
C : 3D038929B
Note:
1 Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp.: 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit centre.
During actual operation, these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
36
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (Compact Multi Flow) Type

Model
Power supply
4,000
5,000
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
kW
4.7
5.8
kW
4.5
5.6
mm
286575575
286575575
mm
m
2101.5
0.269
2101.5
0.269
Model
QTS32C15M
QTS32C15M
Type
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Casing / Colour
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin pitch
Face area
Motor output
Number of units
551
551
Airflow rate (H/L)
m/min
l/s
11.0/8.0
183/133
14.0/10.0
233/166
Fan
cfm
Drive
Temperature control
Piping
connections
388/282
493/353
Direct drive
Direct drive
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystyrene/Foamed polyethylene
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystyrene/Foamed polyethylene
Liquid pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
VP20
VP20
Drain pipe
mm
dia. 26
( External
Internal dia. 20 )
dia. 26
( External
Internal dia. 20 )
Mass (Weight)
4 Sound level (H/L)
Sound power (H)
230V, 50Hz
240V, 50Hz
230V, 50Hz
240V, 50Hz
kg
18
18
dB(A)
36/28
37/29
41/33
42/35
53
58
54
PC board fuse.
59
PC board fuse.
dB(A)
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Model
Decoration
panels
(Option)
FXZQ50MVE
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
kcal/h
Coil (Cross
fin coil)
FXZQ40MVE
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
Panel colour
Dimensions: (HWD)
mm
Air filter
Mass (Weight)
kg
Drawing No.
BYFQ60B8W1
BYFQ60B8W1
White (6.5Y9.5/0.5)
55700700
White (6.5Y9.5/0.5)
55700700
Resin net
Resin net
2.7
2.7
Operation manual. Installation manual. Paper pattern for
Operation manual. Installation manual. Paper pattern for
installation. Drain hose. Clamp metal. Washer fixing plate. installation. Drain hose. Clamp metal. Washer fixing plate.
Sealing pads. Clamps. Screws. Washer for hanging
Sealing pads. Clamps. Screws. Washer for hanging
bracket. Insulation for fitting.
bracket. Insulation for fitting.
C : 3D038929B
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit centre.
Specifications
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
37
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)

Model
FXCQ20MVE
FXCQ25MVE
FXCQ32MVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
4,000
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
16,000
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
4.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
305775600
2101.5
305775600
2101.5
305775600
2101.5
305990600
2101.5
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
20.100
20.100
20.145
D17K2AB1
D17K2AB1
2D17K1AA1
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
101
151
151
201
7/5
9/6.5
9/6.5
12/9
cfm
247/177
318/230
318/230
424/318
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Glass Wool/Urethane Foam
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
Drain Pipe
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Machine Weight (Mass)

4 Sound Level (H/L) (220V)
kg
26
26
26
31
dBA
32/27
34/28
34/28
34/29
Fuse, Thermal Protector for

Fan Motor

Fan Motor

Fan Motor

Fan Motor
R-410A PA Series
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Connectable outdoor unit
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
20.100
D17K2AA1
m/min
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
FXCQ40MVE
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
Model
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC32G-W1
BYBC50G-W1
Panel Color
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
mm
531,030680
Resin Net
531,030680
Resin Net
531,030680
Resin Net
531,245680
Resin Net
kg
8
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual, Paper
Pattern for Installation,
Washer for Hanging
Brackets, Clamp Metal,
Drain Hose, Insulation for
Fitting, Washer Fixing
Plates, Sealing Pads,
Clamps, Screws, Washers.
Dimensions: (HWD)
Air Filter
Weight
Drawing No.
8
8
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Washer for Hanging
Washer for Hanging
Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers.
C : 3D039413
8.5
Operation Manual,
Washer for Hanging
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation, these
values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
38
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)

Model
FXCQ50MVE
FXCQ63MVE
FXCQ80MVE
FXCQ125MVE
kcal/h
5,000
6,300
8,000
12,500
Btu/h
19,800
24,900
31,700
49,500
kW
5.8
7.3
9.3
14.5
kW
5.6
7.1
9.0
14.0
305990600
2101.5
3051,175600
2101.5
3051,665600
2101.5
3051,665600
2101.5
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
20.287
20.287
3D17K2AA1
3D17K2AB1
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
201
301
501
851
12/9
16.5/13
26/21
33/25
cfm
424/318
582/459
918/741
1,165/883
Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
VP25
VP25
VP25
VP25
Drain Pipe
mm
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )

4 Sound Level (H/L)
kg
32
35
47
48
dBA
34/29
37/32
39/34
44/38

Fan Motor

Fan Motor

Fan Motor

Fan Motor
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
20.184
2D17K2AA1VE
m/min
Temperature Control
Piping
Connections
20.145
2D17K1AA1
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
Model
BYBC50G-W1
BYBC63G-W1
BYBC125G-W1
BYBC125G-W1
Panel Color
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
mm
531,245680
Resin Net
531,430680
Resin Net
531,920680
Resin Net
531,920680
Resin Net
kg
8.5
Operation Manual,
Washer for Hanging
Dimensions: (HWD)
Air Filter
Weight
Drawing No.
9.5
12
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Washer for Hanging
Washer for Hanging
Clamps, Screws, Washers. Clamps, Screws, Washers.
C : 3D039413
12
Operation Manual,
Washer for Hanging
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
39
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type

Model
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
kcal/h
2,500
3,200
4,000
6,300
Btu/h
9,900
12,600
16,000
24,900
kW
2.9
3.7
4.7
7.3
kW
2.8
3.6
4.5
7.1
2151,110710
2111.75
2151,110710
2111.75
2151,110710
2111.75
2151,310710
3111.75
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.226
4D12H1AJ1V1
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
151
151
201
451
11/9
11/9
13/10
18/15
388/318
459/353
635/530
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
Polyethylene Foam
mm
mm
mm
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
VP25
External Dia. 32
Internal Dia. 25
Dia. 32
( External
Internal Dia. 25 )
31
31
34
38/33
40/34
42/37
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve Electronic Expansion Valve
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
BYK71FJW1
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
mm
701,240800
Resin Net
701,240800
Resin Net
701,240800
Resin Net
701,440800
Resin Net
kg
8.5
Operation Manual,
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Pads, Clamps, Screws,
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Installation, Insulation for
Hanger Bracket, Air Outlet
Blocking Pad.
Model
Panel Color
Air Filter
Drawing No.
VP25
31
Connectable Outdoor Units
38/33
Refrigerant Control
Weight
kg
Fuse,
Thermal Fuse for Fan Motor
Dimensions: (HWD)
dBA
Safety Devices
Decoration
Panels
(Option)
0.180
3D12H1AP1V1
388/318
0.180
3D12H1AN1V1
cfm
Drive
Gas Pipes
Piping
Connections
Drain Pipe
0.180
3D12H1AN1V1
m/min
Temperature Control
Liquid Pipes
FXKQ63MAVE
8.5
8.5
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
Pattern for Installation, Drain Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Washers, Positioning Jig for Washers, Positioning Jig for
Blocking Pad.
Blocking Pad.
C : 3D038813A
R-410A PA Series
9.5
Operation Manual,
Pattern for Installation, Drain
Hose, Clamp Metal,
Insulation for Fitting, Sealing
Washers, Positioning Jig for
Blocking Pad.
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1m in front of the unit and 1m downward. During
40
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (VE: with Drain Pump, VET: without Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ20PBVE (T)
FXDQ25PBVE (T)
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
mm
mm
200700620
2121.5
200700620
2121.5
200700620
3121.5
0.126
0.126
0.126
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
621
621
621
m/min
8.0/7.2/6.4
8.0/7.2/6.4
8.0/7.2/6.4
4 External Static Pressure
Pa
30-10
30-10
30-10
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Removal / Washable / Mildew Proof
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ32PBVE (T)
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
(External Dia. 26 Internal Dia. 20)
VP20
VP20

5 Sound Pressure Level (HH/H/L)
kg
23
23
23
dBA
33/31/29
33/31/29
33/31/29
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Operation Manual,
Installation Manual,
Drain Hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps,
Washers, Insulation for Fitting,
Clamp Metal, Washer Fixing Plate,
Screws for Duct Flanges, Air Filter,
(Product Quality Certificate 6)
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
C : 3D060921A
Note:
1 Indoor temp.: 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp.: 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
2
3
4
5
Specifications
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp.: 27CDB, 19.0CWB / outdoor temp.: 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller. This pressure means High static
pressure - Standard static pressure. (Factory setting is 10 Pa.)
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx. 5dBA.
FXDQ20 / 25 / 32PBVE only.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
41
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (VE: with Drain Pump, VET: without Drain Pump)
Model
FXDQ40NBVE(T)
FXDQ50NBVE(T)
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
mm
mm
200900620
3121.5
200900620
3121.5
2001100620
3121.5
0.176
0.176
0.227
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
621
1301
1301
m/min
10.5/9.5/8.5
12.5/11.0/10.0
16.5/14.5/13.0
4 External Static Pressure
Pa
44-15
44-15
44-15
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXDQ63NBVE(T)
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
VP20
VP20

5 Sound Pressure Level (HH/H/L)
kg
27
28
31
dBA
34/32/30
35/33/31
36/34/32
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor Fuse, Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Operation Manual,
Drawing No.
Operation Manual,
Operation Manual,
C : 3D060921A
Note:
1 Indoor temp.: 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp.: 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
2
3
4
5
42
difference: 0m.
Indoor temp.: 27CDB, 19.0CWB / outdoor temp.: 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
External static pressure is changeable to set by the remote controller. This pressure means High static
pressure - Standard static pressure. (Factory setting is 15 Pa.)
The operation sound levels are the conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, the sound tend to
be larger than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflections.
When the place of suction is changed to the bottom suction, the sound level will increase by approx. 5dBA.
FXDQ40 / 50 / 63NBVE only.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type

Model
FXMQ20PVE
FXMQ25PVE
FXMQ32PVE
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
kcal/h
2,200
2,800
3,400
Btu/h
8,500
10,900
13,600
Power supply
1 *6 Cooling capacity (19.5CWB)
3 *6 Heating capacity
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
mm
mm
300550700
3161.75
300550700
3161.75
300550700
3161.75
0.098
0.098
0.098
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Coil (Cross RowsStagesFin pitch
fin coil)
Face area
Model
Type
Motor output Number
of units
Fan
Airflow rate (HH/H/L)

External static
pressure
901
901
901
m/min
9/7.5/6.5
9/7.5/6.5
9.5/8/7
cfm
318/265/230
318/265/230
335/282/247
Pa
Standard 50 (100-30 4)
Standard 50 (100-30 4)
Standard 50 (100-30 4)
Direct drive
cooling and heating
Direct drive
cooling and heating
Direct drive
cooling and heating
Drive
Temperature control
Liquid pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
25
dia. 32
( External
Internal dia. 25 )
kg
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
25
220V
240V
33/31/29
33/31/29
33/31/29
33/31/29
34/32/30
34/32/30
Fuse.
Fan driver overload protector.
Fuse.
Fuse.

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

Drain hose. Sealing pads. Clamps.
Washers. Screws. Insulation for fitting.
Clamp metal. Air discharge flange. Air
suction flange.

suction flange.

suction flange.
Air filter
Piping
connections
Drain pipe
mm
Mass (Weight)
7 Sound level (HH/H/L)
dBA
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Drawing No.
VP25
25
C : 3D060388E
Note:
2
3
4
6
7
Specifications
difference : 0 m.
Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.0CWB / outdoor temp. : 35CDB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5 m, level
difference : 0 m.
Indoor temp. : 20CDB / outdoor temp. : 7CDB, 6CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5 m, level difference :
0 m.
External static pressure is changeable in 7 (FXMQ20PVE / FXMQ25PVE / FXMQ32PVE),
13 (FXMQ40PVE), 14 (FXMQ50PVE / FXMQ63PVE / FXMQ80PVE / FXMQ100PVE / FXMQ125PVE),
10 (FXMQ140PVE) stages within the ( ) range by remote controller.
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
colorimetric method (gravity method) 50% or more.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit center. During
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
43
Specifications
Si34-804_C

Model
Power supply
FXMQ40PVE
FXMQ50PVE
FXMQ63PVE
FXMQ80PVE
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
8,000
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
31,700
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
9.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
9.0
kcal/h
4,300
5,400
6,900
8,600
Btu/h
17,100
21,500
27,300
34,100
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
10.0
mm
mm
300700700
3161.75
3001,000700
3161.75
3001,000700
3161.75
3001,000700
3161.75
0.148
0.249
0.249
0.249
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
fin coil)
Face area
Model
Type
Motor output Number
of units
Fan
1401
3501
3501
3501
m/min
16/13/11
18/16.5/15
19.5/17.5/16
25/22.5/20
External static
pressure
cfm
565/459/388
635/582/530
688/618/565
883/794/706
Pa
Standard 100 (160-30 4)
Standard 100 (200-50 4)
Standard 100 (200-50 4)
Standard 100 (200-50 4)
Direct drive
Microprocessor thermostat
for cooling and heating
Direct drive
Direct drive
Direct drive
Drive
Temperature control
Liquid pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
36
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
36
dia. 32
( External
Internal dia. 25 )
kg
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
28
220V
240V
39/37/35
39/37/35
41/39/37
41/39/37
42/40/38
42/40/38
43/41/39
43/41/39
Fuse.
Fan driver overload
protector.
Fuse.
Fan driver overload
protector.
Fuse.
Fan driver overload
protector.
Fuse.
Fan driver overload
protector.

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series
Operation manual.
Operation manual.
Installation manual. Drain
hose. Sealing pads.
hose. Sealing pads.
Clamps. Washers. Screws. Clamps. Washers. Screws.
Insulation for fitting. Clamp
metal. Air discharge flange. metal. Air discharge flange.
Air suction flange.
Air suction flange.
C : 3D060388E
Operation manual.
hose. Sealing pads.
Clamps. Washers. Screws.
metal. Air discharge flange.
Air suction flange.
Air filter
Piping
connections
Drain pipe
mm
Mass (Weight)
dBA
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Operation manual.
hose. Sealing pads.
Clamps. Washers. Screws.
metal. Air discharge flange.
Air suction flange.
Drawing No.
VP25
36
Note:
difference : 0 m.
difference : 0 m.
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
3 Indoor temp. : 20CDB / outdoor temp. : 7CDB, 6CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5 m, level difference :
0 m.
4 External static pressure is changeable in 7 (FXMQ20PVE / FXMQ25PVE / FXMQ32PVE),

5 Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its
44
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications

Model
FXMQ100PVE
FXMQ125PVE
FXMQ140PVE
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
1 phase 50Hz 220-240V
kcal/h
10,000
12,500
14,300
Btu/h
39,600
49,500
57,000
kW
11.6
14.5
16.7
kW
11.2
14.0
16.0
kcal/h
10,800
13,800
15,500
Btu/h
42,700
54,600
61,400
kW
12.5
16.0
18.0
mm
mm
3001,400700
3161.75
3001,400700
3161.75
3001,400700
3161.5
0.383
0.383
0.383
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Sirocco fan
Power supply
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
fin coil)
Face area
Model
Type
Motor output Number
of units
Fan

External static
pressure
3501
3501
3501
m/min
32/27/23
39/33/28
46/39/32
cfm
1,130/953/812
1,377/1,165/988
1,624/1,377/1,130
Pa
Standard 100 (200-50 4)
Standard 100 (200-50 4)
Standard 100 (140-50 4)
Direct drive
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling
and heating
Direct drive
and heating
Direct drive
and heating
Drive
Temperature control
Liquid pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
46
dia. 32
( External
Internal dia. 25 )
kg
VP25
External dia. 32
Internal dia. 25
46
220V
240V
43/41/39
43/41/39
44/42/40
44/42/40
46/45/43
46/45/43
Fuse.
Fuse.
Fuse.

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

R-410A P(A) series

suction flange.

suction flange.

suction flange.
Air filter
Piping
connections
Drain pipe
mm
Mass (Weight)
dBA
Safety devices
Refrigerant control
Drawing No.
VP25
47
C : 3D060388E
Note:
2
3
4
6
7
Specifications
difference : 0 m.
difference : 0 m.
Indoor temp. : 20CDB / outdoor temp. : 7CDB, 6CWB / Equivalent piping length : 7.5 m, level difference :
0 m.
External static pressure is changeable in 7 (FXMQ20PVE / FXMQ25PVE / FXMQ32PVE),
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit center. During
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
45
Specifications
Si34-804_C

Model
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
kcal/h
19,800
24,800
Btu/h
78,500
98,300
kW
23.0
28.8
kW
22.4
28.0
4701,3801,100
3262.0
4701,3801,100
3262.0
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Fan
Airflow Rate (H/L)

External Static
Pressure 50Hz
0.68
0.68
D13/4G2DA12
D13/4G2DA12
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
3802
3802
m/min
58/50
72/62
cfm
2,047/1,765
2,542/2,189
Pa
221/270-132 3
270/191-147 3
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
Glass Fiber
Drive
Temperature Control
mm
mm
19.1(Brazing Connection)
mm
kg
PS1B
137
PS1B
137
dBA
Safety Devices
48/45
Fuse.
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor.
48/45
Fuse.
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor.
Refrigerant Control
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
R-410A PA Series
Operation Manual. Installation Manual. Sealing Pads.
Connection Pipes. Screws. Clamps.
Drawing No.
R-410A PA Series
Operation Manual. Installation Manual. Sealing Pads.
Connection Pipes. Screws. Clamps.
C : 3D038814B
Note:
2
3
4
5
6
46
difference : 0 m.
difference : 0 m.
External static pressure is changeable to change over the connectors inside electrical box, this pressure
means "High static pressure-Standard".
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m downward from the unit center. These
values are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of ambient conditions.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Ceiling Suspended Type

Model
FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
kcal/h
3,200
6,300
10,000
Btu/h
12,600
24,900
39,600
kW
3.7
7.3
11.6
kW
3.6
7.1
11.2
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
195960680
2121.75
1951,160680
3121.75
1951,400680
3121.75
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.233
0.293
4D12K1AA1
3D12K2AA1
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
621
621
1301
m/min
12/10
17.5/14
25/19.5
cfm
424/353
618/494
883/688
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
0.182
3D12K1AA1
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Microprocessor Thermostat for

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Glass Wool
Glass Wool
Glass Wool
Resin Net (with Mold Resistant)
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
VP20
VP20
VP20

4 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Drawing No.
kg
24
28
33
dBA
36/31
39/34
45/37
Fuse,
Thermal Protector for Fan Motor
Fuse,
Fuse,

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series
Operation Manual, Installation

Manual, Paper Pattern for Installation,
Drain Hose, Clamp Metal, Insulation
for Fitting, Clamps, Washers.


C : 3D038815A
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
47
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Wall Mounted Type

Model
FXAQ20MAVE
FXAQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
290795230
2141.4
290795230
2141.4
290795230
2141.4
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.161
0.161
0.161
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
401
401
401
m/min
7.5/4.5
8/5
9/5.5
cfm
265/159
282/177
318/194
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXAQ32MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polystyrene /
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Resin Net (Washable)
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
VP13
11
VP13
11
VP13
11
35/29
Fuse
36/29
Fuse
37/29
Fuse

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series

Manual, Installation Panel, Paper
Pattern for Installation, Insulation
Tape, Clamps, screws.


Drain Pipe
mm
kg
4 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Drawing No.
C : 3D039370B
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
48
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Wall Mounted Type

Model
FXAQ40MAVE
FXAQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
White (3.0Y8.5/10.5)
2901,050230
2141.4
2901,050230
2141.4
2901,050230
2141.4
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.213
0.213
0.213
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
Cross Flow Fan
431
431
431
m/min
12/9
15/12
19/14
cfm
424/318
530/424
671/494
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXAQ63MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Foamed Polyethylene
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
VP13
14
VP13
14
VP13
14
39/34
Fuse
42/36
Fuse
46/39
Fuse

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series

R-410A PA Series



Drain Pipe
mm
kg
4 Sound Level (H/L)
dBA
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Drawing No.
C : 3D039370B
Note:
1 Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.5CWB / outdoor temp; 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
2 Indoor temp. : 27CDB, 19.0CWB / outdoor temp; 35CDB / Equivalent piping length: 7.5m, level
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured under JISB8616 conditions. During actual operation,
these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
49
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Floor Standing Type

Model
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
6001,000222
3141.5
6001,000222
3141.5
6001,140222
3141.5
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
FXLQ32MAVE
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
151
151
251
m/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber/ Urethane Foam
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections Gas Pipes
Drain Pipe
mm
mm
mm
21 O.D (Vinyl Chloride)
kg
25
25
30
dBA
35/32
35/32
35/32
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,
4 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
R-410A PA Series
Manual, Insulation for Fitting, Drain
Hose, Clamps, Screws, Washers,
Level Adjustment Screw.
Drawing No.
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
C : 3D038816A
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5 m in front of the unit at a height of 1.5 m.
50
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Floor Standing Type

Model
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
6001,140222
3141.5
6001,420222
3141.5
6001,420222
3141.5
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
251
351
351
m/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
cfm
388/300
494/388
565/424
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXLQ63MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
kg
30
36
36
dBA
38/33
39/34
40/35
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,

4 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
R-410A PA Series
Drawing No.
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
C : 3D038816A
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
51
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Concealed Floor Standing Type

Model
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
kcal/h
2,000
2,500
3,200
Btu/h
7,800
9,900
12,600
kW
2.3
2.9
3.7
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
610930220
3141.5
610930220
3141.5
6101,070220
3141.5
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.159
0.159
0.200
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
151
151
251
m/min
7/6
7/6
8/6
cfm
247/212
247/212
282/212
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXNQ32MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
kg
19
19
23
dBA
35/32
35/32
35/32
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,

4 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
R-410A PA Series
Drawing No.
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
C : 3D038817A
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
52
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Type

Model
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
kcal/h
4,000
5,000
6,300
Btu/h
16,000
19,800
24,900
kW
4.7
5.8
7.3
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
6101,070220
3141.5
6101,350220
3141.5
6101,350220
3141.5
Casing Color
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin Pitch
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
Face Area
mm
mm
m
Model
Fan
Type
Motor Output Number
of Units
Airflow Rate (H/L)
0.200
0.282
0.282
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
251
351
351
m/min
11/8.5
14/11
16/12
cfm
388/300
494/388
565/424
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Piping
Connections
FXNQ63MAVE
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating

Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber / Urethane Foam
Liquid Pipes
mm
Gas Pipes
mm
Drain Pipe
mm
kg
23
27
27
dBA
38/33
39/34
40/35
Fuse,
Fuse,
Fuse,

4 Sound Level (H/L)
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
R-410A PA Series
Drawing No.
R-410A PA Series
R-410A PA Series
C : 3D038817A
Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
Specifications
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
53
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type

Model
Indoor unit
FXUQ71MAV1
FXUQ100MAV1
FXUQ125MAV1
Connection unit
BEVQ71MAVE
BEVQ100MAVE
BEVQ125MAVE
Power supply
1 phase, 220-240V, 50Hz
1 phase, 220-240V, 50Hz
1 phase, 220-240V, 50Hz
kcal/h
7,100
10,000
12,500
Btu/h
28,300
39,600
49,500
kW
8.3
11.6
14.5
kW
8.0
11.2
14.0
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
White (10Y9/0.5)
165895895
361.5
230895895
381.5
230895895
381.5
Casing colour
Dimensions: (HWD)
RowsStagesFin pitch
Coil (Cross
fin coil)
Face area
mm
mm
m
Model
Type
Motor output
Number of units
Fan
0.353
0.353
QTS50B15M
QTS50B15M
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
Turbo fan
451
901
901
m/min
19/14
29/21
32/23
l/s
cfm
316/233
671/494
483/350
1,024/741
533/383
1,130/812
Airflow rate (H/L)

Drive
Temperature control
Air filter
Piping
connections
0.265
QTS48A10M
Direct drive
Direct drive
Direct drive

cooling and heating

cooling and heating

cooling and heating
Heat resistant foamed polyethylene /

Regular foamed polyethylene
Resin net (with mould resistance)


Liquid pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
Drain pipe
mm
VP20
(External dia. 26 Internal dia. 20)
VP20
VP20
Mass (Weight)
4 Sound level (H/L)
230V
Safety devices
kg
25
31
31
dB(A)
40/35
43/38
44/39
Fan motor thermal protector

Operation manual. Installation
manual. Drain hose. Clamp metal.
Insulation for fitting. Sealing pads.
Clamps. Washers. Holding plate.
Drawing No.

C : 4D045395A

Note:
difference: 0m.
difference: 0m.
3 Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an additional for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
4 Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center. During
54
Conversion formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Specifications
BEV Units
Model
Power supply
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
mm
BEVQ71MAVE
BEVQ100MAVE
BEVQ125MAVE
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz
1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz

100350225

100350225

100350225
Flame and heat resistant foamed

polyethylene

polyethylene

polyethylene
Liquid
pipes
mm
Gas pipes
mm
Liquid
mm
Outdoor pipes
unit
Suction gas mm
pipes
Mass (Weight)
kg
Indoor
unit
Piping
connection
Drawing No.
Specifications
3.0
3.0
3.5
Installation manual. Gas piping

connections. Insulation for fitting.
Sealing material. Clamps.
4D045387A

4D045387A

4D045388A
55
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Outdoor Air Processing Unit

Model
1 Cooling Capacity
FXMQ125MFV1
FXMQ200MFV1
FXMQ250MFV1
kcal/h
12,000
19,300
24,100
Btu/h
47,800
76,400
95,500
kW
14.0
22.4
28.0
Casing
Dimensions: (HWD)
Coil (Cross
Fin Coil)
mm
4707441,100
4701,3801,100
4701,3801,100
RowsStagesFin
Pitch
mm
3262.0
3262.0
3262.0
Face Area
Model
Type
Motor Output
Number of Units
Fan
Airflow Rate (H/L)

External Static
Pressure 4
0.65
0.65
D13/4G2DA1
D13/4G2DA1
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
Sirocco Fan
3801
3801
3801
m/min
cfm
18
635
28
988
35
1,236
Pa
Drive
Temperature Control
Air Filter
Liquid Pipes
Piping
Connections
0.28
D13/4G2DA1
Gas Pipes
185
225
205
Direct Drive
Direct Drive
Direct Drive

Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber

Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber

Cooling and Heating
Glass Fiber
9.5mm
(Flare Connection)
15.9mm
(Flare Connection)
9.5mm
(Flare Connection)
19.1mm
(Brazing Connection)
9.5mm
(Flare Connection)
22.2mm
(Brazing Connection)
Drain Pipe
(mm)
kg
PS1B (female thread)

86

123

123
Sound Level (220V) 3,4
dBA
42
Fuse
Thermal Protector
for Fan Motor
47
Fuse
Thermal Protector
for Fan Motor
47
Fuse
Thermal Protector
for Fan Motor
Operation Manual, Installation Manual,

Sealing Pads, Screws, Clamps.

Sealing Pads, Connection Pipes,
Screws, Clamps.

Sealing Pads, Connection Pipes,
Screws, Clamps.
Connectable Outdoor Units 5,6
RXQ8~54PAY1
RXQ8~54PAY1
RXQ10~54PAY1
Drawing No.
C : 3D046147B
C : 3D046147B
C : 3D046147B
Safety Devices
Refrigerant Control
Note:
1. Specifications are based on the following conditions:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
56
Cooling: Outdoor temp. of 33CDB, 28CWB (68% RH). and discharge temp. of 18CDB
Equivalent reference piping length: 7.5m (0m Horizontal)
At 220V
Air intake filter is not supplied, so be sure to install the optional long life filter or high-efficiency filter.
Please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric method (gravity method)
50% or more.
Anechoic chamber conversion value, measured at a point 1.5m downward from the unit center.
These values (measured at 220V) are normally somewhat higher during actual operation as a result of
ambient conditions.
Valves measured at 220 V.
Within the range that the total capacity of indoor units is 50 to 100%, it is possible to connect to the
outdoor unit.
It is not possible to connect to the 5 HP outdoor unit. Not available for Heat Recovery type and VRV II-S
series.
This equipment cannot be incorporated into the refrigerant piping system or remote group control of the
VRV II system.
Conversion Formulae
kcal/h=kW860
Btu/h=kW3412
cfm=m/min35.3
Specifications
Si34-804_C
Part 3
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................58
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
RXQ5PA.................................................................................................58
RXQ8PA.................................................................................................60
RXQ10PA, 12PA ....................................................................................62
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA .........................................................................64
Outdoor Air Processing Unit FXMQ125MFV1~250MFV1 ......................66
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................67

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
RXQ5PA.................................................................................................67
RXQ8PA.................................................................................................68
RXQ10PA...............................................................................................69
RXQ12PA...............................................................................................70
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA .........................................................................71
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................72
Refrigerant Circuit
57
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1
RXQ5PA
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
system
diagram
Major Function
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV.)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 52Hz and 188Hz by using

the inverter. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated.
RXQ5PA : 18 steps
M1F
Inverter fan
Because the system is an air heat exchange type, the fan is operated at 9-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
Y1E

(Main: EV1)
Fully open during cooling operation.
Y1S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
Y2S
Solenoid valve (Oil return: SVO) Used to return oil from the accumulator to the compressor.
Y4S
to cool the compressor by injecting refrigerant when the compressor discharge

Solenoid valve (Injection: SVT) Used
pipe temperature is high.
Y3S
Four way valve
Fixed to cooling operation.
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
S1NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
S1PH
High pressure switch (For

INV. compressor)
In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this
switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor
operation.
Pressure regulating valve 1
This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus
resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in
transportation or storage.
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the
compressor.
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature and others.
R2T
Thermistor (Suction pipe: Ts)
Used to detect suction pipe temperature.
R3T
Thermistor (INV. discharge

pipe: Tdi)
Used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
compressor, and others.
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger

deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting
operation and others.
R6T
Thermistor (Liquid pipe: Tl)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature.
R7T
Thermistor (Accumulator inlet: Used to detect gas pipe temperature at the accumulator inlet.
Ts1)
58
Name
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
S1NPL
S1PH
S1NPH
HEAT
EXCHANGER
C: 3D050782B
Si34-804_C
Refrigerant Circuit
RXQ5PA
59
Refrigerant Circuit
1.2
Si34-804_C
RXQ8PA
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
60
Name
Major Function
M1C

the inverter, while Standard compressor is operated with commercial power supply
only. The number of operating steps is as follows when Inverter compressor is
operated in combination with Standard compressor.
RXQ8PA : 24 steps
M1F
Inverter fan
Y1E

(Main: EV1)
Y2E

(Subcooling: EV2)
PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat

exchanger constant.
Y1S
Y2S
S1PH

INV. compressor)
In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a error occurs, this switch is
activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor operation.
Pressure regulating valve

(Liquid pipe)
Subcooling heat exchanger
Used to subcooling liquid refrigerant from the electronic expansion valve (cooling).
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the INV.
compressor.
R1T
R2T
R3T

pipe: Tdi)
R4T

deicer: Tb)
operation, and others.
R5T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat

exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
exchanger, keep the superheated degree at the outlet of subcooling heat exchanger
constant and others.
R6T
Thermistor (Receiver outlet

liquid pipe: Tl)
Used to detect receiver outlet liquid pipe temperature.
R7T
Ts1)
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
Refrigerant Circuit
C: 3D069081
RXQ8PA
Refrigerant Circuit
61
Refrigerant Circuit
1.3
Si34-804_C
RXQ10PA, 12PA
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
Major Function
M1C
M2C
Standard compressor 1
(STD1)
M1F
Inverter fan
Y1E

(Main: EV1)
Y2E

(Subcooling: EV3)

exchanger constant.
Y1S
Y2S

RXQ10, 12PA : 37 steps
S1PH

INV. compressor)
S2PH

STD compressor 1)

(Liquid pipe)
Capillary tube
compressor.
Capillary tube
Used to return the refrigerating oil separated through the oil separator to the STD1
compressor.
R1T
R2T
R31T

pipe: Tdi)
R32T
Thermistor (STD1 discharge

pipe: Tds1)
R4T

deicer: Tb)
R5T

This detects temperature gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
R6T
R7T
Ts1)
62
Name
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
Refrigerant Circuit
C: 3D069082
RXQ10PA, 12PA
Refrigerant Circuit
63
Refrigerant Circuit
1.4
Si34-804_C
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
Major Function
M1C
M2C
(STD1)
M3C
(STD2)
M1F
Inverter fan
Y1E

(Main: EV1)
Y2E

(Subcooling: EV3)

exchanger constant.
Y1S
Y2S

RXQ14PA or 16PA : 51 steps, RXQ18PA : 55 steps
S1PH

INV. compressor)
S2PH

STD compressor 1)
S3PH

STD compressor 2)

(Liquid pipe)
Capillary tube
compressor.
Capillary tube
compressor.
Capillary tube
compressor.
R1T
R2T
R31T

pipe: Tdi)
R32T

pipe: Tds1)
R33T

pipe: Tds2)
R4T

deicer: Tb)
R5T

This detects temperature of gas pipe on the evaporation side of subcooling heat
R6T
R7T
Ts1)
64
Name
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
Refrigerant Circuit
C: 3D069083
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA
Refrigerant Circuit
65
Refrigerant Circuit
1.5
Si34-804_C
Outdoor Air Processing Unit FXMQ125MFV1~250MFV1
1.5.1 Refrigerant System
4D018650C
Main Control Equipment

Code
Symbol
Name
Y1E
Electronic expansion
valve
Y1S
Solenoid valve
Capillary tube
Main function
Used to control the flow rate of refrigerant, and
make the SH control while in cooling.
Used to bypass hot gas while in heating with
thermostat OFF. (close while in cooling)
Used to reduce pressure from high to low in
bypassing hot gas.
SH control: Superheated control of heat exchanger outlet
SC control: Subcooling control of heat exchanger outlet
Thermistor
66
Code
Symbol
Name
Suction air temperature
thermistor
Th1
R1T
Th2
R2T
Th3
Th4
Main function
Used to turn ON or OFF the thermostat.
R3T
Liquid pipe temperature

thermistor
Gas pipe temperature
thermistor
Used to control the opening degree of EV (Y1E)

under the SC control.
Used to control the opening degree of EV (Y1E)
under the SH control.
R4T
Discharge air
temperature thermistor
Used to control the electronic expansion valve

opening and thermostat ON/OFF so as to keep the
discharge air temperature at the set temperature.
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
Functional Parts Layout
2. Functional Parts Layout

2.1
RXQ5PA
Plan
ACCUMULATOR
HEAT EXCHANGER
ACCUMULATOR
FOUR
THERMISTOR
Front View
THERMISTOR
R7T
FOUR WAY VALVE

(Y3S)
SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS BYPASS)

(Y1S)
PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH PRESSURE PROTECTION)

(S1PH)
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
THERMISTOR
SOLENOID VALVE (ACCUMULATOR OIL RETURN)
(Y2S)
THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE)

(R6T)
Refrigerant Circuit
67
2.2
Si34-804_C
RXQ8PA
Plan
HEAT EXCHANGER
ACCUMULATOR
HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

(S1NPH)
THERMISTOR
Front View
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRONIC
FOUR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
68
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
2.3
RXQ10PA
Plan
ACCUMULATOR
HEAT EXCHANGER
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
Front View
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRONIC
FOUR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
Refrigerant Circuit
69
2.4
Si34-804_C
RXQ12PA
Plan
HEAT EXCHANGER

(S2PH)
ACCUMULATOR

(S1PH)
THERMISTOR (M1C, DISCHARGE PIPE)
(R31T)
THERMISTOR (M2C, DISCHARGE PIPE)

(R32T)
Front View
FAN MOTOR
(M2F)
FAN MOTOR
(M1F)
THERMISTOR
(R5T)
THERMISTOR
(R7T)
(S1NPH)
ELECTRONIC
(Y2E)
ELECTRONIC
(Y1E)
FOUR
THERMISTOR
(Y3S)
(R1T)
(Y1S)
THERMISTOR
(R4T)
THERMISTOR
(R6T)
(M1C)
(S1NPL)
(Y2S)
(E2HC)
(E1HC)
(M2C)
THERMISTOR
(R2T)
70
(M1C)
(M2C)
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
2.5
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA
Plan
HEAT EXCHANGER
ACCUMULATOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
Front View
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
ELECTRONIC
ELECTRONIC
FOUR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
THERMISTOR
Refrigerant Circuit
71
Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode
Si34-804_C
3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode

RXQ5PA
Cooling Operation
Indoor unit operation
Fan ON
Fan ON
" ON "
"High temperature, high pressure gas"

"High temperature, high pressure liquid"
"Low temperature, low pressure"
Fan OFF
" OFF "
" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
EV:Normal
control
Filter
Filter

Indoor unit
Filter
EV:0pls
Filter

Indoor unit
EV:0pls
Filter
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S1NPL
72
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C
Cooling Oil Return Operation

Fan ON
Fan OFF
Fan ON
" OFF "
" ON "

" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
Filter

Indoor unit
Filter
EV:224pls
Filter
EV:Normal
Filter
Filter
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON"
Thermostat "OFF"
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S1NPL
Refrigerant Circuit
73
Si34-804_C
RXQ8PA
Cooling Operation
Fan ON
Fan ON
Fan OFF
" ON "

" OFF "
" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
Filter
Filter
EV:0pls
Filter
Filter

Indoor unit
Indoor unit
EV:0pls
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S1NPL
74
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C

Fan OFF
Fan ON
Fan ON
" OFF "
" ON "

" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
EV:224pls
Filter
Filter
EV:Normal
Filter
Filter
Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON"
Indoor unit
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S1NPL
Refrigerant Circuit
75
Si34-804_C
RXQ10PA, 12PA
Cooling Operation
Fan ON
Fan ON
" ON "

Fan OFF
" OFF "
" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
Filter
Filter
EV:0pls
Filter
Filter

Indoor unit
Indoor unit
EV:0pls
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S2PH
S1PH
S1NPL
76
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C

Fan OFF
Fan ON
Fan ON
" OFF "
" ON "

" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
EV:224pls
Filter
Filter
EV:Normal
Filter
Filter
Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON"
Indoor unit
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S2PH
S1PH
S1NPL
Refrigerant Circuit
77
Si34-804_C
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA

Cooling Operation
Fan ON
Fan ON
" ON "

Fan OFF
" OFF "
" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
Filter
EV:Normal
control
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "ON"
Filter
EV:0pls
Filter
Filter
EV:0pls
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"

Indoor unit
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S2PH
S3PH
S1NPL
78
Refrigerant Circuit
Si34-804_C

Fan ON
Fan OFF
Fan ON
" ON "

" OFF "
" ON "
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan
Fan
EV:Normal
control
Filter
EV:224pls
Filter
Filter
Filter
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Filter
EV:Normal
Filter

Indoor unit
Thermostat "OFF"
Thermostat "ON"
SUBCOOLING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
S1NPH
S1PH
S2PH
S3PH
S1NPL
Refrigerant Circuit
79
Si34-804_C
Part 4
Function
1. Function General...................................................................................81
1.1 Symbol ...................................................................................................81
1.2 Operation Mode......................................................................................82
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................83
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Normal Operation ...................................................................................83

Compressor PI Control...........................................................................83
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................102
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans .......................................................102
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation ...................................102
3. Special Control....................................................................................103
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Startup Control .....................................................................................103

Oil Return Operation ............................................................................104
Pump down Residual Operation...........................................................105
Standby ................................................................................................105
Stopping Operation ..............................................................................106
4. Protection Control ...............................................................................107

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................107

Low Pressure Protection Control..........................................................108
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .......................................................109
Inverter Protection Control ...................................................................110
STD Compressor Overload Protection.................................................111
Injection Control (only for RXQ5PA).....................................................111
5. Other Control.......................................................................................112
5.1 Outdoor Unit Rotation...........................................................................112
5.2 Emergency Operation ..........................................................................113
5.3 Demand Operation ...............................................................................118
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................119

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
80
Drain Pump Control..............................................................................119

Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt............................................121
Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermistor.............................122
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation ....................................123
Thermostat Control in Dry Operation ...................................................123
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .....................................................124
Freeze-up Prevention...........................................................................124
List of Swing Flap Operations ..............................................................125
(Unique Control for Outdoor Air Processing Unit) ................................126
Function
Si34-804_C
Function General
1. Function General
1.1
Symbol
Symbol
Electric symbol
Description or function
20S1
Y3S
Four way valve
DSH
Discharge pipe superheated degree
DSHi
Discharge pipe superheat of inverter compressor
DSHs
Discharge pipe superheat of standard compressor
EV
Opening of electronic expansion valve
EV1
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve for main heat exchanger
EV2
Y2E
Electronic expansion valve for subcooling heat exchanger
HTDi
Value of INV. compressor discharge pipe temperature (R31T) compensated with

outdoor air temperature
HTDs
Value of STD compressor discharge pipe temperature (R32T, R33T) compensated

with outdoor air temperature
Pc
S1NPH
Value detected by high pressure sensor
Pe
S1NPL
Value detected by low pressure sensor
SH
Evaporator outlet superheat
SHS
Target evaporator outlet superheat
SVO
Y2S
Solenoid valve for oil return
SVP
Y1S
Solenoid valve for hot gas bypass
SVT
Y4S
Solenoid valve for injection
Ta
R1T (A1P)
Outdoor air temperature
Tb
R4T
Heat exchanger outlet temperature at cooling
Ts2
R2T
Suction pipe temperature detected with the suction pipe thermistor (R2T)
Tsh
R5T ()
Temperature detected with the subcooling heat exchanger outlet thermistor (R5T)
Tc
High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TcS
Target temperature of Tc
Te
Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
TeS
Target temperature of Te
Tfin
R1T
Radiation fin temperature
Tl
R6T
Liquid pipe temperature detected with the liquid pipe thermistor (R6T)
Tp
Calculated value of compressor port temperature
Ts1
R7T
Suction pipe temperature detected with the accumulator inlet thermistor
Function
81
Function General
1.2
Si34-804_C
Operation Mode
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit stop or

thermostat OFF
Indoor unit thermostat ON

Error/Standby
Restart standby
(Compressor stop)
Pressure
equalization
prior to startup
Error/
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Startup control
Cooling startup
control
Indoor unit thermostat ON
Pump down
residual
operation
Error/Standby
Outdoor unit
rotation
Indoor unit stop or

thermostat OFF
Normal operation
Compressor PI control
Electronic expansion
valve PI control
Protection control
Cooling operation
Error/
Standby
Oil return IN
conditions are met.
Yes
Oil return operation
No
Outdoor unit
rotation
Note:
82
In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat turns OFF while in oil return operation pump
down residual operation is performed on completion of the oil return operation.
Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1
Normal Operation
2.1.1 List of Functions in Normal Operation
20S1
Function of Functional Part

Normal Cooling
PI
control,
High
pressure
protection,
Low pressure protection, Td
(M1C, M2C)
protection, INV. protection,
(M1F)
Cooling fan control
(Y3S)
OFF
EV1
(Y1E)
480 pls
EV2
(Y2E)
PI control
SVP
SVO
(Y1S)
(Y2S)
OFF
ON
Part Name
Symbol
Compressor
Outdoor unit fan
Four way valve
Main electronic expansion
valve
electronic expansion valve
Hot gas bypass valve
Accumulator oil return valve
(Electric
Symbol)
Indoor unit actuator

Thermostat ON unit
Fan
Stopping unit
Thermostat OFF unit
Thermostat ON unit
Electronic
expansion
Stopping unit
valve
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal cooling
Remote controller setting
OFF
Normal opening *1
0 pls
0 pls
*1. PI control : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (SH) constant.

*2. PI control : Condenser outlet subcooled degree (SC) constant.
*1 and 2 : Refer to 6.6 Electronic expansion valve control on P.124.
2.2
Compressor PI Control
Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to
achieve target value (TeS).
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation

temperature (C)
Te set value (Make this setting while in Setting TeS : Target Te value
mode 2.)
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
Te setting
L
Function
M (Normal)
(factory
setting)
6
*On multi-outdoor-unit systems, this control is made

according to values of the first-priority unit, which is
detected with the pressure sensor.
83
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
Operating Priority and Rotation of Compressors (For multi standard connection system)
Each compressor operates in the following order of priority.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each compressor operates in any of Pattern 1
through Pattern 3 according to the rotation of outdoor units.
Pattern 1
RXQ5PA
Pattern 2
RXQ8PA
INV.: Inverter compressor

STD1: Standard compressor 1
STD2: Standard compressor 2
Pattern 3
RXQ10PA
RXQ14PA, 16PA, 18PA
RXQ12PA
No. 1
No. 1
No. 1 No. 2
No. 1 No. 2
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
INV.
INV.
INV.
INV.
INV.
STD1
RXQ22PA
RXQ20PA
STD1
STD1 STD2
RXQ24PA, 26PA
No. 1
No. 2 No. 3
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1
No. 2 No. 4 No. 5
No. 2
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
INV.
INV.
INV.
INV.
INV.
STD1
STD1
STD1
No. 1 No. 3
No. 2 No. 4 No. 5
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
No. 2 No. 4
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
No. 1 No. 3 No. 5
STD1
STD1 STD2
RXQ32PA, 34PA, 36PA
RXQ28PA, 30PA
INV.
INV.
INV.
STD1 STD2
INV.
STD1 STD2
INV.
STD1 STD2
RXQ38PA
84
No. 1
No. 2
No. 4
No. 3 No. 5 No. 6
No. 3
No. 1
No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 6
No. 2
No. 3
No. 5
No. 1 No. 4 No. 6
INV.
INV.
STD1
INV. STD1 STD2
Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
RXQ40PA, 42PA, 44PA
No. 1
No. 2 No. 4 No. 6
No. 3 No. 5 No. 7
No. 3
No. 1 No. 4 No. 6
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 2
No. 3 No. 5 No. 7
No. 1 No. 4 No. 6
INV.
INV. STD1 STD2
INV. STD1 STD2
RXQ46PA, 48PA
No. 1 No. 4
No. 2 No. 5 No. 7
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 2 No. 5
No. 3 No. 6 No. 8
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV.
INV. STD1 STD2
INV. STD1 STD2
STD1
RXQ50PA, 52PA, 54PA
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 2 No. 5 No. 8
No. 3 No. 6 No. 9
No. 1 No. 4 No. 7
INV.
INV.
INV. STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
STD1 STD2
*
In the case of combination of 3 outdoor units, the above diagram shows master unit, slave unit 1, and slave unit 2
from left to right.
Compressors may operate in any pattern other than those mentioned above according to the operating status.
Function
85
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
Compressor Step Control (Multi outdoor unit connection is available on the standard connection system)
Compressor operations vary with the following steps according to information in "2.2 Compressor PI Control".
Furthermore, the operating priority of compressors is subject to information in " Operating Priority and Rotation of
Compressors".
50 Hz
Stand-alone installation
RXQ5PAY1
RXQ8PAY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
INV.
52 Hz
56 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
110 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Note:
86
INV.
52 Hz
56 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
110 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
218 Hz
232 Hz
248 Hz
266 Hz
RXQ10PAY1, 12PAY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
INV.
52 Hz
56 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
110 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
52 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
STD1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
RXQ14PAY1, 16PAY1
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
INV.
52 Hz
56 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
110 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
52 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
52 Hz
62 Hz
74 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
124 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
STD1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
RXQ18PAY1
STD2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
INV.
52 Hz
56 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
110 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
52 Hz
62 Hz
68 Hz
74 Hz
80 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
116 Hz
124 Hz
132 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
52 Hz
62 Hz
74 Hz
88 Hz
96 Hz
104 Hz
124 Hz
144 Hz
158 Hz
166 Hz
176 Hz
188 Hz
202 Hz
210 Hz
218 Hz
232 Hz
248 Hz
266 Hz
STD1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
STD2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
1. INV. : Inverter compressor

STD1 : Standard compressor 1
STD2 : Standard compressor 2
2. Depending on the operating conditions of compressors, the compressors may run in
patterns other than those aforementioned.
Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
Two-unit multi system

RXQ20PAY1 (8+12HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
(To increase Step No.)

Master Slave
unit
STD
unit
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON
104 Hz 104 Hz
ON
116 Hz 116 Hz
ON
124 Hz 124 Hz
ON
132 Hz 132 Hz
ON
144 Hz 144 Hz
ON
158 Hz 158 Hz
ON
176 Hz 176 Hz
ON
188 Hz 188 Hz
ON
202 Hz 202 Hz
ON
210 Hz 210 Hz
ON
218 Hz 210 Hz
ON
232 Hz 210 Hz
ON
248 Hz 210 Hz
ON
266 Hz 210 Hz
ON
Note:
Function
represents the range in which Hz is not stepped up.

RXQ22PAY1 (10+12HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
(To decrease Step No.)

Master Slave
unit
STD
unit
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON
104 Hz 104 Hz
ON
116 Hz 116 Hz
ON
124 Hz 124 Hz
ON
132 Hz 132 Hz
ON
144 Hz 144 Hz
ON
158 Hz 158 Hz
ON
176 Hz 176 Hz
ON
188 Hz 188 Hz
ON
202 Hz 202 Hz
ON
210 Hz 210 Hz
ON
218 Hz 210 Hz
ON
232 Hz 210 Hz
ON
248 Hz 210 Hz
ON
266 Hz 210 Hz
ON

Slave
STEP Master
unit
unit
STD
No.
INV.
INV.
1
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
2
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
3
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
4
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
5
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
6
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
7
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
8
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
9
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
10
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
11
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
12
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
13
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
14
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
15
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
16
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
17
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
18
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
19
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
20
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
21
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
22
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
23
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
24
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
25
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
26
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
27
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
28
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
29
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
30
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
31
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
32
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
33
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
34
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
35
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
36
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Master Slave
unit
STD
unit
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2

STD : Standard compressor
Figures after ON represent the number of STD compressors in operation.
2. Master unit, and slave unit in this section are the names for control, and they will be
transferred according to the priority of rotation system.
87
Basic Control
Si34-804_C

RXQ24PAY1 (8+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
218 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
232 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
248 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
266 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
Note:
88
RXQ26PAY1 (8+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
218 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
232 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
248 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
266 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
218 Hz 218 Hz ON 2
232 Hz 232 Hz ON 2
248 Hz 248 Hz ON 2
266 Hz 266 Hz ON 2
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 2
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 2
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 2
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 2
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 2
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 2
218 Hz 218 Hz ON 2
232 Hz 232 Hz ON 2
248 Hz 248 Hz ON 2
266 Hz 266 Hz ON 2

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control

RXQ28PAY1, 30PAY1 (10/12+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
92 Hz
92 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 3
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 3
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 3
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 3
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 218 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 232 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 248 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 266 Hz ON 3
Note:
Function
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 3
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 3
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 3
92 Hz
92 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 3
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 3
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 3
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 3
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 218 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 232 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 248 Hz ON 3
210 Hz 266 Hz ON 3
RXQ32PAY1 (16+16HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
92 Hz
96 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 3
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 3
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 3
92 Hz
92 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 4
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 4
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 4
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4

89
Basic Control
Si34-804_C

RXQ34PAY1 (16+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
92 Hz
96 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 266 Hz ON 4
Note:
90
RXQ36PAY1 (18+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 3
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 3
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 3
92 Hz
92 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 4
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 4
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 4
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 266 Hz ON 4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
144 Hz 144 Hz
OFF
158 Hz 158 Hz
OFF
166 Hz 166 Hz
OFF
176 Hz 176 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 1
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 1
132 Hz 132 Hz ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 2
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 2
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 2
92 Hz
96 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz
ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
218 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
232 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
248 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
266 Hz 266 Hz ON 4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

Master Slave
unit
unit
STD
INV.
INV.
52 Hz
OFF
OFF
56 Hz
OFF
OFF
62 Hz
OFF
OFF
68 Hz
OFF
OFF
74 Hz
OFF
OFF
80 Hz
OFF
OFF
88 Hz
OFF
OFF
96 Hz
OFF
OFF
104 Hz
OFF
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
OFF
56 Hz
56 Hz
OFF
62 Hz
62 Hz
OFF
66 Hz
66 Hz
OFF
70 Hz
70 Hz
OFF
74 Hz
74 Hz
OFF
80 Hz
80 Hz
OFF
88 Hz
88 Hz
OFF
92 Hz
92 Hz
OFF
96 Hz
96 Hz
OFF
104 Hz 104 Hz
OFF
110 Hz 110 Hz
OFF
116 Hz 116 Hz
OFF
124 Hz 124 Hz
OFF
132 Hz 132 Hz
OFF
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 1
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 1
68 Hz
68 Hz
ON 1
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 1
80 Hz
80 Hz
ON 1
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 1
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 2
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 2
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 2
88 Hz
88 Hz
ON 2
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 2
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 3
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 3
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 3
92 Hz
92 Hz
ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz
52 Hz
ON 4
62 Hz
62 Hz
ON 4
74 Hz
74 Hz
ON 4
96 Hz
96 Hz
ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
218 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
232 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
248 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
266 Hz 266 Hz ON 4

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
Three-unit multi system

RXQ38PAY1 (8+12+18HP)
Master
Slave
STEP unit Slave
unit1 unit2
No.
INV. INV. INV.
1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
2
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
4
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
5
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
6
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
7
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
8
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
9
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
10 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
11 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
12 110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
13 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
14 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
15 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
16 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
17 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
18 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
19 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
20 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
21 132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
22 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
23 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
24 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
25 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
26 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
27 92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
28 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
29 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
30 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
31 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
32 158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
33 166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
34 176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
35 188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
36 202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
37 210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
38 218 Hz 210 Hz 218 Hz
39 232 Hz 210 Hz 232 Hz
40 248 Hz 210 Hz 248 Hz
41 266 Hz 210 Hz 266 Hz
Note:
Function
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3

RXQ40PAY1 (8+16+16HP)
Master
Slave
STEP unit Slave
unit1 unit2 STD
No.
INV. INV. INV.
1
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
2
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
3
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
4
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
5
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
6
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
7
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
8
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
9 104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
10 52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
16 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz OFF
17 56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz OFF
18 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz OFF
19 66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz OFF
20 68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz OFF
21 70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz OFF
22 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz OFF
23 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz OFF
24 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz OFF
25 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz OFF
26 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
27 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
28 68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
29 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
30 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
31 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
32 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
33 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
34 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
35 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
36 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
37 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
38 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
39 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
40 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
41 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
42 92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
43 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
44 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 3
45 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 3
46 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 3
47 158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 3
48 166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 3
49 176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 3
50 188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 3
51 202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 3
52 210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 3
53 218 Hz 210 Hz 218 Hz ON 3
54 232 Hz 210 Hz 232 Hz ON 3
55 248 Hz 210 Hz 248 Hz ON 3
56 266 Hz 210 Hz 266 Hz ON 3

Master
Slave
STEP unit Slave
unit1 unit2
No.
INV. INV. INV.
1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
2
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
4
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
5
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
6
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
7
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
8
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
9
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
10 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
11 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
12 110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
13 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
14 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
15 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
16 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
17 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
18 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
19 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
20 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
21 132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
22 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
23 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
24 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
25 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
26 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
27 92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
28 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
29 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
30 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
31 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
32 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
33 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
34 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
35 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
36 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
37 158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
38 166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
39 176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
40 188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
41 202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
42 210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
43 218 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
44 232 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
45 248 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
46 266 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4

Master
Slave
STEP unit Slave
unit1 unit2 STD
No.
INV. INV. INV.
1
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
2
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
3
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
4
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
5
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
6
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
7
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
8
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
9 104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
16 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz OFF
17 56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz OFF
18 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz OFF
19 66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz OFF
20 68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz OFF
21 70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz OFF
22 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz OFF
23 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz OFF
24 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz OFF
25 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz OFF
26 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
27 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
28 68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
29 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
30 80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
31 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
32 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
33 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
34 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
35 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
36 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
37 88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
38 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
39 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
40 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
41 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
42 92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
43 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
44 52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
45 62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
46 74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
47 96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
48 104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
49 116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
50 124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
51 144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
52 158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
53 166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
54 176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
55 188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
56 202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
57 210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
58 218 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
59 232 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
60 248 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
61 266 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4

91
Basic Control
Si34-804_C

RXQ42PAY1 (8+16+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
218 Hz 210 Hz 218 Hz
232 Hz 210 Hz 232 Hz
248 Hz 210 Hz 248 Hz
266 Hz 210 Hz 266 Hz
Note:
92
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
RXQ44PAY1 (8+18+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2 STD
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
56 Hz 56 Hz OFF OFF
62 Hz 62 Hz OFF OFF
66 Hz 66 Hz OFF OFF
70 Hz 70 Hz OFF OFF
74 Hz 74 Hz OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
218 Hz 210 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
232 Hz 210 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
248 Hz 210 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
266 Hz 210 Hz 266 Hz ON 4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
218 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz
232 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz
248 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz
266 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

Master Slave Slave
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
56 Hz 56 Hz OFF OFF
62 Hz 62 Hz OFF OFF
66 Hz 66 Hz OFF OFF
70 Hz 70 Hz OFF OFF
74 Hz 74 Hz OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 4
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 4
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 4
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 4
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 4
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 4
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 4
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 4
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 4
218 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz ON 4
232 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz ON 4
248 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz ON 4
266 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz ON 4

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control

RXQ46PAY1, 48PAY1 (10/12+18+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
210 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz
210 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz
210 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz
210 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz
Note:
Function
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

Master Slave Slave
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
56 Hz 56 Hz OFF OFF
62 Hz 62 Hz OFF OFF
66 Hz 66 Hz OFF OFF
70 Hz 70 Hz OFF OFF
74 Hz 74 Hz OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 5
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 5
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 5
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 5
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 5
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 5
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 5
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 5
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 5
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 5
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 5
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 5
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 5
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 5
210 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz ON 5
210 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz ON 5
210 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz ON 5
210 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz ON 5
RXQ50PAY1, 52PAY1 (14/16+18+18HP)

STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
210 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz
210 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz
210 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz
210 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

Master Slave Slave
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
56 Hz 56 Hz OFF OFF
62 Hz 62 Hz OFF OFF
66 Hz 66 Hz OFF OFF
70 Hz 70 Hz OFF OFF
74 Hz 74 Hz OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 5
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 5
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 5
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 5
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 5
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 6
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 6
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 6
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 6
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 6
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 6
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 6
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 6
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 6
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 6
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 6
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 6
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz ON 6

93
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
RXQ54PAY1 (18+18+18HP)
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

Master Slave Slave
unit unit1 unit2
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz
56 Hz 56 Hz 56 Hz
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz
66 Hz 66 Hz 66 Hz
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz
70 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
110 Hz 110 Hz 110 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
132 Hz 132 Hz 132 Hz
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz
218 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz
232 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz
248 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz
266 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz
Note:
94
STD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 1
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 2
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 3
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 4
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 5
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
ON 6
STEP
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

Master Slave Slave
INV. INV. INV.
52 Hz OFF OFF OFF
56 Hz OFF OFF OFF
62 Hz OFF OFF OFF
68 Hz OFF OFF OFF
74 Hz OFF OFF OFF
80 Hz OFF OFF OFF
88 Hz OFF OFF OFF
96 Hz OFF OFF OFF
104 Hz OFF OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz OFF OFF
56 Hz 56 Hz OFF OFF
62 Hz 62 Hz OFF OFF
66 Hz 66 Hz OFF OFF
70 Hz 70 Hz OFF OFF
74 Hz 74 Hz OFF OFF
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 1
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 1
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 1
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 1
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 1
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 1
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 1
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 1
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 2
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 2
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 2
88 Hz 88 Hz 88 Hz ON 2
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 2
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 3
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 3
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 3
92 Hz 92 Hz 92 Hz ON 3
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 3
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 4
62 Hz 62 Hz 62 Hz ON 4
74 Hz 74 Hz 74 Hz ON 4
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 4
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 4
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 5
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 5
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 5
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 5
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 5
52 Hz 52 Hz 52 Hz ON 6
68 Hz 68 Hz 68 Hz ON 6
80 Hz 80 Hz 80 Hz ON 6
96 Hz 96 Hz 96 Hz ON 6
104 Hz 104 Hz 104 Hz ON 6
116 Hz 116 Hz 116 Hz ON 6
124 Hz 124 Hz 124 Hz ON 6
144 Hz 144 Hz 144 Hz ON 6
158 Hz 158 Hz 158 Hz ON 6
166 Hz 166 Hz 166 Hz ON 6
176 Hz 176 Hz 176 Hz ON 6
188 Hz 188 Hz 188 Hz ON 6
202 Hz 202 Hz 202 Hz ON 6
210 Hz 210 Hz 210 Hz ON 6
218 Hz 218 Hz 218 Hz ON 6
232 Hz 232 Hz 232 Hz ON 6
248 Hz 248 Hz 248 Hz ON 6
266 Hz 266 Hz 266 Hz ON 6

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
50Hz High COP type
Note:
Function

95
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
Note:
96

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
Note:
Function

97
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
Note:
98

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
Note:
Function

99
Basic Control
Si34-804_C
Note:
100

Function
Si34-804_C
Basic Control
Note:
Function

101
Basic Control
2.3
Si34-804_C
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control
Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control

Fixed to open fully.
Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV2 Control

Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve (Y2E) to keep the superheated degree of the
outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger.
SH = Tsh -Te
SH : Outlet superheated degree of evaporator (C)

Tsh : Suction pipe temperature detected with the
thermistor R5T (C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation
temperature (C)
2.4
Step Control of Outdoor Unit Fans
Used to control the revolutions of outdoor unit fans in the steps listed in table below, according to condition changes.
Fan revolutions (rpm)
RXQ12PA
RXQ14PA
FAN1 FAN2
RXQ16PA
RXQ18PA
STEP
No.
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ10PA
FAN1
FAN2
FAN1
FAN2
0
1
0
285
0
350
0
350
0
230
0
0
0
230
0
0
0
395
0
0
2
3
315
360
370
400
370
400
380
290
0
260
380
290
0
260
460
570
0
0
4
5
450
570
450
540
460
560
375
570
345
540
375
570
345
540
385
550
355
520
6
7
710
951
670
760
680
821
720
1091
690
1061
720
1091
690
1061
800
1136
770
1106
951
796
821
1136
1106
1136
1106
1166
1136
* Figures listed above are all those controlled while in standard mode, which vary when the system is set to high static
pressure or capacity precedence mode.
2.5
Outdoor Unit Fan Control in Cooling Operation

While in cooling operation, if the outdoor temperature is low, this mode provides high pressure
control using the outdoor unit fan to retain appropriate liquid pressure, thus ensuring refrigerant
circulation rate to be supplied to indoor units.
Upper limit of fan
revolutions: Step 8
Pc < 2.75 MPa
Pc > 3.24 MPa
Upper limit of outdoor unit

fan revolutions
Step 7
*For fan revolutions in each step,

refer to 2.4 Step Control of
Outdoor Unit Fans.
PI control
Lapse of 20 seconds
-1 step on
outdoor unit fan
102
PI control
Hold the
+1 step on
current step on
outdoor unit fan
outdoor unit fan
PI control
Lapse of 20 seconds
Function
Si34-804_C
Special Control
3. Special Control
3.1
Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the
startup of the compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON
to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the
following control is made and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position
the four way valve, the master and slave units simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation

Thermostat ON
Startup control
Pressure equalization
control prior to startup
STEP 1
STEP 2
Compressor
0 Hz
52 Hz
+ OFF + OFF
124 Hz + OFF + OFF

+2 steps/20 seconds
(until Pc - Pe > 0.39 MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan
STEP 4
Ta < 20C: OFF

Ta 20C: STEP 4
+1 step/15 seconds (when Pc > 2.16 MPa)

-1 step/15 seconds (when Pc < 1.77 MPa)
Four way valve (Y3S)
Holds
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion

valve (EV1)
0 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV2)
(RXQ8~)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve

(SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Accumulator oil return valve

(SVO)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Injection (SVT) (RXQ5PA

model)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
A lapse of one minute
A lapse of 10
seconds
OR
Function
A lapse of 130 seconds

Pc - Pe > 0.39 MPa
103
Special Control
3.2
Si34-804_C
Oil Return Operation

In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted
to recover oil flown out from the compressor to the system side.
3.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling

[Start conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling.
Cumulative oil feed rate
Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial
cumulative operating time reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then
every eight hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Outdoor unit actuator
Oil return preparation

operation
Post-oil-return operation
Compressor
5 HP: 52 Hz
( Low pressure constant
control)
Other model:
52 Hz + ON + ON
Take the current step as the
( Low pressure
upper limit.
constant control)
Maintain number of
compressors in oil
return preparation
operation ON
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve

(EV1)
480 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion

valve (EV2)
SH control
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Accumulator oil return valve (SVO)
ON
ON
ON
Ending conditions
20 seconds
or
3 minutes
Ts - Te < 5C
Same as the oil return

operation mode.
or
3 minutes
Pe < 0.6 MPa
HTdi > 110C
* In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system,

Master unit: Performs the operations listed in the table above.
Slave units: Operating units perform the operations listed in the table above.
Non-operating units perform the operations listed in the table above from the oil return operation.
(Non-operating unit stops during oil return preparation operation.)
* Actuators are based on RXQ14~18PA.
Indoor unit actuator
Thermostat ON unit
Fan
104
Cooling oil return operation

Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
Thermostat ON unit
Normal opening
Stopping unit
224 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal opening with forced thermostat ON
Function
Si34-804_C
3.3
Special Control
Pump down Residual Operation
3.3.1 Pump down Residual Operation in Cooling

If the liquid refrigerant stays in the evaporator at the startup of a compressor, this liquid
refrigerant enters the compressor, thus resulting in diluted oil in the compressor and then
degraded lubrication performance.
Consequently, in order to recover the refrigerant in the evaporator while the compressor stops,
the pump down residual operation is conducted.
Actuator
Master unit operation
Slave unit operation
Compressor
124 Hz + OFF + OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control
OFF
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
480 pls
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve

(EV2)
0 pls
0 pls
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Ending conditions
or
5 minutes
Master Unit Pe < 0.49 MPa
Master Unit Td > 110C
Master Unit Pc > 2.94 MPa
3.4
Standby
3.4.1 Restart Standby

Used to forcedly stop the compressor for a period of 3 minutes, in order to prevent the frequent
ON/OFF of the compressor and equalize the pressure within the refrigerant system.
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
OFF
Outdoor unit fan
Ta > 30C: STEP 4

Ta 30C: OFF
Holds
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV2)
0 pls
OFF
OFF
Injection (SVT) (RXQ5PA model)
OFF
Ending conditions
3 minutes
3.4.2 Crankcase Heater Control

In order to prevent the refrigerant from melting in the compressor oil in the stopped mode, this
mode is used to control the crankcase heater.
Discharge pipe
temperature < 70C
Crankcase heater
OFF
Function
Discharge pipe
temperature > 75C
Crankcase heater
ON
105
Special Control
3.5
Si34-804_C
Stopping Operation
3.5.1 When System is in Stop Mode (Normal operation stop)

This mode is used to define actuator operations when the system stops.
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
OFF
Outdoor unit fan

OFF
Holds

Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV2)
0 pls
0 pls

OFF
OFF
Injection (SVT) (RXQ5PA model only)

Ending conditions
OFF
Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
3.5.2 Stop due to Error

In order to protect compressors, if any of the following items has an abnormal value, the system
will make "stop with thermostat OFF" and the error will be determined according to the number
of retry times.
Item
Judgement Criteria
Error Code
1. Abnormal low pressure level
0.07 MPa
E4
2. Abnormal high pressure level
4.0 MPa
E3
3. Abnormal discharge pipe temperature level
135C
F3
4. Abnormal power supply voltage
Reverse phase power supply
U1
5. Abnormal inverter current level
16.1 A: 260 seconds
L8
6. Abnormal radiation fin temperature level
93C
L4
3.5.3 Stopping Operation of Slave Units During Master Unit is in Operation

with Multi-Outdoor-Unit System
While the master unit is in operation, this mode is used to set the refrigerant flow rate to a
required level using a slave unit in the stopped mode.
In cooling: The system operates in Mode A or Mode B listed in the table below.
Actuator
Mode-A operation
Mode-B operation
Compressor
OFF
OFF
Outdoor unit fan

Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
STEP 4
OFF
150 pls to 300 pls
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion

valve (EV2)
0 pls
0 pls
ON
ON
Receiver gas discharging valve

(SVG)
Non-operating unit liquid pipe stop
valve (SVSL)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Mode transition conditions
To Mode B when Tc-Tl > 0.27 (Tc - Ta) + 6
To Mode A when gas shortage signal

is sent from indoor unit
Ending conditions
Slave units are required to operate.
Mode A or B operation
Operating
unit
Stopping
unit
Mode A : Operating unit collects refrigerant.
Mode B : Stopping unit storage refrigerant.
The changeover operation for mode A and B is performed for the reason that the required refrigerant amount varies
depending on the indoor unit operation capacity.
106
Function
Si34-804_C
Protection Control
4. Protection Control
4.1
High Pressure Protection Control

This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling]
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each outdoor unit performs this control
individually in the following sequence.

High pressure not limited
Pc: High pressure sensor detection
value for each outdoor unit
Pc > 3.47 MPa
INV. upper limit frequency:
3-step down from current
compressor rps
(Slave unit: 3-step down as well)
INV. upper limit rps = max
After 10 seconds
Pc > 3.47 MPa
Pc < 3.24 MPa
Current step maintained
Pc > 3.55 MPa
After 15 seconds

1-step up from current
compressor frequency
(Slave unit: Same as above)
After 10 seconds
STD compressor
standby
Pc > 3.64 MPa
High pressure standby
Function
When occurring 3 times within

30 minutes, high pressure
sensor is activated without high
pressure standby, thus
outputting the error code E3.
107
Protection Control
4.2
Si34-804_C
Low Pressure Protection Control

This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling]
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, the entire system performs this control in the
following sequence.
Low pressure not limited
Pe < 0.34 MPa
Pe: Low pressure sensor detection

value for master unit
Pe > 0.39 MPa
Low pressure limited

All STD compressors
stop.
Hot gas SVP = OFF
Pe < 0.15 MPa
Pe > 0.30 MPa
Pe < 0.25 MPa

Hot gas SVP = ON
Master unit: 52 Hz + OFF + OFF
Slave unit: Stop
Pe < 0.07 MPa
Low pressure standby
108
When occurring 4 times within 30 minutes,

the error code E4 is output.
Function
Si34-804_C
4.3
Protection Control
Discharge Pipe Protection Control

This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against an error or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[INV. compressor]
Normal operation
or
HTdi > 115C

Tp > 135C
&

1-step down from current
compressor rps
HTdi < 100C

Tp < 110C
HTdi : Value of INV. compressor discharge pipe

temperature (Tdi) compensated with
outdoor air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te, and suction
superheated degree.
After 30 seconds
or
HTdi > 115C

Tp > 135C
&
HTdi > 130C

HTdi > 120C
or
for 90 seconds
or more.
Tp > 130C
HTdi < 110C

Tp < 125C
In discharge pipe temp.

protection control
After 20 seconds
RXQ5PAY1: 52 Hz
Other models:
INV. 62 Hz + OFF + OFF
or
INV. upper limit frequency: 1-step up

from current compressor frequency
HTdi > 135C

HTdi > 120C for 10 minutes or more.
Discharge pipe
temperature standby (for
a period of 10 minutes)

the error code F3 is output.
[STD compressor]
HTds : Value of STD compressor discharge
pipe temperature ( Tds) compensated
with outdoor air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te , and suction
superheated degree.
or
HTds > 120C continues for 5 minutes or more.

HTds > 135C
Tp > 135C continues for 10 minutes or more.
Tp > 145C
Discharge pipe temp.

protection control not limited
Applicable STD
compressor stops.
After 10 minutes
Function
109
Protection Control
4.4
Si34-804_C
Inverter Protection Control

Inverter current protection control and radiation fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to an error, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each INV. compressor performs these controls in
the following sequence.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]

Normal operation
Inverter current > 14.7 A
INV. upper limit frequency: 1-step down

from current compressor frequency
&
Inverter current < 14.7 A

INV. upper limit frequency = max
Inverter current > 14.7 A

Inverter current < 14.7 A continues
for 20 seconds or more.
Under inverter current
protection control
INV. upper limit frequency: 1-step up from

current compressor frequency
Inverter current > 16.1 A continues for 260 seconds

the error code L8 is output.
Inverter current standby
[Radiation fin temperature control]

Normal operation
Tfin > 84C

INV. upper limit frequency: 1-step /
1 minute down from current
compressor rps
&
Tfin < 81C

INV. upper limit rps = max
Radiation fin temp. < 81C continues

for 3 minutes or more.
Tfin > 84C

Under fin temperature
protection control
INV. upper limit frequency: 1-step / 1 minute

up from current compressor frequency Interval
Tfin > 93C
Fin temp. standby
110

the error code L4 is output.
Function
Si34-804_C
4.5
Protection Control
STD Compressor Overload Protection

This control is used to prevent abnormal heating due to overcurrent to the compressor resulting
from failures of STD compressor such as locking.
STD compressor ON
Demand to operate.
*If the power supply is reset while in

operation prohibition mode, the prohibition
timer will continue counting when the
power supply is turned ON.
CT detection current value > 15.0 A
STD compressor OFF for 30 minutes.*

the error code E6 is output.
4.6
Injection Control (only for RXQ5PA)

For transitional rise in discharge pipe temperature, have the liquid refrigerant flow into the
suction side to reduce the discharge pipe temperature for the compressor protection.
SVT = OFF
HTdi: Correction value of the discharge pipe
HTdi > 112C
HTdi < 107C
temperature on the INV. compressor.

SVT: Solenoid valve for injection
SVT = ON
Function
111
Other Control
Si34-804_C
5. Other Control
5.1
Outdoor Unit Rotation

In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, this outdoor unit rotation is used to prevent the
compressor from burning out due to unbalanced oil level between outdoor units.
[Details of outdoor unit rotation]
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, each outdoor unit is given an operating priority for the
control.
Outdoor unit rotation makes it possible to change the operating priority of outdoor units.
Thus, the system becomes free of compressors that stop over an extended period of time at the
time of partial loading, preventing unbalanced oil level.
[Timing of outdoor unit rotation]
or
After oil return operation

After defrosting operation
At the beginning of the starting control
There are outdoor units that stop operation (in cooling).
Low pressure of all outdoor units in operation is less than 0.25 MPa (in cooling).
Example) The following diagram shows outdoor unit rotation in combination of 3 outdoor units.
Starting
control
Normal operation

or defrosting
operation
Normal operation
Master Slave 1 Slave 2

Outdoor unit
rotation
112
Priority
1
Priority
2
Priority
3

Outdoor unit
rotation
Priority
3
Priority
1
Priority
2
Function
Si34-804_C
Other Control
<In Cooling>
There are outdoor

or
units that stop

operation.
Low pressure of all

outdoor units in
operation < 0.25 MPa.
Normal operation
Normal operation

Priority
2
Priority
3
Priority
1

Outdoor unit
rotation
Priority
1
Priority
2
Priority
3
* Master unit, slave unit 1 and slave unit 2 in this section are the names for installation.
They are determined in installation work, and not changed thereafter. (These names are
different from master unit and slave unit for control.)
The outdoor unit connected the control wires (F1 and F2) for the indoor unit should be
designated as main unit.
Consequently, The LED display on the main PCB for master unit, slave unit 1 and slave
unit 2 do not change.
5.2
Emergency Operation
If the compressor cannot operate, this control inhibits any applicable compressor or outdoor unit
from operating to perform emergency operation only with the operative compressor or outdoor
unit.
Caution
In order to disable the compressor operation due to a failure or else, be sure to do so
in emergency operation mode.
NEVER attempt to disconnect power supply wires from magnetic contactors or else.
(Doing so will operate compressors in combination that disables oil equalization
between the compressors, thus resulting in errors of other normal compressors.)
5.2.1 Restrictions for Emergency Operation

In the case of system with 1 outdoor unit installed, only when thermostats of indoor units
having a capacity of 50% or more of the outdoor unit capacity turn ON, the emergency
operation is functional. (If the total capacity of indoor units with thermostat ON is small, the
outdoor unit cannot operate.)
If the emergency operation is set while the outdoor unit is in operation, the outdoor unit stops
once after pump down residual operation (a maximum of 5 minutes elapsed).
Function
113
Other Control
Si34-804_C
5.2.2 In the Case of 1-Outdoor-Unit System (RXQ5PA to 18PA)

[Set the system to operation prohibition mode by compressor]
In order to set an INV. compressor to operation
LED display (k:ON h:OFF l:Blink)
prohibition mode, set No. 42 of Setting mode 2 to
H1P----H7P
"EMERGENCY OPERATION".
(Procedure)
(1) Press and hold the MODE button (BS1) for a
period of 5 seconds or more.
(2) Press the SET button (BS2) 42 times.
(3) Press the RETURN button (BS3) once.
(4) Press the SET button (BS2) once.
(5) Press the RETURN button (BS3) twice.
(6) Press the MODE button (BS1) once.
In order to set STD1 and STD2 compressors to

operation prohibition mode, set No. 19 of Setting
mode 2 to "STD1, 2 OPERATION PROHIBITION".
(RXQ10PA to 18PA)
(Procedure)
In order to set the STD 2 compressor to operation

prohibition mode, set No. 19 of Setting mode 2 to "STD2
OPERATION PROHIBITION". (RXQ14PA, 16PA,
18PA)
(Procedure)
(1) Press and hold the MODE button (BS1) for a period
of 5 seconds or more.
(4) Press the SET button (BS2) twice.
khhhhhh
kkhkhkh
khhhhhl
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
khkhhkk
khhhhhh
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
khkhhkk
khhhhhh
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)
For RXQ14PA, 16PA and 18PA, if the INV. compressor is set to operation prohibition mode,
only a single STD compressor will operate for the convenience of oil equalization.
For RXQ14PA, 16PA and 18PA, only the STD1 compressor cannot be put into operation
prohibition mode for the convenience of oil equalization.
For the system with a single outdoor unit (RXQ5PA to 18PA), automatic backup operation is
not functional.
5.2.3 In The Case of Multi-Outdoor-Unit System (RXQ20PA to 54PA)

[Automatic backup operation]
With multi-outdoor-unit system, if a certain outdoor unit system errors (i.e., the system stops
and indoor unit remote controller displays the error), by resetting the system with the indoor
unit remote controller, the applicable outdoor unit is inhibited from operating for 8 hours, thus
making it possible to perform emergency operation automatically.
However, in the event any of the following errors occurs, automatic backup operation can be
performed.
Errors under which automatic backup operation can be performed:
E3, E4, E5, E7
F3
H7, H9
J2, J3, J5, J6, J7, J9, JA, JC
L4, L5, L8, L9, LC
U2, UJ
114
Function
Si34-804_C
Note :
Other Control
In order to forcedly clear the automatic backup operation, reset the power
supply with the outdoor unit in the stopped state.
[Emergency operation with settings in service mode]
Inhibition of operation is set with each outdoor unit.
Make the following settings with the master unit. (Setting with the slave unit becomes disabled.)
Discriminate the operating status of the master unit / slave units through the following LED
display.
H1P----H7P H8P
Master: h h k h h h h k
Slave 1: h h h h h h h l
Slave 2: h h h h h h h h
(Factory setting)
In order to set the master unit to operation

"MASTER OPERATION PROHIBITION".
(Procedure)
In order to set the slave unit 1 to operation

"SLAVE 1 OPERATION PROHIBITION".
(Procedure)
In order to set the slave unit 2 to operation

"SLAVE 2 OPERATION PROHIBITION".
(Procedure)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhhkkh
khhhhhl
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhhkkk
khhhhhl
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhkhhh
khhhhhl
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, Inhibition of operation is not set with each
compressor individually.
In the case of multi-outdoor-unit system, when the above Inhibition of operation is set,
outdoor unit rotation is not functional.
Function
115
Other Control
Si34-804_C
[Cancel of Emergency Operation]

To cancel the emergency operation, conduct the following setting. (Return to Factory setting.)
<RXQ8PA to 18PA>
Cancel to set an INV. compressor from operation
H1P----H7P
"Normal operation".
(Procedure)
Cancel to set STD1 and STD2 compressors from

operation prohibition mode, set No. 19 of Setting
mode 2 to "OFF". (RXQ10PA to 18PA)
(Procedure)
Cancel to set the STD 2 compressor from operation

prohibition mode, set No. 19 of Setting mode 2 to "STD2
OPERATION PROHIBITION". (RXQ14PA, 16PA,
18PA)
(Procedure)
116
khhhhhh
kkhkhkh
khhhhlh
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
khkhhkk
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
khkhhkk
khhhhlh
khhhhhh
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)
Function
Si34-804_C
Other Control
<RXQ20PA to 54PA>
Cancel to set the master unit from operation
"OFF".
(Procedure)
Cancel to set the slave unit 1 from operation

"OFF".
(Procedure)
Cancel to set the slave unit 2 from operation

"OFF".
(Procedure)
Function

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhhkkh
khhhhlh
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhhkkk
khhhhlh
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)

H1P----H7P
khhhhhh
kkhkhhh
khhhhlh
khhhhhl
khhhhhh
hhkhhhh
(Factory setting)
117
Other Control
5.3
Si34-804_C
Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using Demand 1 Setting or Demand 2 Setting.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of Continuous Demand Setting or
external input by external control adaptor for outdoor unit is required.
Setting content
Set item
Condition
Mode 1
Demand 1 Mode 2
Mode 3
Demand 2
Demand 3
Setting method
Content
External control
adaptor
The compressor operates at

approx. 60% or less of rating.
Outdoor unit PCB

Set item No. 32 to "Demand 1", and item No.
30 to "Level 1".
Short circuit "1" and

"C" on the terminal
strip (TeS1).
The compressor operates at Short circuit "2" and "C".

Forced thermostat OFF.
Short circuit "3" and "C".

30 to "Level 2".
30 to "Level 3".
Set item No. 32 to "Demand 2".
*: However the demand operation does not occur in the following operation modes.
Startup control
Defrosting operation
Pump down residual operation
118
Function
Si34-804_C
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)

6.1
Drain Pump Control

1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.1.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
Remote controller "A3" flashing
abnormal stop
ON
Thermostat
(running) OFF
OFF
Float switch
ON
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 minutes
5 minutes 5 seconds
*1) Normal operation
*2) Error residual
1. (Error operation):
The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of the
indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
2. (Error residual):
The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop in 5
minutes if the float switch is turned OFF while the cooling thermo. is ON.
6.1.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF:
Enters error treatment if the float switch is not reset within 5 minutes.
Thermostat
(running)
Float switch
ON
Remote controller "A3" flashing abnormal stop
OFF
OFF
ON
Drain pump
ON
OFF
5 minutes 5 seconds 5 minutes 5 seconds
*3
*3. (Error residual):

The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop if
the float switch is turned OFF and not turned ON again within 5 minutes while the cooling
thermo. is OFF.
Function
119
Si34-804_C
6.1.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped and AF is Displayed on the

Remote Controller:
Remote
controller
display
Float switch
ON
"AF" display (running)
OFF
OFF
ON
Drain pump
Enters error treatment if

the float switch is not reset
within 5 minutes.
Remote controller "A3" flashing
abnormal stop
1st time 2nd time 3rd time 4th time 5th time
ON
OFF
*1 : 5 minutes
5 seconds
*1
*1
*1
*1
*4
*1
*1
*1
*5

If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain error is determined to have
occurred. AF is then displayed as operation continues.
The remote controller will display "A3" and the air conditioner will come to an abnormal stop if
the float switch is OFF for more than 5 minutes in the case of *4.
120
Function
Si34-804_C
6.2
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt

We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Ceiling soiling prevention

position
Standard Setting
position
Draft prevention position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0
P0
P1
P1
P3
P4
P4
P4'
P0
P1
P2
P2
P0'
P1'
P2'
P2
Draft
prevention
position
P0
P4
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P4'' P3''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment

Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Separated into 5 positions

(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment

Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Separated into 5 positions

(P2 - 4)
The factory setting position is standard position.
Function
121
6.3
Si34-804_C
Using Conditions for Remote Controller Thermistor

Temperature is controlled by both the room temperature thermistor in remote controller and
suction air thermistor in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the
room temperature thermistor in remote controller is set to Use.)
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the set temperature and the suction air temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a suction air thermistor, or using the room temperature
thermistor in the remote controller near the position of the user when the suction air temperature
is near the set temperature.
Set temperature
(Ts)
Suction air temperature (TH1)

Range in which room
temperature thermistor in
remote controller can be used
Range in which
suction air thermistor
can be used
Differential
Ex: When cooling

Assuming the set temperature in the figure is above 24C, and the suction air
temperature has changed from 18C to 30C (A F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Suction air thermistor is used for temperatures from 18C to 23C (A C).
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 23C to 27C
(C E).
Suction air thermistor is used for temperatures from 27C to 30C (E F).
And, assuming suction air temperature has changed from 30C to 18C (F A):
Suction air thermistor is used for temperatures from 30C to 25C (F D).
Room temperature thermistor in remote controller is used for temperatures from 25C to 21C
(D B).
Suction air thermistor is used for temperatures from 21C to 18C (B A).
122
Function
Si34-804_C
6.4
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation

VRV multi systems are set at factory to thermostat control mode using the remote controller.
While in normal thermostat differential control mode (i.e., factory setting mode), the thermostat
turns OFF when the system reaches a temperature of -1C from the set temperature while in
cooling.
Cooling operation:
Tr < Set temperature -1C

Normal
Thermostat OFF
operation
Tr: Temperature detected with the suction air

thermistor (R1T)
While in a single remote controller group control, the body thermostat is only used for this
control.
(Through field settings, the thermostat differential setting can be changed from 1C to 0.5C.
For details on the changing procedure, refer to information on page onward.)
6.5
Thermostat Control in Dry Operation

While in dry operation, the thermostat control is conducted according to a suction air
temperature at the time of starting the dry operation.
Assuming that the suction air temperature at the time of starting the dry operation is Tro and the
suction air temperature in operation is Tr,
Tr < Tro - 1C
when Tro 24.5C:
In dry operation
when Tro > 24.5C:
In dry operation
Thermostat OFF
Tro: Suction air temperature at the

time of starting the dry operation
Tr < Tro - 1.5C

Thermostat OFF
Tr: Temperature detected with the

suction air thermistor (R1T)
Furthermore, while in dry operation mode, fans operate at L flow rate, stops for a period of 6
minutes while the thermostat is OFF, and then return to operation at L flow rate. (This control is
used to prevent a rise in indoor humidity while in thermostat OFF mode.)
Function
123
6.6
Si34-804_C
Electronic Expansion Valve Control

In cooling, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(SH) will become constant.
Cooling SH = TH2 - TH1
SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree

TH1: Temperature (C) detected with the liquid thermistor
TH2: Temperature (C) detected with the gas thermistor
Furthermore, the default value of the optimal evaporator outlet superheated degree (condenser
outlet subcooled degree) is 5 deg. However, this default value varies with the operating
performance.
6.7
Freeze-up Prevention
Freeze-up
Prevention by Off
Cycle (Indoor
Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze-up prevention operation in accordance with
the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
Conditions for starting freeze-up prevention: Temperature is -1C or less for total of 40 minutes,
or temperature is -5C or less for total of 10 minutes.
Conditions for stopping freeze-up prevention: Temperature is +7C or more for 10 minutes.
continuously
Ex: Case where temperature is -5C or less for total of 10 minutes.
10 minutes
Freeze-up prevention operation

10 minutes
124
Forced OFF by thermostat
Function
Si34-804_C
6.8
List of Swing Flap Operations

Swing flaps operate as shown in table below.
Flap
Fan
Thermostat ON in dry
operation using microcomputer
Thermostat OFF in dry
operation using microcomputer
Thermostat OFF in
Cooling cooling
Swing
L*1
FXCQ
FXHQ
FXKQ
FXFQ
FXZQ
FXAQ
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set L*1
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
OFF or L
Wind direction set
Horizontal or Set Set
Set
Swing
Swing
Swing
Wind direction set Set
Set
Set
Set
Swing
OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Wind direction set OFF
Horizontal
Horizontal
Totally closed
Swing
Swing
Swing
Swing
Set
Set
Set
Swing
Set
Stop
Micro-computer control
(including cooling
operation)
Wind direction set L
*1. L or LL only on FXFQ models
Function
125
6.9
Si34-804_C

(Unique Control for Outdoor Air Processing Unit)
6.9.1 Selection of Operation Mode (by suction air thermostat)

Objective
To select cooling or fan operation mode according to the suction air (outdoor air) temperature.
Details
[Outdoor air processing unit]

Suction air temperature (T1) C
5
Cooling mode
19
Fan stop
43
Cooling
Fan operation (with thermostat OFF)
"Low outdoor air protection control"
126
15
Cooling
Fan operation
18
Function
Si34-804_C
6.9.2 Discharge Air Temperature Control

Used to control the EV (electronic expansion valve) opening and thermostat ON/OFF so as to
keep the discharge air temperature at the set temperature.
(1) Cooling operations
T3
Refrigerant
Discharge
air
CPU
Ts
T1
T4
T2
Temp.
Setting
EV
Refrigerant
T1: Temperature detected by suction air thermistor Th1
T2: Temperature detected by liquid pipe temp. thermistor Th2
T3: Temperature detected by gas pipe temp. thermistor Th3
T4: Temperature detected by discharge air thermistor Th4
EV: Electronic expansion valve opening
SH = T3 T2
If the discharge pipe temperature

T4 is lower than the discharge
setting temperature Ts
If the discharge pipe temperature

T4 is higher than the discharge
setting temperature Ts
Yes
No
T4 > Ts?
Is EV possible
to open?
Judge if the superheat degree

is not too small when the EV is
opened.
Yes
No
Is
EV possible to
close?
Yes
If yes,
EV is opened.
EV = EV + EV
Function
Calculate superheat degree.
If yes,
EV is closed.
No
Judge if the superheat degree

is not too large when the EV is
closed.
EV = EV EV
127
Si34-804_C
(2) Thermostat OFF by discharge air temperature

<Cooling>
Target discharge air temp. Ts Discharge air temp. T4
> 5 degree continue for 5 minutes.
Thermostat stops for 1 minute. Thermostat ON
6.9.3 Low Outdoor Air Temperature Protection Control

Objective
In cooling (or fan operation), if outdoor air temperature is low, stop the fan forcibly.
Details
[Cooling and fan operation]

Turn OFF the fan for a period of 60 minutes at a suction air temperature of 5C or lower.
In order to monitor the outdoor air temperature, however, turn ON the fan for a period of one
minute and turn OFF the fan again at a temperature of 5C or lower after the said timer
completes the operative period.
Reset the 60-minute timer when the fan stops running.
128
Function
Si34-804_C
Part 5
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ....................................................................................130
1.1 Installation Process ..............................................................................130
1.2 Procedure and Outline .........................................................................131
1.3 Operation when Power is Turned On ...................................................146
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout....................................................................147

3. Field Setting ........................................................................................148
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Controller ...................................................148
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................165
Test Operation
129
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
1. Test Operation
1.1
Installation Process
Below figure shows the installation process. Install in the order of the steps shown.
Selection of Location
Inspecting and Handling the Unit
Placing the Unit
Field Wiring
Refrigerant Piping
Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying
Pipe Insulation
Checking of Device and Installation Conditions
Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation

Operations which require the
power to be turned ON.
Test Run
130
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
1.2
Test Operation
Procedure and Outline

Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.2.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply ON

Check the below items.
Power wiring
Control transmission wiring
between units
Earth wire
Earth leakage circuit breaker
Check on refrigerant piping /

insulation materials
Check air tight test and vacuum

drying.
Check on amount of refrigerant

charge
Check the stop valves for

conditions.
Test Operation
Is the wiring performed as specified?

Are the wiring of control transmission and earth leakage circuit
breaker correctly connected?
Is the designated wire used?
Is the wiring screw of wiring not loose?
Is the grounding work completed?
Is the insulation of the main power supply circuit deteriorated?
Use a 500 V megger tester to measure the insulation. (*1)
Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 200 V (or
240 V) circuit.
*1:Measure to be taken against decreased insulation resistance in
the compressor
If the compressor is left to stand for
Terminal
an extended period of time after the
refrigerant charge with the stop valve
open and the power supply OFF, the
Dryer
(1000 W)
refrigerant may be mixed in the
5 cm
compressor, thus decreasing the
insulation resistance.
Heat the compressor as shown on
the right and then recheck the
insulation.
Is the pipe size proper?
Is the pipe insulation material installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes
water leak.)
Have the air tight test and the vacuum drying been conducted
according to the procedure in the Installation Manual?
Is a proper amount of refrigerant recharged?

The following two methods are available for recharge of the
refrigerant.
(1) Use the automatic refrigerant charge function.
(2) Calculate a refrigerant charging amount.
Check to be sure the stop valves are under the following

conditions.
Liquid side stop valve
Open
Gas side stop valve

Open
131
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
1.2.2 Turn Power On

Turn the outdoor unit and indoor
unit power ON.
Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to protect

compressors. (to power ON crankcase heater)
Check the LED display of the

outdoor unit PCB.
Check to be sure the transmission is normal.

The transmission is normal if the LEDs display conditions as shown in
table below.
LED display k: ON h: OFF l: Blinking
COOL/HEAT select
MicroLow
computer
LED display
Demand Multi
MODE
TEST
noise
(Default status before operation
MASTER
SLAVE
IND
monitor
delivery)
HAP
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
One outdoor unit installed
When multiple Master

outdoor unit
Slave 1
installed (*)
Slave 2
(*) The master unit is the outdoor unit to which the transmission wiring for
the indoor units is connected.
The other outdoor units are slave units.
Make field settings with outdoor
unit PCB.
Conduct check operations.
Check for normal operation.
132
Make field settings if needed.

(For the setting procedure, refer to information in "3.2. Field Setting
from Outdoor Unit" on P.165 onward.)
For the outdoor-multi system, make field settings with the master unit.
(Field settings made with the slave unit will be all invalid.)
The check operations shown below will be automatically initiated.
Check for erroneous wirings
Check for failure to open stop valves
Check for excessive refrigerant charging
Automatic judgement of piping length
Before starting the normal operation after the completion of check
operations, make sure indoor and outdoor units normally operate.
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
1.2.3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying

Note:
Always use nitrogen gas for the air tight test.

Absolutely do not open the stop valve until the main power circuit insulation measurement
has been completed. (measuring after the stop valve is opened will cause the insulation
value to drop.)
1.2.3.1
Preparations
<Needed tools>
Gauge manifold
Charge hose valve
To prevent entry of any impurities and insure sufficient

pressure resistance, always use the special tools
dedicated for R-410A.
Use charge hose that have pushing stick for connecting
to service port of stop valves or refrigerant charge port.
Vacuum pump
The vacuum pump for vacuum drying should be able to

lower the pressure to 100.7 kPa
(5 Torr 755 mm Hg).
Take care the pump oil never flow backward into the
refrigerant pipe during the pump stops.
<The system for air tight test and vacuum drying>

Referring to figure 1, connect an nitrogen tank, refrigerant tank, and a vacuum pump to the
outdoor unit.
The refrigerant tank and the charge hose connection to refrigerant charge port or the valve A,
C in figure 1 are needed in 1.2.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation.
The stop valve and valve A~C in figure 1 should be open or closed as shown in the table
below.
Liquid side
stop valve
Refrigerant charge port
Charge
hose
Measuring device
Gouge manifold
Nitrogen
Gas side
stop valve
Outdoor
unit
Stop valve
service port
Outdoor
unit
Valve B
Valve C
R-410A cylinder
(with siphon)
Vacuum pump
To indoor unit
Valve A
Interunit pipings
Gas flow
fig. 1
State of valve A, B and C and stop valves

Air tight test, Vacuum drying
(Close valve A and stop valves certainly. Otherwise the
refrigerant in the unit are released.)
Note:
Valve
A
Stop valve
C
Close Open Open
Liquid side
Gas side
Close
Close
The air tight test and vacuum drying should be done using the liquid side
and gas side stop valve service ports.

See the [R-410A] Label attached to the front plate of the outdoor unit for
details on the location of the service port (see figure at right).
See [Stop valve operation procedure] in 1.2.4.1 Before Working for
details on handling the stop valve. (Refer to P.134)
The refrigerant charge port is connected to unit pipe.
When shipped, the unit contains refrigerant, so use caution when
attaching the charge hose.
Test Operation
[R-410A] Label
133
Test Operation
1.2.3.2
Si34-804_C
Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying Method

After finished piping work, carry out air tight test and vacuum drying.
<Air tight test>
Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4.0 MPa (do not pressurize more than 4.0 MPa). If the
pressure does not drop within 24 hours, the system passes the test.
If there is a pressure drop, check for leaks, make repairs, and perform the air tight test again.
<Vacuum drying>
Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more than 2
hours and bring the system to 100.7 kPa or less. After keeping the system under that condition
for more than 1 hour, check if the vacuum gauge rises or not. If it rises, the system may either
contain moisture inside or have leaks.
Note:
If moisture might enter the piping, follow below.
(I.e., if doing work during the rainy season, if the actual work takes long enough that
condensation may form on the inside of the pipes, if rain might enter the pipes during
work, etc.)
1. After performing the vacuum drying for two hours, pressurize to 0.05 MPa (i.e., vacuum
breakdown) with nitrogen gas, then depressurize down to 100.7 kPa for an hour using the
vacuum pump (vacuum drying).
2. If the pressure does not reach 100.7 kPa even after depressurizing for at least two hours,
repeat the vacuum breakdown - vacuum drying process.
After vacuum drying, maintain the vacuum for an hour and make sure the pressure does not rise
by monitoring with a vacuum gauge.
1.2.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge and Check Operation

The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant when shipped from the factory, but depending on
the size and length of the piping when installed, it may require additional charging.
For charging the additional refrigerant, follow the procedure in this chapter.
And then carry out the check operation.
Note: Total amount of refrigerant should be 100 kg or less

1.2.4.1
Before Working
[About the refrigerant tank]
Check whether the tank has a siphon pipe before charging and place the tank so that the
refrigerant is charged in liquid form. (See the figure below.)
With siphon pipe
Stand the tank upright and charge.
(The siphon pipe goes all the way inside,
so the tank does not need be put
upside-down charge in liquid form.)
Other tanks
Stand the tank upside-down and charge.
Caution
Always use the proper refrigerant (R-410A). If charged with the refrigerant containing an
improper material, it may cause an explosion or accident.

R-410A is a mixed refrigerant, so charging it as a gas will cause the refrigerant composition
to change, which may prevent normal operation.
134
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
[Stop Valve Operation Procedure]

When operating the stop valve, follow the procedure instructed below.
Note:
Do not open the stop valve until 1.2.1 Check work prior to turn power supply on in P.131
are completed. If the stop valve is left open without turning on the power, it may cause
refrigerant to buildup in the compressor, leading insulation degradation.
Be sure to use the correct tools.
The stop valve is not a back-seat type. If forced it to open, it might break the valve body.
When using a service port, use the charge hose.
After tightening the cap, make sure no refrigerant gas is leaking.
[Tightening torque]
The sizes of the stop valves on each model and the tightening torque for each size are listed in
the table below.
<Size of Stop Valve>
5HP type
8HP type
10HP type 12HP type 14HP type 16HP type 18HP type
Liquid side
stop valve
12.7
9.5
The 18HP type corresponds to the
The 12HP type corresponds to the 12.7-diameter 15.9-diameter onsite piping using the
onsite piping using the included piping.
accessory pipe.
Gas side
stop valve
25.4
The 10HP type corresponds to the 22.2-diameter onsite
piping using the accessory pipe.
The 12 ~ 18HP type corresponds to the 28.6-diameter onsite
piping using the accessory pipe.
15.9
19.1
<Tightening torque>
Tightening torque Nm (Turn clockwise to close)
Stop valve size
Cap
(valve lid)
Shaft (valve body)
9.5
5.4 - 6.6
12.7
8.1 - 9.9
15.9
13.5 - 16.5
Hexagonal wrench
6 mm
27.0 - 33.0
Hexagonal wrench
8 mm
19.1
25.4
Hexagonal wrench
4 mm
Service port
13.5 - 16.5
18.0 - 22.0
11.5 - 13.9
22.5 - 27.5
Service port
Cap
Seal section
Hex holes
Shaft (valve body)
fig 2
[To open]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft counter clockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Turn it until the shaft stops.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
[To close]
1. Remove the cap and turn the shaft clockwise with the hexagon wrench (JISB4648).
2. Securely tighten the valve until the shaft contacts the main body seal.
3. Make sure to tighten the cap securely.
(For the tightening torque, refer to the item <Tightening Torque>.)
Test Operation
135
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
[How to Check How Many Units are Connected]

It is possible to find out how many indoor or outdoor unit in the system are turned on by
operating the press button on the PCB (A1P) of outdoor unit (In case of multi system master
unit).
Follow the procedure below to check how many indoor or outdoor units are turned on.
LED display
(LED display: h ...OFF
k ...ON l ...Blinking ...Uncertain)
1. Press the MODE button (BS1) once, and set the MONITOR MODE
(H1P: Blinking).
2. Press the SET button (BS2) the number of
times until the LED display matches that at

right.
H H H H H H H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P P P P P P P
l hhhhhh
For checking the

number of outdoor units:
eight times
l hhkhhh
For checking the

number of indoor units:
five times
l hhhkhk
3. Press the RETURN button (BS3) and read the number of units from the
display of H2P through H7P.

[Reading Method]
The display of H2P through H7P should be read as a binary number,
with l standing for 1 and h standing for 0.
Ex: For the LED display at right, this would be 0 1 0 1 1 0 ,

which would mean 22 units are connected.
l h l h l l h
32 0 + 16 1 + 8 0 + 4 1 + 2 1 + 1 0 = 22 units
Note: 000000 indicates 64 units.
4. Press the MODE button (BS1) once. This returns to Setting Mode 1
(default).
Note:
136
hhkhhhh
Press the MODE button (BS1) if you get confused while operating.
This returns to Setting Mode 1 (default).
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
1.2.4.2
Test Operation
Procedure of Additional Refrigerant Charging and Check Operation

Warning
Electric Shock Warning

Make sure to close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid before turning on the power when performing
the refrigerant charging operation.

Perform the setting on the PCB (A1P) of the outdoor unit and check the LED display after the
power is on via the inspection door which is in the EL. COMPO. BOX lid.
Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the EL. COMPO. BOXs inspection
door.
There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts, since this operation must be
performed with the power on.
Caution
Make sure to use the protect tool (protective groves and goggles) when charging the
refrigerant.
Due to a danger of liquid hammer, the refrigerant must not be charged over the allowable
maximum amount when charging the refrigerant.

Do not perform the refrigerant charging operation under working for the indoor unit.
When opening the front panel, make sure to take caution to the fan rotation during the
working.
After the outdoor unit stops operating, the fan may keep rotation for a while.
Note:
If operation is performed within 12 minutes after the indoor and outdoor units are turned on,
H2P will be lit on and the compressor will not operate.

In order to ensure uniform refrigerant distribution, it may take up to around 10 minutes for the
compressor to start up after the unit starting operating. This is not an error.
<About refrigerant charging>
The refrigerant charge port is connected to the piping inside the unit.
When the unit is shipped from the factory, the units internal piping is already charged with
refrigerant, so be careful when connecting the charge hose.
After adding the refrigerant, make sure to close the lid of the refrigerant charging port.
The tightening torque for the lid is 11.5 to 13.9 Nm.
See [Stop valve operation procedure] in 1.2.4.1 for details on how to handle stop valves.
When done or when pausing the refrigerant charging operation, close the valve of the
refrigerant tank immediately. If the tank is left with the valve open, the amount of refrigerant
which is properly charged may be off the point. More refrigerant may be charged by any
remaining pressure after the machine is stopped.
<About check operation>
Make sure to perform the check operation after installation. Otherwise, the error code U3
will be displayed and normal operation cannot be performed.
And the failure of Check of wrong-wiring may also cause abnormal operation. Performance
may drop due to the failure of Judgement of piping length.
Check operation must be performed for each refrigerant piping system.
Checking is impossible if plural systems are being done at once.
The individual problems of indoor units can not be checked.
About these problems check by test run after the check operation is completed. (Refer to
P.145)
The check operation cannot be performed in recovery or other service modes.
1. Make sure the following works are complete in accordance with the installation manual.
Piping work
Wiring work
Air tight test
Vacuum drying
Installation work for indoor unit
2. Calculate the additional charging amount using How to calculate the additional refrigerant
to be charged in 6 Example of connection on P.345.
Test Operation
137
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
3. Open the valve C (See the figure 3. The valve A, B and the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe stop
valves must be left closed), and charge the refrigerant of the additional charging amount
from the liquid side shutout valve service port.
Charge hose
Liquid side
stop valve
Gas side
stop valve
Stop valve
service port
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Refrigerant
charge port
Valve B
Measuring device
Valve C
Valve A
R-410A tank
(with siphon)
To indoor unit
Field pipings
Refrigerant flow
fig 3
4. If the additional charging amount was charged fully, close the valve C and go to step 6.
If the additional charging amount was not charged fully, close the valve C and go to step 5.
5. Perform the refrigerant charging following [Automatic refrigerant charging operation
procedure] as shown next page. And charge the remaining refrigerant of the additional
charging amount.
Note:
For performing the automatic refrigerant charging operation, the push button on the PCB (A1)
of outdoor unit are used. (See figure 6.)
And the refrigerant are charged from the refrigerant charge port via the valve A. (See figure
4.) For operating the push button and opening or closing the valves, follow the procedure.
During Automatic refrigerant charging operation, the system will select charging mode by the
temperature condition as follows.
Outdoor temp. : 0C DB ~ 43C DB
Indoor temp. : 10C DB ~ 32C DB
Cooling mode
When charging in cooling mode, the system will stop operation when the required amount of
refrigerant is charged.
The refrigerant will be charged about 22kg in one hour at outdoor temp. 30C DB (about 6kg
at outdoor temp. 0C DB).
If you need to speed-up in case of multi system, connect the refrigerant tanks to each outdoor
unit as shown in the figure 5.
During Automatic refrigerant charging operation, you can stop the operation forcedly by
pressing MODE button (BS1).
Liquid side
stop valve
Gas side
stop valve
Stop valve
service port
Charge hose
Valve B
Valve C
Valve A
Measuring device
R-410A tank
(with siphon)
Measuring
device
Liquid side
stop valve
Gas side
stop valve
Stop valve
service port
To indoor unit
Field pipings
Refrigerant flow
fig 4
Refrigerant
charge port
Charge hose
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Refrigerant
charge port
In case of multi system if you need to speedup.

Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
valve B
valve C
valve A
valve A
Refrigerant flow
R-410A tank
(with siphon)
: Field pipings
: Refrigerant flow
fig 5
EL.COMPO.BOX lid
EL.COMPO.BOX lid
LED (H1~8P)
Inspection door
Push button
Label
(BS1-5)
Service Precaution
Lift the protruding

part to open the cover
Inspection door
Pipe intake
fig 6
138
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
[Automatic Refrigerant Charging Operation Procedure]

Note:
The marks of LED mean as follows.

h : OFF k : ON l : Blinking : OFF, ON or Blinking
(1) Open the liquid pipe, suction gas pipe stop valves. (The valve A~C must be closed. See
figure 4.)
(2) Close the EL. COMPO. BOX (1) lid and all front panel except on the EL. COMPO. BOX
(1) side. (*1) And turn the power to the outdoor unit and all connected indoor units. (*2)
After H2P stop blinking (about 12 minutes after turning on the power), check H2P is OFF.
If H2P is ON, check the error code in the remote controller of indoor unit and correct the
error in accordance with [Remote controller display error code] on P.143.
(3) Check the LED. And press the MODE button (BS1) once if the LED displays is not as
below.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
h h k h h h h
(4) Press the TEST button (BS4) once. (The LED displays will change as below.)
k k k k k k k
(5) Hold the TEST button (BS4) down for 5 seconds or more.
(The LED displays will change as below and fan of outdoor unit will start rotation.)
h l h h h
(6) When the compressor start working and the LED displays change any state in below (*3),
go to In case of cooling mode in accordance with the LED displays.
l
Go to In case of cooling mode
In case of cooling mode

(7) Press the TEST button (BS4) once within 5 minutes after procedure (5) (*4) and close the
all front panels (*5).
After that, open the valve A immediately (See figure 4) (*6) and watch the remote controller
display of indoor unit.
(8) If the remote controller display shows PE code (*7), ready to close the valve A.
And go to procedure (9).
If the remote controller display shows other code, close the valve A immediately and refer to
[Remote controller cooling mode error code]
Beware the fan running when open the front panel.
The fan may continue rotation after the system stop the operation.
(9) When the compressor stop working (the fan may continue rotation.), close the valve A
immediately (*8).
And check the LED displays are as below and the remote controller display shows P9
code.
k l l k k k k
After checking, press the MODE button (BS1) once and the charging is complete.
Test Operation
139
Test Operation
Note:
Si34-804_C
(*1)~(*8)
(*1) Lead the refrigerant charge hose etc. from the pipe intake.
All front panels must be closed at the procedure (7).
(*2) If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system that have
the power off unit, the operation cannot finish properly.
Check the number of outdoor and indoor units that is powered.
For checking, see [How to check how many units are connected] in P.136.
To energize the crankcase heater, make sure to turn on for 6 hours before starting
operation.
(*3) It takes about 2~10 minutes for getting stability of refrigerant state.
If the additional refrigerant is little and operation is started before getting stability, the
system can not judge the charging amount precisely and it cause overcharge.
(*4) If the TEST button (BS4) is not pressed within 5 minutes, P2 code will displayed in the
remote controller. In this case, refer to [Remote controller cooling mode error code].
(*5) If the front panel is opened during the operation, the system cannot operate properly.
(*6) If you leave the system without connecting the refrigerant tank or opening the valve A for
30 minutes or more, the system stop operation and P2 code are displayed in remote
controller.
In this case, refer to [Remote controller cooling mode error code].
(*7) Depending on the situation of operation such as the charging amount is little, the PE code
may not be displayed and the P9 code may be displayed.
(*8) Always close the valve A and take the tank off.
The refrigerant charge port of this unit have electronic expansion valve coil and the valve
are closed when charging is finished. However, the valve will opened when after operation
(Check operation, normal operation, etc.). If you leave the tank connected, the refrigerant
will charged and it cause overcharge.
[Remote controller cooling mode error code]
Code
PE
The work contents

Charging is almost finished. Ready to close the valve A.
The refrigerant tank is empty. Close the valve A and replace the empty tank to the new
PA
tank. After changing the tank, open the valve A again.
PH
Beware the fan running. The outdoor unit does not stop operation.
P8
Close the valve A immediately, and restart the operation from procedure (3).
Operation is interrupted. Close the valve A immediately
and check the below items.
Check if suction gas pipe or liquid pipe stop valve
is opened.
P2
Check the refrigerant tank is connected and the
After correcting the abnormality,
valve A was opened.
Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor unit restart the operation from
procedure (3).
are not closed by an obstruction.
Operation is stopped abnormally. Close the valve A
immediately. Confirm the error code and correct the
abnormality following the [Remote controller displays

error code] in P.143.
P9
Charging is finished. Close the valve A and take the refrigerant tank off.
If the additional charging amount was not charged fully, follow the directions below to charge
additional refrigerant.
140
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
[Refrigerant Charging Operation Procedure]

(1) Open the liquid and gas side stop valves (The valve A~C must be closed. The valve A~C
means the valves in the figure 5.)
[Display of normal system]
SERV.
MONI- MODE TEST/
LED display
HWL
(Default status of shipped) TOR
HAP
H1P
H2P
IND MASTER SLAVE
L.N.O.P DEMA- MULTI

ND
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
Master unit
Sub unit 1
Sub unit 2
Single system
Multi
system
(*)
C/H SELECTOR
LED display: h...OFF, k...ON, l...Blinking

(*)How to distinguish the master unit, sub unit 1, and sub unit 2 in the multi system.
Method 1: By the H8P (MULTI) LED display
k (ON): Master unit
l (Blinking): Sub unit 1
h (OFF): Sub unit 2
Method 2: By the transmission wiring to indoor unit
Transmission wiring is connected: Master unit

Transmission wiring is not connected : Sub unit 1 or Sub unit 2
(2) If necessary, set the field setting by using the dip switch on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P).
(For how to set, refer to 1.2.5.1 Onsite Settings with the Power Off)
(3) Close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid and all front panel except on the side of the EL. COMPO.
BOX (*1) and turn the power to the outdoor unit and all connected indoor units. (*2)
After H2P stop blinking (about 12 minutes after turning on the power), check LED displays
as shown in the table [Display of normal system] and the system is normal state.
If H2P is blinking, check the error code in the remote controller, and correct the error in
accordance with [Remote controller display error code] in P.143.
(*1) Lead the refrigerant charge hose etc. from the pipe intake. All front panels must be closed at
the procedure (9).
(*2) If you perform the refrigerant charging operation within the refrigerant system that have the
power off unit, the operation cannot finish properly.
For confirming the number of the outdoor and indoor units with the power on, see [How to
check how many units are connected] in chapter 1.2.4.1. In case of a multi system, turn on
the power to all outdoor units in the refrigerant system.
To energize the crankcase heater, make sure to turn on for 6 hours before starting
operation.
(4) Start the additional refrigerant charge operation.
(About the system settings for additional refrigerant charge operation, refer to the [Service
Precaution] label attached on the EL. COMPO. BOX lid in the outdoor unit.)
Open valve A immediately after starting the compressor.
(5) Close the valve A if the additional charging amount of refrigerant was charged, and press
the RETURN button (BS3) once.
(6) Record the charging amount on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label
and attach it to the back side of the front panel.
Test Operation
141
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
6. After completing the additional refrigerant charging perform the check operation following
below
Note:
For check operation, the following work will be performed.

Check of stop valve opening
Check of wrong-wiring
Judgement of piping length
Check of refrigerant overcharge
It takes about 40 minutes to complete the check operation.
[Check Operation Procedure]

(1) Make the onsite setting as needed using the dip switches on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
with the power off (Refer to 1.2.5.1 Onsite Settings with the Power Off)
(2) Close the EL. COMPO. BOX lid and all front panels except as the side of the EL. COMPO.
BOX and turn on the power to the outdoor unit and all connected indoor units.
(Be sure to turn the power on at least 6 hours before operation in order to have power
running to the crankcase heater.)
(3) Check the LED display on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P) is as shown in the table below and
transmission is normal.
SERV.
MONI- MODE TEST/
LED display
HWL
(Default status of shipped) TOR
HAP
H1P
H2P
IND MASTER SLAVE
L.N.O.P DEMA- MULTI

ND
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
H8P
Master unit
Sub unit 1
Sub unit 2
Single system
Multi
system
(*)
C/H SELECTOR
LED display: h...OFF, k...ON, l...Blinking
(*)How to distinguish the master unit, sub unit 1, and sub unit 2 in the multi system.
Method 1: By the H8P (MULTI) LED display
k (ON): Master unit
l (Blinking): Sub unit 1
h (OFF): Sub unit 2
Method 2: By the transmission wiring to indoor unit
Transmission wiring is connected: Master unit

Transmission wiring is not connected : Sub unit 1 or Sub unit 2
(4) Make the onsite settings as needed using the push button (BS1-BS5) on the outdoor unit
PCB (A1P) with the power on. (Refer to 1.2.5.2 Onsite Settings with the Power On)
(5) Perform the check operation following the Check Operation Method of the [Service
Precautions] label on the EL. COMPO. BOX lid. The system operation for about 40 minutes
and automatically stops the check operation.
If the error code is not displayed in the remote controller after the system stop, check
operation is completed. Normal operation will be possible after 5 minutes. If the error code
is displayed in the remote controller, correct the error following [Remote controller displays
error code] and perform the check operation again.
142
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
[Remote controller displays error code]

Error code
E3, E4
F3, F6
UF
U1
U1
U4
LC
UF
Installation error
The stop valve of the outdoor unit

Open the stop valve.
is left closed.
The phases of the power to the
outdoor unit is reversed.
No power is supplied to an outdoor
or indoor unit (including phase
interruption).
There is conflict on the connection
of transmission wiring in the
system.
E3
F6
UF
Refrigerant overcharge.
E4
F3
Insufficient refrigerant.
U7, U4
UF, UH
Remedial action
If the outdoor unit terminal is

connected when there is one
outdoor unit installed.
Exchange two of the three phases (L1, L2, L3) to

make a proper connection.
Make sure the power supply wire is properly
connected to the outdoor unit and revise if
necessary.
Check if the refrigerant piping line and the
transmission wiring are consistent with each other.
Recalculate the additional amount refrigerant from
the piping length and correct the refrigerant charge
level by recovering any excessive refrigerant with
a refrigerant recovery machine.
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has
been finished correctly.
Recalculate the additional amount refrigerant
from the piping length and add the adequate
amount.
Remove the line from the outdoor multi terminals
(Q1 and Q2).
If any error codes other than the above are displayed, check the service manual for how to
respond.
Test Operation
143
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
1.2.5 Onsite Settings

Note:
1.2.5.1
In the case of a multi system, all onsite settings should be made on the master unit. Settings
made on sub units are invalid.
The outdoor unit to which the indoor unit transmission wire are connected is the master unit,
and all other units are sub units.
Onsite Settings with the Power Off

If the COOL/HEAT selector was connected to the outdoor
unit, set the dip switch (DS1) on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P)
to ON (it is set to OFF when shipped from the factory).
For the position of the dip switch (DS1), refer to the Service
Precautions label (refer to right) which is attached to the
EL. COMPO. BOX lid.
Warning
Inspection
door
EL.COMPO.
BOX lid
[Service Precautions]
label

Never perform with the power on.
There is a serious risk of electric shock if any live part is touched.
1.2.5.2
Onsite Settings with the Power On

Use the push button switches (BS1 through BS5) on the outdoor unit PCB (A1P) to make the
necessary onsite settings.
See the Service Precautions label on the EL. COMPO. BOX lid for details on the positions and
operating method of the push button switches and on the onsite setting.
Make sure to record the setting on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label.
Warning

Use an insulated rod to operate the push buttons via the inspection door of EL. COMPO. BOX
lid.
There is a risk of electric shock if you touch any live parts, since this operation must be
performed with the power on.
144
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Test Operation
1.2.6 Test Run

1.2.6.1
Before Test Run

Make sure the following works are completed in accordance with the installation manual.
Piping work
Wiring work
Air tight test
Vacuum drying
Additional refrigerant charge
Check that all work for the indoor unit are finished and there are no danger to operate.
1.2.6.2
Test Run
After check operation is completed, operate the unit normally and check the following.
(1) Make sure the indoor and outdoor units are operating normally.
(2) Operate each indoor unit one by one and make sure the corresponding outdoor unit is also
operating.
(3) Check to see if cold air is coming out from the indoor unit.
(4) Press the fan direction and strength buttons on the remote controller to see if they operate
properly.
Note:
1.2.6.3
Heating is not possible if the outdoor temperature is 24C or higher. Refer to the Operation
manual.
If a knocking sound can be heard in the liquid compression of the compressor, stop the unit
immediately and then energize the crankcase heater for a sufficient length of time before
restarting the operation.
Once stopping, the compressor will not restart in about 5 minutes even if the On/Off button of
the remote controller is pressed.
When the system operation is stopped by the remote controller, the outdoor units may
continue operating for further 5 minutes at maximum.
The outdoor unit fan may rotate at low speeds if the Night-time low noise setting or the
External low noise level setting is made, but this is not an error.
Checks after Test Run

Perform the following checks after the test run is complete.
Record the contents of field setting.
Record them on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
Record the installation date.
Record the installation date on the accessory REQUEST FOR THE INDICATION label in
accordance with the IEC60335-2-40.
And attach the label on the back side of the front panel.
Note:
Test Operation
After the test run, when handing the unit over to the customer, make sure the EL.COMPO.BOX
lid, the inspection door, and the unit casing are all attached.
145
Test Operation
1.3
Si34-804_C
Operation when Power is Turned On
1.3.1 When Turning On Power First Time

The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks

Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pressed during operation described above, the "UH" error

indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent

Tap the RESET button on the outdoor unit PCB. Operation becomes possible for about 2
minutes. If you do not press the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10 minutes to
automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks

Indoor unit
If ON button is pressed during operation described above, the operation lamp

lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.3.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PCB has been Changed
Be sure to press and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... ON

Indoor unit
If ON button is pressed during operation described above, the "UH" or "U4"

error indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
Service cover
[Service Precautions] label
Switch box cover
Switch box
(the upper right)
Caution When the 400 volt power supply is applied to "N" phase by mistake,
replace the Inverter PCB (A2P) and control transformer (T1R, T2R) in
switch box together.
146
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Outdoor Unit PCB Layout
2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout

Outdoor unit PCB
(2) Set mode display (LED)
HAP
(3) BS button
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P

BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
(1) Micro-computer normal monitor
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
DS1
DS2
(4) Dip switch
Connection terminal for transmission use
F1 F2 F1 F2 Q1 Q2
Indoor
Outdoor
Outdoor
Outdoor
Multi outdoor
(1) Micro-computer normal monitor

This monitor blinks while in normal operation, and turns on or off when an error occurs.
(2) Set mode display (LED)
LEDs display mode according to the setting.
(3) BS button
Used to change mode.
(4) Dip switch
Used to make field settings.
Test Operation
147
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
3. Field Setting
3.1
Field Setting from Remote Controller

Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote controller. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause error.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired Remote Controller <BRC1E61>

<Basic screen>
1 Press and hold Cancel button for

4 seconds or more .
Field setting menu is displayed.
2 Select
Field setting list in the

field setting menu, and press
Menu/Enter button.
Field setting list screen is
displayed.
3 Highlight the mode, and select

desired Mode No. by using
(Up/Down) button.
<Field setting menu screen>
4 In the case of setting per indoor

unit during group control (When
Mode No. such as 20 , 21 ,
22 , 23 , 25 are selected),
highlight the unit No. and select
Indoor unit No. to be set by
using
(Up/Down) button.
(In the case of group total setting,
this operation is not needed.)
In the case of individual setting
per indoor unit, current settings
are displayed. And, SECOND
CODE No. - means no
function.
Press Menu/Enter button.
<Field setting screen>

In the case of individual
setting per indoor unit

In the case of group total

setting

SECOND CODE No.

FIRST CODE (SW) No.
5 Highlight SECOND CODE No. of

the FIRST CODE No. to be
changed, and select desired
SECOND CODE No. by using
(Up/Down) button. Multiple
identical mode number settings
are available.
In the case of group total
setting, all of SECOND CODE
No. which may be set are
displayed as . is
changed to SECOND CODE
No. to be set. And, SECOND
CODE No. - means no
function.
148
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
<Setting confirmation screen>

6 Press Menu/Enter button. Setting

confirmation screen is displayed.
7 Select
Yes and press Menu/

Enter button. Setting details are
determined and field setting list
screen returns.
8 In the case of multiple setting

changes, repeat to .
9 After all setting changes are completed, press Cancel button
twice.
Setting confirmation
10
Backlight goes out, and

Connection under check
Please wait for a moment is
displayed for initialization. After
the initialization, the basic screen
returns.
CAUTION
When an optional accessory is installed on the indoor unit, settings of the indoor unit may be
changed. See the manual of the optional accessory.
For field setting details of the outdoor unit, see installation manual attached to the outdoor unit.
Test Operation
149
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
3.1.2 Wireless Remote Controller - Indoor Unit

BRC7C type
BRC7E type
BRC4C type
MODE No.
FIELD SETTING MODE
SECOND CODE No.

FIRST CODE No.
1. When in the normal mode, press the

button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the field setting mode.
2. Select the desired mode No. with the
button.
3. Pressing the
button, select the first code No.
4. Pressing the
button, select the second code No.
5. Press the timer
button and check the settings.
6. Press the
button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to Filter Dirtiness-High in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to 10, Mode setting No. to 0 and second code No. to 02.
150
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.1.3 Simplified Remote Controller

BRC2A51
BRC2C51
MODE No.
FIRST
CODE No.
UNIT No.
SECOND
CODE No.
1. Remove the upper part of remote controller.

2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting), and the FIELD
SETTING MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON () (temperature setting ) and the
[BS3] BUTTON () (temperature setting ).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), press the [BS8] () BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT No. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Press the [BS9] BUTTON () (set A) and select FIRST CODE No.
6. Press the [BS10] BUTTON () (set B) and select SECOND CODE No.
7. Press the [BS7] BUTTON () (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Press the [BS6] BUTTON () (field setting) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE No. to 10, FIRST CODE No. to 0, and
SECOND CODE No. to 02.
Test Operation
151
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. VRV Indoor unit

Mode First
Code
No.
Note 2 No.
0
10
(20)
1
2
3
11
(21)
12
(22)
1
3
Room temperature thermistor in

remote controller
Display time to clean air filter calculation
(Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.)
03
04
Details
No.
(1)
(2)
Long life filter

Use
No use
(3)
Display
No display
(4)
OFF
Completion of
airflow
adjustment
Start of airflow
adjustment
(5)
Indoor unit turned

ON by thermostat
Error output
(6)
Forced OFF
ON/OFF control
Operation
output
External protection
device input
(7)
1C
0.5C
(8)
LL
01:0
02:1
Not equipped
LL airflow
Set fan speed

03:2
04:3
Equipped
Preset airflow
Light
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2 directions)
(14)
Equipped
Not equipped
(15)
Standard
Ceiling Soiling
prevention
(16)
05:4
06:5
07:6
08:7
Field setting airflow position setting
Draft prevention
Setting of the Static Pressure

Selection
External Static Pressure Settings
Thermostat OFF excess humidity

Direct duct connection
(when the indoor unit and heat
reclaim ventilation unit are
connected by duct directly.) Note 6
Drain pump humidifier interlock selection
Field setting selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote controller
High static
pressure
01:30
02:50
03:60
04:70 05:80 06:90 07:100 08:110
09:120 10:130 11:140 12:150 13:160 14:180 15:200
*7
Not equipped
Equipped
2
3
5
Note:
152
Long life filter type
02
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Approx.
Heavy 1,250
hrs.
Approx.
100 hrs.
Ultra long life
filter
Standard
filter
Optional accessories output selection (field

selection of output for adaptor for wiring)
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when ON/
OFF is to be controlled from outside.)
Thermostat differential changeover
(Set when room temperature thermistor
in remote controller is to be used.)
OFF by thermostat fan speed
Automatic mode differential
Power failure automatic reset
Airflow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF
High air outlet velocity
(Set when installed in place with
ceiling higher than 2.7 m.)
Selection of airflow direction (Set when a
blocking pad kit has been installed.)
Airflow direction adjustment (Set at
installation of decoration panel.)
15
(25)
Long life
filter
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Approx.
200 hrs.
Ultra
long life
filter
Airflow adjustment
3
4
5
6
13
(23)
Filter contamination
heavy/light (Setting for
display time to clean air
filter)
(Sets display time to clean
air filter to half when there
is heavy filter
contamination.)
01
1
VRV
system
indoor
unit
settings
Second Code No. (Note 3)

Setting Contents
Standard
(17)
(18)
(19)
Not equipped
Equipped
(20)
Not equipped
Equipped
(21)
Not equipped
Equipped
(22)
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controllers, so
they cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked
are factory setting.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. 88 may be displayed to indicate the remote controller is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to Equipped, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
7. The FXMQ506380100125140PVE cannot be set to 30 Pa.
The FXMQ20253240PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200 Pa.
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.1.5 Applicable Range of Field Setting

Ceiling mounted cassette type
Slim
Ceiling
ceiling
mounted
Round Compact Double Corner mounted duct type
multi flow flow
type
flow
duct type (Middle
and high
static
pressure)
Ceiling Ceiling
Wall
Floor
mounted suspended mounted standing
duct
type
type
type
type
FXMQ- FXHQ
FXDQ FXMQP
MA
FXFQ
FXZQ
FXCQ
FXKQ
Filter sign
Ultra long life

filter sign
Room
temperature
thermistor in
remote
controller
Set fan speed

when
thermostat OFF
Airflow auto
adjustment
Airflow
adjustment
ceiling height
Airflow direction
Airflow direction
adjustment
(Down flow
operation)
Concealed
floor
standing
type
Ceiling
Outdoor air Details
suspended processing No.
cassette unit
type
FXUQ FXMQMF
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
(1)
(2)
(3)
(9) (12)
(5)
(13)
(14)
(15)
Airflow direction
adjustment
range
(16)
Field setting fan

speed selection
{1
{1
(17)
(18)
Discharge air
temp. (Cooling)
3.1.72
1 Static pressure selection

2 Refer to 3.1.7 Outdoor Air Processing Unit-Field Setting (Remote Controller) on P.160.
Test Operation
153
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes

(1) Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting
Standard
Long Life
Ultra Long Life Filter
Contamination Light
Contamination Heavy
200 hrs.
100 hrs.
2,500 hrs.
1,250 hrs.
10,000 hrs.
5,000 hrs.
(2) Ultra Long Life Filter Sign Setting

When a Ultra long life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
Second Code No.

01
Setting
Long Life Filter
02
Ultra Long Life Filter
(3) Selection of Thermistor

Select the thermistor to control room temperature.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature

01
10 (20)
02
03
Room temperature thermistor in remote

controller and suction air thermistor for
indoor unit
Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
Room temperature thermistor in remote
controller
The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the
indoor unit suction air thermistor and room temperature thermistor in remote controller.
When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by room temperature
thermistor in remote controller.
(4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed

Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Mode No.
10 (20)
154
First Code No.
Second Code No.
"Filter Cleaning" display
01
02
Display
No display
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
(5) Airflow Adjustment (AUTO)

External Static Pressure Settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below.
(a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings.
Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated
quantity.
(b) Select External Static Pressure with Remote Controller Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the
SECOND CODE No. in MODE No. 21 for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in
Table 4. The SECOND CODE No. is set to 01 (OFF) at factory setting. Change the
SECOND CODE No. as shown in Table according to the external static pressure of the
duct to be connected.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
02
OFF
Completion of airflow adjustment
03
Start of airflow adjustment
11 (21)
Airflow adjustment
(6) Optional Output Switching

Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided.
Output signal is output between terminals K1 and K2 of "customized wiring adaptor", an optional
accessory.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.

01
12 (22)
03
04
Remarks
Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is
provided.
Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote
controller is provided.
In case of "Error Display" appears on the
remote controller, output is provided.
(7) External ON/OFF Input

This input is used for "ON/OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T2 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code
No.
Second
Code No.
01
12 (22)
02
03
Test Operation
Operation by input of the signal A

ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote
controller)
OFF: Permission of using the remote controller
OFF ON: Permission of operation
ON OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
155
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
(8) Thermostat Switching

Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed. (For details, refer to "6.4
Thermostat Control while in Normal Operation" on P.123.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
12(22)
Second Code No.

01
Differential value
1C
02
0.5C
(9) Airflow Setting when Heating Thermostat is OFF

This setting is used to set airflow when heating thermostat is OFF.
When thermostat OFF airflow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required
before deciding installation location.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
Second Code No.

01
Contents
LL airflow
02
Preset airflow
(10) Setting of Operation Mode to "AUTO"

This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic
operation mode.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
01
02
Second Code No.

03
04
05
06
0C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
07
08
6C
7C
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector"
button.
(11) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset

For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting (same as factory setting), the units may start automatically after
power failure reset or the main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation
condition as that of before power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize Auto restart function after power
failure reset, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
(12) Airflow when Cooling Thermostat is OFF

This is used to set airflow to "LL airflow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
156
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
Second Code No.

01
Contents
LL airflow
02
Preset airflow
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
(13) Setting of Normal Airflow

Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The second code No. is set to 01 at
the factory.
In the Case of FXAQ
Mode No.
First Code No.
13(23)
Second Code
No.
01
02
03
Setting
Wall mounted type: Standard
Wall mounted type: Slight increase
Wall mounted type: Normal increase
In the Case of FXHQ

Mode No.
First code No.
Second code
No.
Ceiling height (m)
13(23)
01
02
2.7 or less
2.7-3.5
In the Case of FXFQ25~80 (All round outlet)

Mode
No.
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
Ceiling height (m)
02
Standard All
round outlet
High Ceiling (1)
2.7-3
03
Higher Ceiling (2)
3-3.5
01
13 (23)
Setting
2.7
In the Case of FXFQ100~125 (All round outlet)

Mode
No.
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
Ceiling height (m)
02
Standard All
round outlet
High Ceiling (1)
3.2-3.6
03
Higher Ceiling (2)
3.6-4.2
01
13 (23)
Setting
3.2
In the Case of FXFQ25~80 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets)

Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
code
code
Setting
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
0
02
03
Ceiling height
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
Lower than 3.1 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.4 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
In the Case of FXFQ100~125 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets)

Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
0
Ceiling height
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
01
02
Standard (N)
High Ceiling (H)
03
2-way Outlets

*1 Mode No. setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an
individual unit, set the internal mode number in parentheses.
*2 The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet. For the settings for four-direction
(part of corner closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets, see the installation
manual and technical guide supplied with the separately sold closure material kit.
Test Operation
157
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
In the Case of FXUQ71~125

First Second
code
code
Setting
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Mode
No.
13 (23)
02
03
Ceiling height
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
(14) Airflow Direction Setting

Set the airflow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory setting to 01.
Setting Table
Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code
No.
01
02
F : 4-direction airflow
T : 3-direction airflow
03
W : 2-direction airflow
Setting
(15) Operation of Downward Flow Flap: Yes/No

Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Setting
13 (23)
01
02
Down-flow operation: Yes

Down-flow operation: No
(16) Setting of Airflow Direction Adjustment Range

Make the following airflow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
Setting Table
Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Setting
01
Upward (Draft
prevention)
Standard
02
03
Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
(17) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection

In the Case of FXDQ20~32PB, FXDQ40~63NB
Model No.
13 (23)
158
First Code No.
Second Code No.
External static pressure
01
02
Standard (10Pa)
High static pressure (30Pa)
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
(18) External Static Pressure Settings (for FXMQ-P model)

Mode No.
13 (23)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
External Static Pressure
01
02
30 Pa (*1)
50 Pa
03
04
60 Pa
70 Pa
05
06
80 Pa
90 Pa
07
08
100 Pa
110 Pa
09
10
120 Pa
130 Pa
11
12
140 Pa
150 Pa
13
14
160 Pa
180 Pa (*2)
15
200 Pa (*2)
The SECOND CODE NO. is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 100 Pa) at factory setting.
*1 The FXMQ50 63 80 100 125 140PVE cannot be set to 30 Pa.
*2 The FXMQ20 25 32 40PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200 Pa.
(19) Humidification when Heating Thermostat is OFF

Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction air temperature is 20C or
above and turns OFF the humidifier if suction air temperature is 18C or below when the heating
thermostat is OFF.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Setting
15 (25)
01
02
Setting of humidifier
(20) Setting of Direct Duct Connection

This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries
out residual operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of
preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.)
Mode No.
15 (25)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Contents
01
Without direct duct

connection
With direct duct
connection equipped
with fan
2
02
(21) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump

This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the
unit, this setting is unnecessary.
Mode No.
15 (25)
First Code No.
Second Code No.
Contents
01
Individual operation of
humidifier
Interlocked operation
between humidifier and
drain pump
3
02
Test Operation
159
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
(22) Individual Setting of Ventilation

This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote controller/
central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
15 (25)
Second Code No.

01
Contents
02
Individual operation of
ventilation
3.1.7 Outdoor Air Processing Unit - Field Setting (Remote Controller)

: Factory setting
Mode
No.
First
Code
No.
0
10
(20)
1
12
(22)
5
14
(24)
160
Setting
contents
Second Code No.

01
Stain of filter 2500hr

Filtering
time
Display
cumulation
External
ON/OFF
input
Power
failure
automatic
reset
Discharge
temperature
(cooling)
Forced
stop
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
1250hr
No
display
ON-OFF
control
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
25
25
Not
equipped Equipped
13C
14
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.1.8 Centralized Control Group No. Setting

BRC1E Type
In order to conduct the centralized remote control using the centralized remote controller and
the unified ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating
remote controller.
Make Group No. settings for centralized remote control using the operating remote controller.
(1) <Basic screen>
1. Press and hold Cancel button for 4 seconds or more.
Field setting menu in displayed.
(2) <Field setting menu screen>

2. Select Group No. settingin the field setting menu, and press
Menu/Enter button.
Group No. setting screen is displayed.
(3) <Group No. setting>

3. Select Group No. setting (Group), and press Menu/Enter
button.
Group No. setting (Group) screen is displayed.
(3) <Group No. setting (Group)>

4. Select the group No. by using ST (Up/Down) button.
Note:
For wireless remote controller, see the following.

For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adaptor for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.

NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
Test Operation
161
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Group No. setting by wireless remote controller for centralized control

1. When in the normal mode, press
button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
enters the field setting mode.
2. Set mode No. 00 with
button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with
button (advance/backward).
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pressing
button.
5. Press
button and return to the normal mode.
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
MODE No.
FIELD SETTING MODE
GROUP No.
Group No. Setting

Example
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Centralized Remote
Controller
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-00
F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Controller
1-03
Caution
162
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Main RC
RC Sub
1-01
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Group Control by Remote Controller

(automatic unit address)
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-04
When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.1.9 Setting of Operation Control Mode from Remote Controller

(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote controller. Furthermore, operations such as remote
controller ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to
information in the next page.)
Centralized remote controller is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized
monitor is connected)
3.1.10 Contents of Control Modes

Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote controller can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
ON/OFF control impossible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by centralized remote controller only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote controller.)
OFF control only possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on by centralized remote controller only, and off by remote
controller only.
Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by centralized remote controller only, and turn on/off freely
by remote controller during set time.
Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both centralized remote controller and remote
controller.
Timer operation possible by remote controller
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote controller during set time and you do not want
to start operation by centralized remote controller when time of system start is programmed.
Test Operation
163
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
How to Select
Operation Mode
Whether operation by remote controller will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
Example
ON by remote
controller
(Unified ON by
centralized remote
controller)
Rejection
OFF by remote
controller
(Unified OFF by
centralized remote
controller)
Rejection
OFF by
remote
controller
Rejection
Temperature
control by
remote controller
Operation mode
setting by
remote controller
Acceptance
Acceptance
Control
mode is "1."
Control by remote controller

Operation
Control mode
Unified operation,
individual operation
by centralized remote
controller, or
operation controlled
by timer
Unified OFF,
individual stop by
centralized remote
controller, or timer
stop
OFF
Temperature
Operation Control mode
control
mode setting
Rejection
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote controller
Rejection
(Example)
Acceptance
(Example)
Rejection (Example)
Rejection
OFF control only

possible by
remote controller
Rejection (Example)
Acceptance
Rejection
Centralized
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
Individual
Acceptance
Acceptance
Timer operation
possible by
remote controller
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
10
Acceptance
(Example)
1 (Example)
Rejection
11
Acceptance
Rejection
12
Acceptance
Rejection
13
Acceptance
Rejection
14
Acceptance
Rejection
15
Acceptance
Rejection
16
Acceptance
Rejection
7 1
17
Acceptance
Rejection
18
Acceptance
Rejection
19
Do not select timer operation possible by remote controller if not using a remote controller.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
1. Factory setting
164
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
3.2
Field Setting
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2.1 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit

List of Field Setting Items
This following section indicates the list of field setting items. For the lists of dip switch contents,
Setting mode 1, and Setting mode 2, refer to information in tables shown on the following page
onward.
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on P.177 onward.
Setting item
Function setting
Content and objective of setting

Overview of setting procedure
A. Use external input to step down the upper Use the "External control adaptor for
limit of the fan (factory setting to Step 8),
outdoor unit".
providing low noise level.
Set to "External control adaptor for outdoor
(1) Mode 1: Step 6 or lower
unit" with No. 12 of "Setting mode 2" and
select the mode with No. 25.
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
setting" to ON with No. 29.
Setting of nighttime quiet

operation (*1)
B. The night-time quiet operation

aforementioned is enabled in night-time
Make this setting while in "Setting mode 2".
automatic quiet operation mode.
Select a mode with No. 22 of "Setting mode
Start time: Possible to select in the range of
2".
20:00 to 24:00 hours.
Select the start time with No. 26 and the
End time: Possible to select in the range of
end time with No. 27.
06:00 to 08:00 hours.
If necessary, set the "Capacity priority
(Use the said time as a guide since the
setting" to ON with No. 29.
start time and the end time are estimated
according to outdoor temperatures.)
Used to place limits on the compressor
For setting with the use of "external control
operating frequency to control the upper
adaptor for outdoor unit";
limit of power consumption.
Set the system to "External control adaptor
(1) Mode 1 of Demand 1: 60% or less of
for outdoor unit" with No. 12 of Setting
Setting of demand
rating
mode 2" and select the mode with No. 30.
operation (*1)
For setting only in "Setting mode 2":
rating
Set the system to Normal demand mode
with No. 32 of "Setting mode 2" and select
rating
the mode with No. 30.
(4) Demand 2: 40% or less of rating
Setting of AIRNET Used to make address setting with
AIRNET connected.
address
Setting of high
static pressure
Test Operation
Set the AIRNET to an intended address

using binary numbers with No. 13 of
"Setting mode 2".
Make this setting to operate a system with

diffuser duct while in high static pressure
mode. (Use this setting mode when shields
are installed on upper floors or balconies.) Set No. 18 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
* In order to mount the diffuser duct, remove
the cover from the outdoor unit fan.
165
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Setting item
Overview of setting procedure
1
2
Indoor unit forced

operation
Service setting
Content and objective of setting
Indoor unit fan

Used to operate the indoor unit in the
Set No. 5 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor unit
forced H operation
stopped state in forced H operation mode.
forced fan H.
Used to operate the indoor unit in forced
operation mode.
Change of targeted In cooling operation, used to change the

evaporating
targeted evaporating temperature for
temperature
compressor capacity control.
(in cooling)
Setting of
Used to start units not in sequence but
sequential startup
simultaneously.
Emergency
operation (*1)
Additional
refrigerant
charging (*1)
Refrigerant
recovery mode (*1)
Vacuuming mode
(*1)
ENECUT test
operation
(Domestic model
only)
10
Power transistor
check mode
11
Setting of model
with spare PCB
Set No. 6 of "Setting mode 2" to indoor unit

forced operation mode.
Select high side or low side with No. 8 of
"Setting mode 2".
Set No. 11 of "Setting mode 2" to NONE.
If the compressor has a failure, used to

Make this setting while in "Setting mode 2".
prohibit the operation of compressor(s)
For system with a single outdoor unit: Set
concerned or outdoor unit(s) concerned
with No. 19 or 42.
and to conduct emergency operation of the
For system with multiple outdoor units: Set
system only with operable compressor(s)
with No. 38, 39, or 40.
or outdoor unit(s).
If a necessary amount of refrigerant cannot
be charged due to the stop of outdoor unit, Set No. 20 of "Setting mode 2" to ON and
operate the outdoor unit and then refill
then charge refrigerant.
refrigerant.
Used to recover refrigerant onsite.
With operations of indoor and outdoor units Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
prohibited, fully open the expansion valve
of the indoor and outdoor units.
Used to conduct vacuuming onsite.
Fully open the expansion valves of the
indoor and outdoor units, and energize part Set No. 21 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
of solenoid valves. Use a vacuum pump to
conduct vacuuming.
Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT.
(Be noted this mode is not functional with Set No. 24 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
the indoor unit remote controller turned
ON.)
Used for the troubleshooting of DC
compressors.
Inverter waveform output makes it possible Set No. 28 of "Setting mode 2" to ON.
to judge whether a error results from the
compressor or the PCB.
In order to replace the PCB by a spare one, For this setting, set the DS2-2, -3, and-4
switches on the PCB to the model
be sure to make model setting.
concerned.
For setting items of (*1), refer to detailed information provided on P.177 onward.
166
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
Setting by Dip Switches
Using dip switches on the PCB enables field setting shown below. However, make no changes
of factory settings except for DS1-1.
Dip switch
No.
DS1-1
Setting
ON
OFF (Factory setting)
Setting item
Description
Cool/Heat select Used to set cool/heat select by Cool/Heat selector

equipped with outdoor unit.
ON
DS1-2
~DS1-4 OFF (Factory setting)
Not used
Do not change the factory settings.
ON
OFF (Factory setting)
Not used
Do not change the factory settings.
DS2-1
~4
Setting at replacement by spare PCB
Caution
Dip switch setting after changing the main PCB (A1P) to spare PCB
After the replacement by the spare PCB, be sure to make settings shown below.
When you change the main PCB (A1P) to spare PCB, please carry out the following setting.
Initial conditions of dip switches
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
DS1
1 2 3 4
DS2
Dip Switch Detail

DS No.
Item
DS1-1 Cool/Heat change

over setting
DS1-2 Power supply

specification
DS1-3 Cooling Only/Heat

Pump setting
DS1-4 Unit allocation

setting
DS2-1
Contents
Do not set.
ON
OFF (Factory Do not set.

setting of spare
PCB)
ON
200 V class (220 V)
OFF (Factory 400 V class (380 V)
setting of spare
PCB)
ON
Cooling Only setting
OFF (Factory Heat Pump setting

setting of spare
PCB)
ON
Make the following settings according to allocation of
unit. (All models are set to OFF at factory.)
OFF (Factory
setting of spare
PCB)
DS2-2 Model setting
Domestic
Japan
Overseas
General
Europe
DS1-4
OFF
OFF
ON
DS2-1
OFF
ON
OFF
Make the following settings according to models of outdoor units.

(All models are set to OFF at factory.)
DS2-3
DS2-4
DS2-2
DS2-3
DS2-4
RXQ5PA RXQ8PA RXQ10PA

OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
RXQ12PA
OFF
OFF
ON
RXQ14PA
ON
OFF
ON
RXQ16PA
OFF
ON
ON
RXQ18PA
ON
ON
ON
If the DS1-1~1-4, DS2-2~2-4 setting has not been carried out, error code UA are displayed
and unit can not be operated.
Refer to DS1-1~4, DS2-1~4 setting detail on next page.
Test Operation
167
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Detail of DS1-1~4, DS2-1~4 setting (for Overseas general)

Unit
168
Setting method (
represents the position of switches)
Cooling Only (5HP)

RXQ5PAY1
Set DS2-1 to ON.
Cooling Only (8HP)

RXQ8PAY1
Set DS2-1 and DS2-3 to ON.
Cooling Only (10HP)

RXQ10PAY1
Set DS2-1, DS2-2 and DS2-3

to ON.
Cooling Only (12HP)

RXQ12PAY1
Set DS2-1 and DS2-4 to ON.
Cooling Only (14HP)

RXQ14PAY1

to ON.
Cooling Only (16HP)

RXQ16PAY1

to ON.
Cooling Only (18HP)

RXQ18PAY1
Set DS2-1, DS2-2, DS2-3, and DS2-4

to ON.
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
Setting by push button switches
The following settings are made by push button switches on PCB.

In case of multi-outdoor unit system, various items should be set with the master unit.
(Setting with the slave unit is disabled.)
The master unit and slave unit can be discriminated with the LED display as shown below.
LED display
Multi;
SLAVE
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Demand
MASTER
H4P
H7P
H8P
h
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
l
h
TEST
H2P
Single-outdoor-unit
system
Master
h
h
h
Outdoormulti
system
Slave 1
Slave 2
COOL/HEAT select
IND
H3P
MODE
H1P
(Factory setting)
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
There are the following three setting modes.

c Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Used to select the cool/heat setting. Also indicates during
abnormal, low noise control and demand control.
d Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
e Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
Mode changing procedure 1
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Press and hold the BS1
(MODE) for 5 seconds.
(Normal)
Setting mode 2
Press the BS1(MODE) one time.
MODE
Press the BS1(MODE)

one time.
Monitor mode
Setting mode 1
MODE
On
MODE
Blinking
Off
H1P
H1P
H1P
Mode changing procedure 2

(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE) for more than 5 seconds
Setting mode 1
(Initial condition)
Press BS1(MODE) one time.
Setting mode 2
Monitor mode
Setting item selection

(Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN)
one time.
Setting condition
selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN)
one time.
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN)
one time.
Check item selection

(Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN)
one time.
Contents display
Press BS3
(RETURN)
one time.
Press BS1
(MODE)
one time.
Press BS1
(MODE)
one time.
Test Operation
169
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
a. Setting mode 1
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
1. Check items The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave)
(3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
mode other than that, press the
MODE (BS1) button to set the
system to "Setting mode 1".
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
COOL/HEAT select
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H7P
H6P
H3P
H4P
H5P
h
Current operating conditions
hNormal kAbnormal
lIn preparation or in check
operation
Check the system for each condition

through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.)
Pressing the RETURN (BS3) button

will bring the system to the initial
state of "Setting mode 1".
170
Setting of COOL/HEAT selection

khhBy individual outdoor unit
hkhIn a batch of outdoor unit
group with master unit
hhk In a batch of outdoor unit
group with slave unit
Low noise operating conditions
hIn normal operation
kIn low noise operation
Demand operating conditions
hIn normal operation
kIn demand operation
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
b. Setting mode 2
Press and hold the MODE (BS1)
button for 5 seconds and set to
Setting mode 2.
<Selection of setting items>

Press the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item
shown in the table on the right.
Press the RETURN (BS3) button

and decide the item. (The present
setting condition is blinked.)
Field Setting
No.
Digital pressure
gauge kit display
Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Cool/Heat unified
address
Low noise/demand
address
Test operation
settings
Indoor unit forced

fan H
Indoor unit forced
operation
Te setting
Sequential
operation setting
External low noise
setting / Demand
setting
AIRNET address
Used to conduct test operation without making changes

to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the
completion of maintenance.
Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
stopped. (H tap)
6
8
11
13
18
<Selection of setting conditions>
19
20
21
22
and set to the initial status of
Setting mode 2.
24
25
If you become unsure of how to

proceed, press the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1.
26
27
28
29
Test Operation
Description
Used to make setting of contents to display on the digital
pressure gauges (e.g. pressure sensors and temperature
sensors)
12

to the setting condition you want.

and decide the condition.
Setting item
Address for low noise/demand operation
Allows forced operation of indoor unit.

Target evaporation temperature for cooling
Sets sequential operation
(Factory setting to ON)
Reception of external low noise or demand signal
Set address for AIRNET.

Make this setting in the case of operating in high static
High static pressure pressure mode with diffuser duct mounted.
setting
(In order to mount the diffuser duct, remove the cover
from the outdoor unit fan.)
Used to operate system only with inverter compressor
Emergency
when STD compressor error. This is a temporary
operation
operation extremely impairing comfortable environment.
(STD compressor
Therefore, prompt replacement of the compressor is
operation
required.
prohibited)
(This operation, however, is not set with RXQ5, 8PA.)
Additional
refrigerant charge
Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
Refrigerant recovery/
vacuuming mode
Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
setting
Sets automatic night-time low noise operation in a simple
Night-time low
way.
noise setting
The operating time is based on Starting set and Ending
set.
ENECUT test
Used to forcedly turn ON the ENECUT. (Be noted that the
operation
ENECUT is only functional with outdoor unit in the
(Domestic model
stopped state - Japanese domestic model only.)
only)
Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
low noise level
from outside.
Night-time low
Sets starting time of night-time low noise operation.
noise operation
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
start setting
Night-time low
ending time of night-time low noise operation.
noise operation end Sets
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
setting
Power transistor
Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
check mode
waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
Check after
compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
disconnection of
compressor wires comes from the compressor or PCB.
If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
Capacity
released by this setting during carrying out
precedence setting automatically
low noise operation and night-time low noise operation.
30
Demand setting 1
32
Normal demand
setting
Changes target value of power consumption when

demand control 1 is input.
Normally enables demand control 1 without external
input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
171
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
No.
Setting item
38
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the
master unit
operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit
system)
39
40
42
172
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the
slave unit 1
operation
system)
Emergency
operation
(Setting for the
slave unit 2
operation
system)
Emergency
operation
(prohibition of INV.
compressor
operation)
Description
Used to temporarily prohibit the applicable outdoor unit

from operating should there be any detective part in multioutdoor-unit system. Since the comfortable environment
is extremely impaired, prompt replacement of the part is
required.
If the INV. compressor has a failure, used to run the

system only with STD compressor(s). This is a temporary
running of the system until the compressor is replaced,
thus making comfort extremely worse. Therefore, it is
recommended to replace the compressor as soon as
possible.
(Be noted this setting is not available on model RXQ5,
8PAY1.)
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
Setting item display

No.
Setting item
pressure
0 Digital
gauge kit display
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
IND
H3P
C/H selection
Master Slave
H4P
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
Address
Binary number
(4 digits)
15
Cool/Heat
Unified address
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
Low noise/demand
address
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
Test operation
settings
Test operation: OFF
Indoor unit forced

fan H
Normal operation
Indoor unit forced

operation
Normal operation
Test operation: ON
Indoor forced fan H
Indoor forced operation

Low (Level L)
Normal (Level M)
High
Te setting
High
High
(Level H)
High
High
operation
11 Sequential
setting
External low noise

12 setting/Demand
setting
13 AIRNET address
OFF
ON
External low noise/demand:
NO
Address
Binary number
(6 digits)
High static pressure setting:

OFF
static pressure
18 High
setting
Emergency
19 operation
(STD compressor is
prohibited.)
Additional refrigerant
20 charging operation
setting
Refrigerant charging: OFF
Refrigerant
21 recovery/Vacuuming
mode setting
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: OFF
High static pressure setting:

ON
OFF
STD 1, 2 operation: Inhibited
STD 2 operation: Inhibited
Refrigerant charging: ON
Refrigerant recovery / vacuuming: ON
khkkkkk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk
khhhkhh
khhhkhk
khhhkkh
khhhkkk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
External low noise/demand:

YES
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
~
63
Test Operation
khkkkkk
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
~
31
3
khhkkkk
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
~
31
Factory setting
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
kkkkkkk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
173
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Setting item display

No.
Setting item
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
IND
H3P
C/H selection
Master
Slave
H4P
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
OFF
22
Night-time low noise

setting
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)

ENECUT test
24 operation (Domestic
model only)
ENECUT output OFF

ENECUT output forced ON
25
Setting of external
low noise setting

About 20:00

26 operation start
setting
About 22:00 (factory setting)

About 24:00
About 6:00

27 operation end
setting
About 7:00
About 8:00 (factory setting)
28 Power transistor
check mode
OFF
29 Capacity
precedence setting
OFF
ON
ON
60 % demand
30 Demand setting 1
70 % demand
80 % demand
demand
32 Normal
setting
Emergency operation
(Setting for the master
38 unit operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit-system)
Emergency operation
(Setting for the slave
39 unit 1 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit system)
Emergency operation
(Setting for the slave
40 unit 2 operation
prohibition in multioutdoor-unit system)
Emergency
operation
42 (prohibition of INV.
compressor
operation)
174
OFF
ON
OFF
Master unit operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
OFF
khhhhhk
Slave unit 1 operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
OFF
khhhhhk
Slave unit 2 operation: Inhibited
khhhhkh
Normal operation
khhhhhk
Emergency operation
(prohibition of INV. compressor
operation)
khhhhkh
Factory setting
khhhhhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhkk
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhkhh
khhhhhk
khhhhkh
khhhhhk
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
c. Monitor mode
To enter the monitor mode, press the
MODE (BS1) button when in Setting
mode 1.
<Selection of setting item>

the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation on setting contents>

Press the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of set items.

and switches to the initial status of
Monitor mode.
Field Setting
No.
Setting item
Various settings
C/H unified address
Low noise/demand address
Not used
AIRNET address
Number of connected indoor units

*1
Number of connected BS units *2
Number of connected zone units

(Fixed to "0")
Number of outdoor units *3
Number of BS units *4
10
Number of BS units *4
11
Number of zone units
12
Number of terminal units *5
13
Number of terminal units *5
14
Contents of error (the latest)
15
Contents of error (1 cycle before)
16
Contents of error (2 cycle before)
20
Contents of retry (the latest)
21
Contents of retry (1 cycle before)
22
25
LED display
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
h
h
k
k
h
h
h
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
h
k
Data display
Lower 4 digits
Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
upper
l h h k h k h
l h h k h k k
l h h k k h h
Lower 4 digits:
lower
Lower 4 digits:
lower
Contents of retry (2 cycle before)
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Number of multi connection

outdoor units
l h k k h h k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
h
h
h
h
k
k
k
h
k
k
k
h
k
k
h
h
h
k
k
h
k
h
h
k
h
Lower 6 digits
Lower 4 digits:
upper
Error code table
Refer to
P.202.
Lower 6 digits
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
Press the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to Setting mode 1.
Test Operation
*1: Number of connected indoor units

Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*2: Number of connected BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to an outdoor
unit.
*3: Number of outdoor units
Used to make setting of the number of outdoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
*4: Number of BS units
Used to make setting of the number of BS units connected to DIII-NET that is
one of the communication lines.
*5: Number of terminal units
Used to make setting of the number of indoor units connected to DIII-NET
that is one of the communication lines.
(Only available for VRV indoor units)
175
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Setting item 0 Display contents of Number of units for various settings

EMG operation /
backup operation
setting
ON
Te setting
OFF
M
H ~
Tc setting
L
M
H
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
k
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
k
Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two ways
of expressing are as follows:

The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary
number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
16
32
4
8
1
2
In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to

16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
64 16
No.12 128 32
4
No.13
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as

an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
176
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.2.2 Setting of Night-time Quiet Operation and Demand Operation

Setting of Night-time Quiet Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB.
Setting
Content
Mode 1
Mode 2
Set the outdoor unit fan to Step 6 or lower.

Mode 3
A. When the night-time quiet operation is carried out by external contact (with the use
of the external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
1. Connect external control adaptor for outdoor unit and short-circuit terminal of low noise
(Refer below figure).
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the adaptors terminals as shown below.
External control
adapter for
outdoor unit
Host computer
monitor panel
or demand
controller
F1
F2
P3
P4
2 3 C
Demand
Low
noise
Outside wiring indicated

by dotted line
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
night-time quiet/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2",
or "Mode 3") for set item No. 25 (Setting of external low noise level).
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for the set item No. 29
(Setting of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the nighttime quiet operation command will be ignored to put the system into normal operation
mode.)
B. When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external
control adaptor for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2", or "Mode 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime night-time quiet operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime night-time quiet operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
Test Operation
177
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Image of operation in the case of A

If capacity precedence is set in
"Capacity precedence setting", the
fan speed will be increased
according to the load of air
conditioning when load is heavier.
Operation sound
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound of
mode 1
Operation sound of
mode 2
Operation sound of
mode 3
Operation sound
during low noise
mode is instructed
can be set with
"External low noise
level setting"
(Factory setting is
"Mode 2".)
Low noise mode instructing

Approx. 55 db (target)
(The power consumption may be increased by about 10%)
Operation sound level set with "External low noise setting"
Image of operation in the case of B
Operation sound
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound
of mode 1
Operation sound
of mode 2
Operation sound
of mode 3
Time set with "Night-time low noise

start setting"

Night-time
Operation sound level set with

"Night-time low noise setting"
Time set with "Night-time low

noise end setting"
Operation sound
during night-time low
noise mode is
instructed can be set
with "Night-time low
noise level setting".
(Factory setting is
"OFF".)
PM 8:00 PM 10:00 PM 0:00
AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00
Set with "Night-time low noise start setting".

(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".)
Set with "Night-time low noise end setting".

(Factory setting is "AM 8:00".)
Image of operation in the case of A and B
Operation sound

Time set with "Night-time low

noise end setting"
Operation sound during low noise
mode is instructed can be set with
Rated operation
"External low noise level setting".
sound
Night-time
(Factory setting is "Mode 2".)
Operation sound
Operation sound during night-time
of mode1
low noise mode is instructed can
Low noise mode
Operation sound
be set with "Night-time low noise
instructing
Operation
sound
of mode2
level setting".
level set with
(Factory setting is "OFF".)
Operation sound Low noise mode instructing
"Night-time low Operation sound set with
of mode3
When external low noise
noise setting" "External low noise setting"
Operation sound set with
instruction is received during
"External low noise setting"
PM 8:00 PM 10:00 PM 0:00
AM 6:00 AM 7:00 AM 8:00 the operation with night-time
low noise mode,
Set with "Night-time low noise start setting".
Set with "Night-time low noise end setting". Mode 2 precedes Mode 1
and Mode 3 precedes Mode 2.
(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".)
(Factory setting is "AM 8:00".)
Time set with "Night-time low noise
start setting"
178
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
Setting of Demand Operation

By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the external control adaptor for
outdoor unit (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Setting content
Set item
Condition
Mode 1
Demand 1 Mode 2
Mode 3
Demand 2
Demand 3
Setting method
External control
adaptor
Content
Outdoor unit PCB


30 to "Level 1".
Short circuit "1" and
"C" on the terminal
strip (TeS1).

30 to "Level 2".
30 to "Level 3".
The compressor operates at Short circuit "2" and "C".

Forced thermostat OFF.
Short circuit "3" and "C".
Set item No. 32 to "Demand 2".
*: However the demand operation does not occur in the following operation modes.
Startup control
Defrosting operation
Pump-down residual operation
If carrying out demand or low-noise input, connect the adaptors terminals as shown below.
External control
adapter for
outdoor unit
Host computer
monitor panel
or demand
controller
F1
F2
P3
P4
2 3 C
Demand
Low
noise
Outside wiring indicated

by dotted line
A. When the demand operation is carried out by external contact (with the use of the
external control adaptor for outdoor unit).
1. Connect external control adaptor for outdoor unit and short-circuit terminals as required
(Refer above figure).
2. While in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 12 (Setting of external
low noise/demand operation) to "YES".
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1
level) and then set the setting condition to targeted mode.
B. When the normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control
adaptor for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of alternate demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
Test Operation
179
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
Image of operation in the case of A

Power consumption
Rated power consumption

80 % of rated power consumption
Demand level 1 instructing
Power consumption set by

"Demand 1 level setting".

Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
The power
consumption during
the demand level 1
instructing can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting".
("70 % of rated
power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
Image of operation in the case of B

Power consumption

The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
When the "Normal

demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
factory.) , the power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
Image of operation in the case of A and B

The power
consumption can
be set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at
factory.)
Power consumption

40 % of rated power consumption The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
Forced thermostat OFF
(Fan operation)
180
+Demand level 2 instructing +Demand level 3 instructing
+During continuous demand operation,

when the external demand instruction is
received repeatedly, the instruction with
higher demand level has the precedence.
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control

1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
c In setting mode 2, press the BS1 (MODE) one time. Setting mode 1 is entered and H1P
lights off.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, In low noise operation and In demand control are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
c In setting 1, press and hold the BS1 (MODE) for more than 5 seconds. Setting mode 2 is
entered and H1P lights.
d Press the BS2 (SET) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No. you
want.
e Press the BS3 (RETURN) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
Press the BS2 (SET) several times and match the LED display with the setting content
(as shown next page) you want.
f Press the BS3 (RETURN) two times. Returns to c.
g Press the BS1 (MODE) one time. Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
Test Operation
181
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
{: ON
d
c
Setting
No.
Setting
contents
External
low noise
setting/
Demand
setting
22
Night-time
low noise
setting
25
Setting No. indication
Setting of
external low
noise
setting
Setting
contents
Night-time
low noise
operation
start setting
Night-time
low noise
operation
end setting
27
29
30
32
YES
OFF
(Factory
setting)
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
l
z
l
Mode 1
Mode 2
(Factory
setting)
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
z
z
z
z
l
PM 10:00
(Factory
setting)
PM 0:00
AM 6:00
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
l
l
z
AM 8:00
(Factory
setting)
Low noise
precedence
(Factory
setting)
Capacity
precedence
60 % of
rated power
consumption
70 % of
rated power
consumption
(Factory
setting)
80 % of
rated power
consumption
OFF
(Factory
setting)
ON
PM 8:00
AM 7:00
Capacity
precedence
setting
Demand
setting 1
Normal
demand
setting
Setting mode indication section
182
Setting No. indication section
Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
NO
(Factory
setting)
Mode 3
26
l: Blink
Setting No. indication
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12
z: OFF
Set contents indication section
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Field Setting
3.2.3 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode

When carrying out the refrigerant collection onsite, fully open the respective electronic
expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units.
All indoor and outdoor units operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
c In setting mode 2 with units in stop mode, set Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode to
ON. The respective electronic expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened.
(H2P turns to display TEST OPERATION (blinks), TEST OPERATION and UNDER
CENTRALIZED CONTROL are displayed on the remote controller, and the all indoor /
outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the instruction attached to the
refrigerant recovery unit for more detail.)

e Press the BS1 (MODE) once and reset Setting Mode 2.
Test Operation
183
Field Setting
Si34-804_C
3.2.4 Setting of Vacuuming Mode

In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the electric expansion valves of
indoor and outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
c With Setting Mode 2 while the unit stops, set Refrigerant recovery / Vacuuming mode to
ON. The electric expansion valves of indoor and outdoor units fully open and some of
solenoid valves open.
(H2P blinks to indicate the test operation, and the remote controller displays "Test
Operation" and "Under centralized control", thus prohibiting operation.)
After setting, do not cancel Setting Mode 2 until completion of Vacuuming operation.
d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
e Press the BS1 (MODE) once and reset Setting Mode 2.
3.2.5 Check Operation Detail

CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
(Press the BS1 (MODE) once and set to SETTING MODE 1 (H1P: OFF))
LED display (H1P~H7P) (k: ON
Unit stopping
h: OFF l: BLINK)
hhkhhhh
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1
hlhhhhk
Pressure equalizing
10 seconds to 10 minutes
Step 2
Cooling start control
Step 3
Stability waiting operation
hlhhhkh
20 seconds to 2 minutes
hlhhhkk
10 minutes
Step 4~8
Judgement function
Stop valve close check

Wrong wiring check
Correct Refrigerant charge check
Piping length check
hlhhkhh
hlhhkhk
hlhhkkh
hlhhkkk
hlhkhhh
Step 9
hlhkhhk
Pump down residual operation

5 minutes
Step 10
hlhkhkh
Standby for restarting

5 minutes
Completion
184
Test Operation
Si34-804_C
Part 6
Service Diagnosis
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................187
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller ...............................................190
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................190

Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller .........................................191
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller .....................................193
Operation of the Remote Controllers Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................195
2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................196
2.6 Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function .........................................199
2.7 Error Code and Description..................................................................200
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................206

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
Service Diagnosis
External Protection Device Abnormality ...............................................206

PCB Abnormality ..................................................................................207
Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality....................................208
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload .........................................................210
Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality...................................................214
Power Supply Voltage Abnormality ......................................................216
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E) Abnormality ............................217
Drain Level above Limit........................................................................219
Capacity Determination Device Abnormality ........................................220
Transmission Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB).............221
Combination Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan PCB)..............224
Humidity Sensor System Abnormality ..................................................225
Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller Abnormality ......226
PCB Abnormality ..................................................................................227
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................................................228
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................................................231
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock..........................................................233
STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock...........................................236
Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality....................................................237
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E, Y2E) Abnormality....................240
Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality ...........................................242
Refrigerant Overcharged......................................................................244
Outdoor Fan Motor Signal Abnormality ................................................245
Current Sensor Abnormality .................................................................247
High Pressure Sensor Abnormality ......................................................248
Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality .......................................................250
Inverter PCB Abnormality.....................................................................253
Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality .........................255
Inverter Compressor Abnormality.........................................................258
Inverter Current Abnormality ................................................................260
Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality ............................................262
Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB .......................265
185
Si34-804_C
3.35 Inverter Over-Ripple Protection............................................................267

3.36 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality .................................269
3.37 Field Setting after Replacing Main PCB Abnormality or
Combination of PCB Abnormality.........................................................270
3.38 Refrigerant Shortage ............................................................................271
3.39 Reverse Phase, Open Phase...............................................................272
3.40 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality .....................273
3.41 Check Operation is not Executed.........................................................276
3.42 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units..............277
3.43 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and Indoor Unit.........279
3.44 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units .........................................280
3.45 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote Controllers .........282
3.46 Transmission Error between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ......................................................283
3.47 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units, Indoor Units and
Remote Controller ................................................................................284
3.48 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller......................................286
3.49 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and Indoor Unit ...287
3.50 System is not Set yet............................................................................290
3.51 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address Undefined .............291
186
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
1
Supposed Cause
The system does not start operation at all.
Blowout of fuse(s)
Cutout of breaker(s)
Countermeasure
Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure
2
The system starts operation but makes an

immediate stop.
The system does not cool air well.
After the power failure is reset,

restart the system.
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Enclosed outdoor unit(s)
Clean the air filter(s).

Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature
Set the temperature to a proper

degree.
Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Airflow rate set to "LOW"
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.

Open window(s) or door(s)
Shut it tightly.
[In cooling] Direct sunlight received
Hang curtains or shades on

windows.
[In cooling] Too many persons staying in a

room
[In cooling] Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
The model must be selected to

match the air conditioning load.
The system does The system stops and

not operate.
immediately restarts operation.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST
button immediately resets the
system.
If the OPERATION lamp on the

remote controller turns ON, the
system will be normal. These
symptoms indicate that the
system is controlled so as not to
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The remote controller displays The system is controlled with
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
centralized controller. Blinking
CONTROL", which blinks for a display indicates that the system
period of several seconds
cannot be operated using the
when the OPERATION button remote controller.
is depressed.
Normal operation. The system will

automatically start operation after
a lapse of five minutes.
The system stops immediately

after turning ON the power
supply.
The remote controller displays
error codes "U4" and "U5", and
the system stops but restarts
after a lapse of several
minutes.
The system is in preparation

mode of micro-computer
operation.
The system stops due to an
interruption in communication
between units caused by
electrical noises coming from
equipment other than air
conditioners.
Wait for a period of approximately

one minute.
The system is in preparation

mode of operation.
Wait for a period of approximately

10 minutes.
The system
makes
intermittent
stops.
The system
This symptom occurs
conducts fan
immediately after turning ON
operation but not the power supply.
cooling
operation.
Service Diagnosis
Operate the system using the

COOL/HEAT centralized remote
controller.
Remove causes of electrical

noises.
If these causes are removed, the
system will automatically restart
operation.
187
Symptom
Si34-804_C
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
The airflow rate

is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
Even pressing the AIRFLOW

RATE SET button makes no
changes in the airflow rate.
The fan LL operation is also

Normal operation.
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.
The airflow
direction is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
A white mist
comes out from
the system.
The airflow direction is not

corresponding to that
displayed on the remote
controller.
The flap does not swing.
<Indoor unit>
In cooling, the ambient
humidity is high.
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
Automatic control
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after cooling
operation stopping, the
outdoor air temperature and
ambient humidity are low.
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after turning ON
the power supply, indoor unit
produces "ringing" sounds.
Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the

indoor unit results to be vapor
from the unit.
<Indoor and outdoor units>

"Hissing" sounds are
continuously produced while in
cooling or defrosting operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are produced
immediately after the startup or
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.

gas (refrigerant) flowing
respectively through the indoor
and outdoor units.
These sounds are produced
Normal operation.
when the gas (refrigerant) stops
or changes flowing.
<Indoor unit>
Faint sounds are continuously
produced while in cooling
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
"Creaking" sounds are
produced after stopping the
operation.

the drain discharge device in
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Sounds like "trickling" or the
like are produced from indoor
units in the stopped state.
On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.

are produced when other indoor
units in operation. The reason is
that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
changes the operating frequency.
10 The system
produces
sounds.
<Outdoor unit>
Pitch of operating sounds
changes.
11 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the
from the system. system when it restarts after
the stop for an extended period
of time.
12 Odors come out In operation
from the system.
13 Outdoor unit fan
does not rotate.
In operation
14 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON

appears on the
the power supply
remote
controller.
15 The outdoor unit After stopping operation
compressor or
the outdoor unit
fan does not
stop.
188
Normal operation.
Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.

due to heavy stain of the inside of
the indoor unit
Normal operation.
These are operating sounds of

Normal operation.
the electronic expansion valve of This sound becomes low after a
the indoor unit.
lapse of approximately one
minute.

resin parts expanding and
contracting with temperature
changes.
Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.

inside of indoor unit, is blown out
from the system.
Odors of room, cigarettes or else The inside of the indoor unit
adsorbed to the inside of indoor should be cleaned.
unit are blown out.
The reason is that fan revolutions
are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
The reason is that the system is
checking to be sure the remote
controller is normal.
Normal operation.
It stops in order to prevent oil or

refrigerant from dwelling.
Normal operation.
It stops after a lapse of
approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
Normal operation.
This code is displayed for a period
of approximately one minute at
maximum.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Symptom
16 The outdoor gets While stopping operation
hot.
Supposed Cause
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.

is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
17 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry
not cool air well.
operation serves not to reduce
the room temperature where
possible.
Service Diagnosis
Countermeasure
Change the system to cooling

operation.
189
Troubleshooting by Remote Controller
Si34-804_C
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Controller

2.1
The INSPECTION / TEST Button

The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
On power-up, the message "Connection under check. Please wait for a moment" will be
displayed on the remote controller screen. Then that message will disappear and the basic
screen will be displayed. To access a mode from the basic screen, refer to the figure below.
When any of the operation buttons is pressed, the backlight will come on and remains lit for
about 30 seconds. Be sure to press a button while the backlight is on (this does not apply to the
On/Off button.)
<Main Menu>
Main Menu screen
<Basic Screen>
Operation mode changeover
Fan speed control
Menu display
Confirmation of each setting
ON
OFF
Cancel
Operation lamp
Press
Menu/Enter
button once.
Press Cancel button

Set temp. mode changeover

Airflow direction
Quick Cool/Heat ON/OFF
Ventilation
Timer setting
Service Contact/Model Info
Convenient functions
Setting status list
Clock setting
Language changeover
Press Cancel
button once.
Basic screen
Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel
button once.
Press Cancel button
Field Setting screen
<Field Setting Menu>

Test operation ON/OFF
Register Service Contract
Field setting list
Group No. setting
Indoor unit AIRNET No. set
Outdoor unit AIRNET No. set
Error record
Indoor status display
Outdoor status display
Fan forced operation ON
Main/Sub changeover
Filter element sign OFF
190
Service Menu screen
<Service Menu>
Model name display
Operating hours display
Indoor status display
Outdoor status display
Forced defrost
Error display selection
Unit No. transfer
Sensor/address data display
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
2.2
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Controller
2.2.1 Wired Remote Controller BRC1C61/BRC1D61

If operation stops due to error, the remote controllers operation LED blinks, and error code is
displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, error contents are displayed when the
inspection mode is entered.) The error code enables you to tell what kind of error caused
operation to stop. Refer to P.202 for error code and error contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for

which a error has been
detected
Inspection display
Error code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
Service Diagnosis
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.

2. While in service mode, holding down the ON/OFF button for a period of 5 seconds or more
will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display, the
error code will blink twice and then change to 00 (=Normal), the Unit No. will change to 0,
and the operation mode will automatically switch from service mode to normal mode
(displaying the set temperature).
191
Si34-804_C
2.2.2 Wired Remote Controller BRC1E61

Explanation
The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during
operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Checking an error or warning

Operation Status
192
Display
Abnormal
shutdown
The system stops operating.
The operation lamp (green)

starts to blink. The message
"Error: Press Menu button"
will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
Warning
The system continues its

operation.

remains on. The message
"Warning: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
2.3
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Controller

If unit stops due to an error, the operation indicating LED on the signal receiving part of indoor unit flashes.
The error code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The error code is displayed
when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the error code of the last problem is displayed.)
3
4
Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select inspection. The equipment enters

the inspection mode. The Unit indication is displayed and the Unit No. display
shows flashing 0 indication.
Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer
(1) is generated from the indoor unit.
1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The
continuous buzzer indicates that the error code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
Press the MODE selector button.
The left 0 (upper digit) indication of the error code flashes.
Error code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code upper digit until the error
code matching buzzer (2) is generated.
The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN
buttons are pressed.
2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Error code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5
6
Press the MODE selector button.

The right 0 (lower digit) indication of the error code flashes.
Error code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the error code lower digit until the
continuous error code matching buzzer (2) is generated.
The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN
buttons are pressed.
Service Diagnosis
193
194
Si34-804_C
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
2.4
Operation of the Remote Controllers Inspection / Test

Operation Button
0
Unit
L0
Malfunction code
Inspection
Error code blinks when an error tion occurs.
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Press the button.
0
L0
Unit
Error code
Inspection
Inspection mode
Inspection/test
operation
Example of capacity code display
0 7 1... Capacity code

F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
J... Progression code
Display
Example model
FXCQ25
028
FXFQ63
071
Press the button.

Indoor unit system code
Product classification
System classification
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
VRV system
Outdoor air processing unit
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
VRV system
New ceiling suspended cassette
Display
071
FCJ
Indoor unit model code display
Indoor unit type code

Inspection/test
operation
Press the button.
Display
AA1
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Press the button.
Test operation
Test operation mode
Wall mounted
FXAQ
Double flow
FXCQ
Corner
FXKQ
Round flow
FXFQ-P
Ceiling suspended
FXHQ
Floor standing
FXLQ
Ceiling mounted duct
FXMQ-P, MA
Concealed floor standing type
FXNQ
Slim Ceiling mounted duct
FXDQ
Outdoor model code

Type
Display
Inspection/test
operation
Service Diagnosis
Press the button.
Model
Type
Model
AA1
VRV System Inverter K Series
RSXYP
AA3
R-407C VRV PLUS Series
RXYP
A92
VRV Heat Recovery Series
RSEYP
AA5
High COP type R-407C L Series
RSXYP-L
AAA
VRVII
RXYQ-M
AAC
VRVII M/C
RXYQ-MA
AAE
VRVIII
RX(Y)Q-P(A)
195
2.5
Si34-804_C
Remote Controller Service Mode
How to Enter the

Service Mode
Service Mode
Operation
Method
1. Select the mode No.

Select the desired item from the Service menu, and then press Menu/Enter button.
2. Select the Item 2.
Select the desired Unit No. using the S/T (Up/Down) buttons. The corresponding data will be
displayed.
For details, refer to the table in next page.
196
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Service Menu
Item 2
1. Model Name Display 1. Unit No.
Remarks
Select the Unit No. you want to check.
2. Indoor unit
3. Outdoor unit
2. Operating Hours
Display
1. Unit No.
2. Indoor unit operating
time

All of these are displayed in hours.
3. Indoor fan operation

4. Indoor unit energized
time
5. Outdoor operating
time
6. Outdoor fan 1
operation
7. Outdoor fan 2
operation
8. Outdoor comp. 1
operation
9. Outdoor comp. 2
operation
3. Indoor Status Display 1. Unit No.
1/2
2. FAN
3. FLAP
Fan speed (rpm)

Opening degree of electronic expansion valve
(pls)
6. MP
7. 52H
Drain pump ON/OFF

Electric heater ON/OFF
8. Hu
9. Anti-freezing
Humidifier ON/OFF
Anti-freezing control ON/OFF
VRV
2. Th1
3. Th2
Suction air thermistor

Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
4. Th3
5. Th4
Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor

Discharge air thermistor
6. Th5
7. Th6
1. Unit No.
2. FAN Tap 1

Fan tap
3. COMP
4. EV1
Compressor power supply frequency (Hz)

Opening degree of electronic expansion valve
(pls)
5. SV1
Solenoid valve ON/OFF

VRV
6. Th1
7. Th2
5. Error Display
Selection
Tap, speed (rpm)

Swing, fixed
4. Speed
5. EV
3. Indoor Status Display 1. Unit No.

2/2
4. Outdoor Status
Display
8. Th3
1. Warning display ON
Displays a warning on the screen if an error

occurs.
2. Warning display OFF No warning is displayed.

3. Error display ON
Displays the error on the screen.
6. Unit No. Transfer
4. Error display OFF

1. Current Unit No.
Displays neither errors nor warnings.

A unit No. can be transferred to another.
2. Transfer Unit No.
Service Diagnosis
197
Service Menu
7. Sensor Address
Display
198
Si34-804_C
Item 2
{ Unit No.: 0 - 15
{ Code
00:
01:
02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07:
08:
09:
{ Data
Remarks
Remote controller thermistor (C)
Suction air thermistor (C)
Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor (C)
Heat exchanger gas thermistor (C)
Indoor unit address No.
Outdoor unit address No.
BS unit address No.
Zone control address No.
Cooling/heating batch address No.
Demand/low-noise address No.
The corresponding data will be displayed, based
on the Unit No. and Code selected.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
2.6
Remote Controller Self-Diagnosis Function

The following will be displayed on the screen when an error (or a warning) occurs during
operation.
Check the error code and take the corrective action specified for the particular model.
Screen
Operation lamp
(1) Checking an error or warning

Operation Status
Abnormal
shutdown
Warning
Display
The system stops operating.

starts to blink. The message
"Error: Press Menu button"
will appear and blink at the
bottom of the screen.
The system continues its

operation.

remains on. The message
"Warning: Press Menu
button" will appear and blink
at the bottom of the screen.
(2) Taking corrective action

Press the Menu/Enter button to check the error code.
Take the corrective action specific to the model.

Error code
Applicable
model names
Service Diagnosis
199
2.7
Si34-804_C
Error Code and Description

k: ON
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit
200
h: OFF
Error contents
l: Blink
Page
Referred
Error code
Operation
lamp
A0
A1
l
l
External protection device abnormality

PCB abnormality
206
207
A3
A6
l
l
Drain level control system (S1L) abnormality

Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
208
210,
211
A7
A8
k
l
Swing flap motor (M1S) abnormality

Power supply voltage abnormality
214
216
A9
AF
l
k
Electronic expansion valve coil (Y1E) abnormality

Drain level above limit
217
219
AJ
C1
l
l
Capacity Determination Device abnormality

Transmission error (between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB)
220
221
C4
C5
l
l
Thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange abnormality

Thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes abnormality
223
223
C6
C9
l
l
Combination error (between indoor unit PCB and fan PCB)

Thermistor (R1T) for suction air abnormality
224
223
CC
CJ
k
k
Humidity sensor system abnormality

Room temperature thermistor in remote controller abnormality
225
226
E1
E3
l
l
PCB abnormality
Actuation of high pressure switch
227
228
E4
E5
l
l
Actuation of low pressure sensor

Inverter compressor motor lock
231
233
E6
E7
l
l
STD compressor motor overcurrent/lock

Outdoor unit fan motor abnormality
236
237
E9
F3
l
l
Electronic expansion valve coil (Y1E, Y2E) abnormality

Discharge pipe temperature abnormality
240
242
F6
H7
l
l
Refrigerant overcharged
Outdoor fan motor signal abnormality
244
245
H9
J2
l
l
Thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air abnormality

Current sensor abnormality
246
247
J3
J5
l
l
Discharge pipe thermistor (R3, R31~33T) abnormality

Thermistor (R2T,R7T) for suction pipe abnormality
246
246
J6
J7
l
l
Thermistor (R4T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger abnormality

Liquid pipe thermistor (R5T or R6T) abnormality
246
246
J9
JA
l
l
Subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R5T) abnormality

High pressure sensor abnormality
248
JC
L0
l
l
Low pressure sensor abnormality

Inverter system abnormality
250
L4
Inverter radiation fin temperature rise abnormality
255
L5
L8
l
l
Inverter compressor abnormality

Inverter current abnormality
258
260
L9
LC
l
l
Inverter compressor startup abnormality

Transmission error between inverter and control PCB
262
265
P1
P4
l
l
Inverter over-ripple protection

Inverter radiation fin temperature abnormality
267
269
PJ
Field setting after replacing main PCB abnormality or combination of PCB

abnormality
270
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
k: ON
Error code
System
U0
Operation
lamp
k
Refrigerant shortage
h: OFF
Error contents
l: Blink
Page
Referred
271
U1
Reverse phase / open phase
272
U2
U3
l
l
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous abnormality

Check operation is not executed
273
276
U4
U5
l
l
Transmission error between indoor units and outdoor units

Transmission error between remote controller and indoor unit
277
279
U7
U8
l
l
Transmission error between outdoor units

Transmission error between main and sub remote controllers
280
282
U9
UA
l
l
Transmission error between indoor and outdoor units in the same system
Improper combination of indoor and outdoor units, indoor units and remote
controller
283
284
UC
UE
k
l
Address duplication of centralized controller

Transmission error between centralized controller and indoor unit
286
287
UF
UH
l
l
System is not set yet

System abnormality, refrigerant system address undefined
290
291
The system operates for error codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Service Diagnosis
201
Si34-804_C
Error code indication by outdoor unit PCB

<Monitor mode>
Contents of error

MODE (BS1) button when in
Setting mode 1.
PCB abnormality
Error code
PCB abnormality
E1
Faulty PCB
* Refer to P.175 for Monitor mode.
Abnormal high pressure switch
High pressure switch activated
E3
Abnormal low pressure switch
Low pressure switch activated
E4
Compressor lock
Detection of INV. compressor lock
E5
Activation of OC
Detection of STD1 compressor lock
E6
Detection of STD2 compressor lock
Over load, overcurrent,

Instantaneous overcurrent of DC fan 1 motor
abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor
Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock

E7
Instantaneous overcurrent of DC fan 2 motor

Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock
E9
Malfunction of electronic expansion

valve
EV1
Abnormal position signal of outdoor

unit fan motor
Abnormal position signal of DC fan 1 motor
Faulty thermistor of outdoor air

temperature
Faulty Ta sensor (short)
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Abnormal Td
EV2
EV3
<Confirmation of error 1>

once to display "First digit" of error
code.
H7
Abnormal position signal of DC fan 2 motor

H9
Faulty Ta sensor (open)

F3
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant overcharge
F6
Faulty current sensor
J2
Faulty CT1 sensor

Faulty CT2 sensor

Press the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of error code.
Faulty discharge pipe thermistor
Faulty Tdi sensor (short)
J3
Faulty Tds1 sensor (short)
Detail
description
on next
page.
Faulty Tds2 sensor (short)

Faulty Tdi sensor (open)
Faulty Tds1 sensor (open)
Faulty Tds2 sensor (open)
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
Faulty Ts1 sensor (short)
J5
Faulty Ts1 sensor (open)

Faulty Ts2 sensor (short)

display "error location".
Faulty Ts2 sensor (open)

Faulty heat exchanger thermistor
Faulty Tb sensor (short)
J6
Faulty Tb sensor (open)

Faulty liquid pipe thermistor
Faulty TI sensor (short)
J7
Faulty TI sensor (open)

Faulty subcooling heat exchanger
thermistor

display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "error location".
Faulty sensor of high pressure
Faulty Tsh sensor (short)
J9
Faulty Tsh sensor (open)

Faulty Pc sensor (short)
JA
Faulty Pc sensor (open)

Faulty sensor of low pressure
Faulty Pe sensor (short)
JC
Faulty Pe sensor (open)

Instantaneous power failure
NO display on remote controller

(Judge during compressor operation)
(L2)
Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature
L4
DC output overcurrent
Inverter instantaneous overcurrent
L5
IGBT malfunction
L5
Electronic thermal switch 1
L8
Electronic thermal
Electronic thermal switch 2

Monitor mode.
Out-of-step
Speed down after startup
Lightening detection
Stall prevention (Limit time)
Stall prevention (Current increasing)
L9
Stall prevention (Faulty start up)

Abnormal wave form in startup

Out-of-step
Transmission error between inverter
and outdoor unit
202
Inverter transmission error
LC
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
k: ON
h: OFF
l:Blink
Confirmation of error 1
Error
code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E6
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
l
l
l
h
l
h
E7
E9
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
h
h
J3
J5
E1
E3
E4
E5
H7
H9
F3
F6
J2
J6
J7
J9
JA
JC
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
l
(L2)
L4
L5
L5
L8
L9
LC
Display of contents of
error (first digit)
error (second digit)
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
Display 1 of
error in detail
l
l
Display 2 of
error in detail
1
Service Diagnosis
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
l
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
203
Si34-804_C
<Monitor mode>
Contents of error

MODE (BS1) button when in
Setting mode 1.
Error code
Inverter over-ripple protection
Imbalance of inverter power supply

voltage
P1
Faulty temperature sensor of inverter

radiation fin
Faulty thermistor of radiation fin
P4
Incorrect combination of inverter and

fan driver
Incorrect combination of inverter
PJ
Incorrect combination of fan driver 1

Incorrect combination of fan driver 2

Refrigerant shortage
Refrigerant shortage alarm
U0
Reverse phase/open phase
Reverse phase error
U1
Abnormal power supply voltage
Insufficient Inverter voltage
U2
Inverter open phase (phase T)

Charging error of capacitor in inverter
main circuit
No implementation of check operation

once to display "First digit" of error
code.
U3
Transmission error between indoor

unit
I/O transmission error
Transmission error between outdoor

units, transmission error between
thermal storage units, duplication of IC
address
Sequential startup ADP alarm
U7
Sequential startup ADP malfunction
U7
U4
I/O transmission error
Malfunction of transmission between

multi units (Multi 1)
Malfunction of transmission between
multi units (Multi 2)
Abnormal multi horsepower setting

display "Second digit" of error code.
Abnormal multi address setting

Excessive multi connections
Detail
description
on next
page.
Multi system malfunction

Transmission error of other system
Erroneous field setting
Indoor unit system abnormal in other

system or other indoor unit system
abnormal in own system
U9
System transmission malfunction
UA
Over connection malfunction of indoor units

Malfunction of field setting
Refrigerant abnormal
Multi-ID abnormal

display "error location".
Alarm of TSS field setting
UA
Alarm of CT address setting

Faulty system
Wiring error (Auto-address error)
UH
Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting

for system
Conflict in wiring and piping
UF

display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "error location".

Monitor mode.

204
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
k: ON
h: OFF
l:Blink
Error
code H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1
l
l h h h l
h h h l l
h h h h l
h h
P4
PJ
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
h
h
h
l
U2
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
U3
U4
U7
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
l
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
l
h
h
l
h
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
h
h
l
h
h
l
l
h
h
h
l
h
h
l
h
l
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
U0
U1
U7
U9
UA
l
l
l
l
h
l
l
l
l
l
UA
UH
UF
error (first digit)
error (second digit)
Display 1 of
error in detail
Display 2 of
error in detail
1
Service Diagnosis
h
h
l
l
h
l
h
l
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
205
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller
Si34-804_C
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote

Controller
3.1
External Protection Device Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A0
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor unit
Method of Error
Detection
Detect open or short circuit between external input terminals in indoor unit.
Error Decision
Conditions
When an open circuit occurs between external input terminals with the remote controller set to
"external ON/OFF terminal"
Supposed
Causes
Actuation of external protection device

Improper field setting
Defective indoor unit PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,

or parts damage may be occurred.
External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1
and T2 of the indoor
unit terminal
block.
YES
Actuation of external protection

device.
NO
Check the setting state of the
ON/OFF input from outside by
remote controller.
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No. 12,
first code No. 1) has been
set to external protection
device input (second
code No. 03)
by remote
controller.
NO
206
YES
Change the second code No. to

"01" or "02" .
Replace the indoor unit PCB.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.2
PCB Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A1
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
Check data from EPROM.
Error Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the EPROM

EPROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes

External factor (noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
Caution

Turn power supply OFF, then

power ON again.
Does
the system return
to normal?
NO
YES
The indoor unit PCB is

normal.
External factor other than
error (for example, noise
etc.).
Replace the indoor unit
PCB.
Service Diagnosis
207
3.3
Si34-804_C
Drain Level Control System (S1L) Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A3
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXZQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, FXDQ, FXMQ, FXUQ, FXHQ (Option), FXMQ200 250M
(Option), FXAQ (Option), FXMQ-MF (Option)
Method of Error
Detection
By float switch OFF detection
Error Decision
Conditions
When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF
Supposed
Causes
208
220~240V power supply is not provided

Defective float switch or short circuit connector
Defective drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Loose connection of connector
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is power supply
220~240 V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float
switch is connected to
X8A or X15A of the indoor
unit PCB.
NO
YES
The float
switch contact is
forming a short circuit.
(continuity check
with X8A or X15A
disconnected)
YES
Connect either a short circuit

connector or float switch and
turn ON again.
Becomes
normal when X8A
or X15A of the indoor unit
PCB is short
circuited.
NO
Defective indoor unit PCB.
YES
NO
The float switch

functions normally.
YES
YES
The drain
pump is connected
to X25A or terminals Y1
and Y2 of the
indoor unit
PCB.
NO
YES
NO
Water builds up
in the drain pan.
A short
circuit connector is
connected to X8A
or X15A.
Loose connection of connector.

NO
Replace the float switch.
Modify the float switch's
connection and turn ON again.
NO
Connect the drain pump and
turn ON again.
YES
The drain
pump works when
the power supply is reset
for the indoor
unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for
clogging or upward slope, etc.
NO
The voltage
of terminals Y1
and Y2 or X25A is
220~240 V (within
5 minutes of resetting
the power
supply).
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Replace the drain pump or

check for dirt, etc.
209
3.4
Si34-804_C
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor unit (except FXMQ-P)
Method of Error
Detection
Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor
Error Decision
Conditions
When number of turns can not be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum
Supposed
Causes
Fan motor lock

Disconnected or defective wiring between fan motor and PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the
wiring from the fan
motor securely connected
to connectors on the
indoor unit
PCB?
NO
Connect the wiring and turn ON

again.
YES
Wiring
between the
indoor unit PCB and
fan motor is
disconnected.
YES
Fix the wiring and turn ON again.
NO
Does the fan motor run?
NO
210
YES

Replace the fan motor.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Remote
Controller
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ50~140P
Method of Error
Detection
Error from the current flow on the fan PCB

Error from the RPM of the fan motor in operation
Error from the position signal of the fan motor
Error from the current flow on the fan PCB when the fan motor starting operation
Error Decision
Conditions
An overcurrent flows.
The RPM is less than a certain level for 6 seconds.
A position error in the fan rotor continues for 5 seconds or more.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
The clogging of a foreign matter

The disconnection of the fan motor connectors (X1A and X2A)
The disconnection of the connectors between the indoor unit PCB (A1P) and fan PCB (A2P)
Defective fan PCB (A2P)
Defective fan motor
211
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution
Turn OFF the power and wait

for 10 minutes.
There is a
foreign matter around
the fan.
YES
Remove the foreign matter.
NO
The fan
motor connectors (X1A
and X2A) of the fan PCB (A2P) are
disconnected.
YES
Connect correctly.
NO
The connectors
between the indoor unit
PCB (A1P) and the fan
PCB (A2P) are
disconnected.
YES
Connect correctly.
NO
The fuse
(F3U, white) on the fan
PCB (A2P) has
no continuity.
NO
Replace the fan

PCB (A2P).
YES
The fan can be

moved lightly by hand after
the fan motor connector of the
fan PCB (A2P) is
removed.
NO
YES
The resistance
between the power wire
terminals of the fan motor and
motor frame (metal part) is
1 M or below.
YES
NO
Remove the power wire
connector from the fan motor
and measure the resistance
between U and V, V and W, and
W and U phases (*1).
A
212
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
The resistors among

U, V, and W are unbalanced or
short circuited.
YES
NO
Remove the signal connector
from the fan motor and check
the resistance (*2).
Between VCC and GND

terminals, and between GND
and HW, HV, or HU terminals
are short circuited.
YES
NO
Turn ON the power.
The HAP
lamp of the indoor unit
PCB (A1P) blinks and the HAP
lamp of the fan PCB
(A2P) is OFF.
YES
Replace the fan PCB

(A2P).
NO
Note:
*1. Measurement of power wire connector.

Remove the X1A connector from the fan PCB (A2P) and measure the resistance between
the U and V, V and W, and W and U phases of the motor connector (with five conductors)
and check that each phase are balanced (within a permissible dispersion range of 20%).
*2. Measurement of signal wire connector.
Remove the X2A connector and measure the resistance between GND and VCC, HW, HV,
or HU terminals of the motor connector (with five conductors).
Connector power wire use (X1A)
5 Red
4
3 White
2
1 Black
Service Diagnosis
Connector signal wire use (X2A)

5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
Hw
2 Blue
HV
1 Yellow
HU
213
3.5
Si34-804_C
Swing Flap Motor (M1S) Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A7
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXHQ, FXKQ, FXUQ
Method of Error
Detection
Utilize ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Error Decision
Conditions
When ON/OFF of the micro-switch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing
flap motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Supposed
Causes
214
Defective swing motor

Defective connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defective airflow direction adjusting flap-cam
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is power supply
220~240 V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240 V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit
is a model equipped
with a swing flap
function.
NO
YES
The swing
motor works when
the power supply is turned
OFF and then back
ON.
YES
NO
The connector
is connected to X9A or
X14A of the indoor
unit PCB.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A

or X14A and turn ON again.
YES
The limit switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace the swing motor.
YES
After
turning
the swing flap
ON and then
stopping with the
remote controller, the
voltage of X6A of the indoor
unit PCB is 220 VAC
(50 Hz) when turned ON
again (within 30
seconds of
turning on
again).
The connecting
cable is short circuited
or disconnected.
YES
Replace the limit switch

connecting cable.
NO
NO
YES
The connecting cable
has no continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply

connecting cable.
NO
When
the airflow
direction flap-cam
mechanism is disconnected
from the swing motor,
operation is normal
when turned
ON again.
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Replace the swing motor.
Take the flap-cam mechanism

apart, reassemble and turn ON
again.
215
3.6
Si34-804_C
Power Supply Voltage Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A8
Applicable
Models
FXMQ20~140P
Method of Error
Detection
Detect error checking the input voltage of fan motor
Error Decision
Conditions
When the input voltage of fan motor is 150 V or less, or 386V or more
Supposed
Causes
Defective power supply voltage.

Connection defect on signal line.
Defective wiring.
Instantaneous blackout, others.
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check the condition of

the power supply.
Check if power supply
voltage is 220 V - 240 V
10%.
Check if there is power
open phase or defective
wiring.
Check if power supply
voltage unbalance is
within 6 V.
There
are problems on
the condition of power
suplly described
above.
YES
Correct any fault.
NO
"A8"
error recurs.
YES
Check and correct each wiring.
NO
It is possible to have external
factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous blackout.
216
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.7
Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E) Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
A9
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
Use a micro-computer to check the electronic expansion valve for coil conditions.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the pin input of the electronic expansion valve is not normal while in the initialization of
the micro-computer
Supposed
Causes
Defective electronic expansion valve coil

Defective connecting cable
Troubleshooting
Caution

The
electronic
expansion valve coil is
connected to X7A of the
indoor unit
PCB.
YES
Normal
when coil check
(1) of the electronic
expansion valve coil
is checked.
NO
NO
After connecting, turn the power

supply OFF and then back ON.
Replace the electronic expansion

valve coil.
YES
The connecting
cable is short circuited or
disconnected.
NO
Service Diagnosis
YES
Replace the connecting cable.

If you turn the power supply OFF
and turn ON again, and it still does
not help, replace the indoor unit
PCB.
217
Note:
Si34-804_C
1: Coil check method for the electronic expansion valve coil
Disconnect the electronic expansion valve from the PCB and check the continuity between the
connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No.
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
{
Approx.
300
4. Blue
5. Red
{
Approx.
150
6. Brown
{
Approx.
300
{
Approx.
150
{
Approx.
150
{
Approx.
150
6. Brown
{: Continuity
: No continuity
218
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.8
Drain Level above Limit
Remote
Controller
Display
AF
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXZQ, FXFQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ, FXMQ-MF, FXUQ
Method of Error
Detection
Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
non-operation.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation
Supposed
Causes
Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking

Defective drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
Troubleshooting
Caution

Field drain
piping has a defect such as
upward sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A humidifier
unit (optional accessory)
is installed on the
indoor unit.
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is

leaking.
NO
Defective indoor unit PCB.
Service Diagnosis
219
3.9
Si34-804_C
Capacity Determination Device Abnormality
Remote
controller display
AJ
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adaptor and the memory
inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PCB, and whether the value is normal or abnormal is
determined.
Error Decision
Conditions
Operation and:
When the capacity code is not saved to the PCB, and the capacity setting adaptor is not
connected.
When a capacity that does not exist for that unit is set.
Supposed
Causes
The capacity setting adaptor is not mounted.

Troubleshooting
Caution

The indoor
unit PCB was replaced
with a spare
PCB.
NO
YES
The capacity
setting adaptor need to
be mounted when
replacing the
PCB.
YES
220
NO
Mount a capacity setting adaptor.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.10 Transmission Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan

PCB)
Remote
Controller
Display
C1
Applicable
Models
FXMQ20~140P
Method of Error
Detection
Check the condition of transmission between indoor unit PCB (A1P) and PCB for fan (A2P)
using micro-computer.
Error Decision
Conditions
When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Connection defective connecter between indoor unit PCB (A1P) and PCB for fan (A2P)
Defective indoor unit PCB (A1P)
Defective PCB for fan (A2P)
External factor, such as instantaneous blackout
221
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the
connector between
indoor unit PCB (A1P) and
PCB for fan (A2P) accurately
connected? (*1)
NO
Connect the connector accurately.
YES
Confirm the condition
of transmission on
indoor unit PCB using
field setting mode.
(*2)
Under above
field setting mode,
setting position
is "01".
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB

(A1P).
YES
Connect the
connecter X70A and
turn ON the power
again.
"C1"
Error recurs.
YES
Replace the PCB for fan (A2P).
NO
Connect it and operate. (It is
possible to have a cause, such
as instantaneous blackout)
Note:
1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected.
2. Method to check transmission part of indoor unit PCB.
Turn off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor unit PCB (A1P).
Short circuit X70A.
After turning on the power, check below numbers under local setting remote control.
(Confirmation: Second code No. at the condition of first code No. 21 on mode No. 41)
Determination
01: Normal
Other than 01: Transmission defect on indoor unit PCB
After confirmation, turn off the power, take off the short circuit and connect X70A back to
original condition.
222
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.11 Thermistor Abnormality
C4, C5, C9
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
The error is detected by temperature detected by thermistor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the thermistor becomes disconnected or short circuited while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
Defective thermistor
Defective connector connection
Broken or disconnected wire
Troubleshooting
Caution

Remove the thermistor from

the indoor unit PCB, and then
insert it again.
Is the
thermistor normal?
YES
Normal (The error is caused by

faulty contact.)
NO
Remove the thermistor from
the indoor unit PCB, and then
make resistance
measurement of the thermistor
using a multiple meter.
5 k to 90 k
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Note:
1 Error code and thermistor

Error Code
C4
C5
C9
Thermistor
Heat exchanger liquid pipe thermistor
Symbol
R2T
Heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor
R3T
Suction air thermistor
R1T
Refer to Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics table on P.347.
Service Diagnosis
223
Si34-804_C
3.12 Combination Error (Between Indoor unit PCB and Fan

PCB)
Remote
Controller
Display
C6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ40~140P
Method of Error
Detection
Conduct open line detection with PCB for fan (A2P) using indoor unit PCB (A1P).
Error Decision
Conditions
When the communication data of PCB for fan (A2P) is determined as incorrect
Supposed
Causes
Defective PCB for fan (A2P)

Defective connection of capacity setting adaptor
Setting mistake onsite
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the
type of PCB
for fan (A2P)
correct?
NO
Replace it with correct PCB for fan

(A2P).
YES
NO
Was
indoor unit
PCB (A1P) replaced
with a spare
PCB?
YES
Was
correct capacity
setting adaptor installed when
replacing it with a spare
PCB?
NO
Install correct capacity setting

adaptor.
YES
After establishing transmission
for indoor and outdoor,
diagnose the operation again.
224
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.13 Humidity Sensor System Abnormality
CC
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
FXFQ
Method of Error
Detection
Even if an error occurs, operation still continues.

Error is detected according to the moisture (output voltage) detected by the moisture sensor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the moisture sensor is disconnected or short circuited
Supposed
Causes
Defective sensor
Disconnection
Troubleshooting
Caution

Remove the humidity sensor

from the indoor unit PCB
and insert it again.
Does it
function normally?
YES
It is normal.
(Poor connector contact)
NO
Delete the error code record
from the remote controller.
(*1)
Is "CC"
displayed on
the remote
controller? (*2)
YES
Replace the humidity sensor

PCB assy (A2P).
*3
NO
It is believed that external factors
(noise or else) other than failure
caused the error.
Note:
Service Diagnosis
*1: To delete the record, the ON/OFF button of the remote controller must be pressed and held
for 5 seconds in the check mode.
*2: To display the code, the Inspection/Test Operation button of the remote controller must be
pressed and held in the normal mode.
*3: If "CC" is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor PCB assy (A2P) and taking the
steps *1 and 2, replace the indoor unit PCB assy (A1P).
225
Si34-804_C
3.14 Room Temperature Thermistor in Remote Controller

Abnormality
CJ
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected by temperature detected by room temperature thermistor in remote controller.

(Note:)
Error Decision
Conditions
When the room temperature thermistor in remote controller becomes disconnected or short
circuited while the unit is running
Supposed
Causes
Defective room temperature thermistor in remote controller

Defective remote controller PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution

Clear the error code history.

(While in inspection mode,
press and hold the ON/OFF
button for a period of 4
seconds or more.)
Is "CJ"
displayed on the remote
controller?
YES
Replace the remote

controller.
NO
equipment error.
(for example, noise etc.)
Note:
In case of defective room temperature thermistor in remote controller, unit is still operable by
suction air thermistor in the indoor unit.
226
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.15 PCB Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
E1
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Check data from EPROM
Error Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the EPROM

EPROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned OFF.
Supposed
Causes
Defective outdoor unit PCB (A1P)

Disconnection of the indoor/outdoor relay wires
Troubleshooting
Caution

Turn OFF the power once

and turn ON again.
Return to normal?
YES

error (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Check
if indoor / outdoor
relay wires of outdoor
main PCB is
disconnected.
YES
Connect the indoor/ outdoor

relay wires correctly.
NO
Replace the outdoor main

PCB (A1P).
Service Diagnosis
227
Si34-804_C
3.16 Actuation of High Pressure Switch

Remote
Controller
Display
E3
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
The error is detected by the protection device circuit that detects continuity at high pressure
switch.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the protector circuit is partially opened

(For reference) Operating pressure for the high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0 MPa
Reset pressure:
3.0 MPa
Supposed
Causes
228
Actuation of outside unit high pressure switch

Defective high pressure switch
Defective main PCB
Momentary power failure
Defective high pressure sensor
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check the following items:

Is the stop valve open?
Is the connector for high pressure switch
properly connected to the main PCB?
Does the high pressure switch have
continuity?
Are the
3 points above
OK?
NO
Rectify the defective points, if any.
YES
Mount a pressure gauge on the high pressure
service port.
Reset the operation using the remote controller, and
then restart the operation.
Does the
YES
emergency stop due to
error (E3) recur?
NO
Replace the high pressure

switch.
YES
NO
Are the
characteristics of
high pressure sensor
normal?
(1)
Is the high
pressure switch
operating value
(4.0 MPa)
normal?
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
SERVICE CHECKER
Connect the service checker to compare the "high pressure" value and the
actual measurement value by pressure sensor (Refer to 2) by using the
service checker.
Are the
"high pressure"
value and the actual
measurement value by
pressure sensor
the same?
NO
Replace the main PCB.
YES
The high pressure sensor is normal and the pressure detected with the
main PCB is also normal.
The high pressure or field piping pressure has really become high.
CHECK 3 : Remove the causes by which the high pressure or field piping
pressure has become high.
Service Diagnosis
229
Note:
Si34-804_C
1 Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge. (As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at
the connector and then convert it pressure.)
2 Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
Micro-computer
A/D input
(1)
White
High pressure sensor
+5V Connector for high

pressure sensor (red)
Measure the voltage (DC) between

these 2 points.
CHECK 3 Refer to P.294.
230
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.17 Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor

Remote
Controller
Display
E4
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Judge the pressure detected by a low pressure sensor with the outside unit main PCB.
Error Decision
Conditions
When low pressure drops while the compressor is in operation

Operation pressure: 0.07 MPa
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Abnormal drop of low pressure

Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outside unit main PCB
The stop valve is not opened.
231
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the stop
valve opened?
NO
YES
Mount a pressure gauge in the low pressure
service port.
Reset the operation using the remote controller,
and then restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics
of the low pressure
sensor normal?
(1)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
SERVICE CHECKER
Connect the service checker to compare the "low pressure" value and the
actual measurement value by pressure sensor (Refer to 2) by using the
service checker.
Are the
"low pressure"
value and the actual
measurement valve by
pressure sensor
the same?
NO
YES
The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the
PCB is also normal.
The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 4 : Remove the causes by which the low pressure has become low.
Note:
1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it pressure,)
2: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
Micro-computer
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
(1)
Low pressure sensor
+5V Connector for low

pressure sensor (Blue)
Measure the voltage (DC) between

these 2 points.

232
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.18 Inverter Compressor Motor Lock

Remote
Controller
Display
E5
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Inverter PCB takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
compressor, and the error is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phase-current
waveform.
Error Decision
Conditions
This error will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in forced
startup mode.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Inverter compressor lock

High differential pressure (0.5 MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Defective inverter PCB
Stop valve is not opened.
233
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution


Power OFF
NO
Onsite causes.
YES
Check the compressor cable
for disconnection and flaws.
The compressor cable

has a defect.
YES
Replace the cable, and

then securely connect
the connectors.
NO
Are wire
connections made to
phases U, V, and W in the
proper order and
manner?
NO
Make wire connections

without a mistake.
W
YES
Are wire
connections properly
made (according to the
Wiring Diagram)?
U
V
NO
Are the wire connections
mixed up with those for
non-inverter compressor?
Make wire connections

without a mistake.
YES
Disconnect the cable from the
compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
The insulation
resistance is low (i.e., not
more than
100 k.)
YES
Replace the
compressor.
NO
Check the compressor motor
coil for any broken wire.
Some phase has a

broken wire.
YES
NO
A
234
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Restart the
compressor, and then
check whether or not
the error
recurs.
Power ON
NO
YES
Has the
compressor started
up at high differential
pressure (not less
than 0.5 MPa)?
YES
End of work
Defective pressure
equalization or else
may have occurred.
Check the refrigerant
system.
Defective pressure
equalization:
Check the refrigerant
system.
NO
CHECK 8
Is the power
transistor normal?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit

PCB .
YES
Does the
error recur when restart
operation?
NO
Continue the operation.

(Instantaneous power
failure, etc.)
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.
Does the
error recur when restart
operation?
YES
NO
Replace the
compressor.
Service Diagnosis
235
Si34-804_C
3.19 STD Compressor Motor Overcurrent/Lock
E6
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detects the overcurrent with current sensor (CT).
Error Decision
Conditions
Error is decided when the detected current value exceeds 28.8 A for 2 seconds.
Supposed
Causes
Stop valve is not opened

Obstacles at the air outlet
Improper power voltage
Defective magnetic switch
Defective compressor
Defective current sensor (A6P, A7P)
Troubleshooting
Caution


YES
Obstacle
exists around the air
outlet.
NO
YES
Remove the obstacle.
NO
Is the power
supply voltage
normal?
YES
Is the
magnetic switch
(K2M, K3M)
normal?
YES
NO
NO
Correct the power voltage.
Replace the magnetic

switch.
Check the wiring from power supply ~ current sensor (A6P, A7P) ~
MgS (K2M, K3M) ~ compressor
Is
above wiring
correct?
NO
Correct the wiring.
YES
Is
the current sensor
correct? 1
YES
NO
Replace the corresponding

current sensor
(A6P or A7P).
Replace the compressor.
Note:
236
1 Abnormal case
The current sensor value is 0 during STD compressor operation.
The current sensor value is more than 15.0 A during STD compressor stop.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.20 Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
E7
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detect an error based on the current value in the inverter PCB (as for motor 2, current value in
the fan PCB).
Detect an error for the fan motor circuit based on the number of rotation detected by hole IC
during the fan motor operation.
Error Decision
Conditions
Overcurrent is detected for inverter PCB (A2P) or fan inverter PCB (A3P)
(System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)

In the condition of fan motor rotation, the number of rotation is below the fixed number for
more than 6 seconds. (System down is caused by 4 times of detection.)

Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Failure of fan motor

Defect or connection error of the connectors/ harness between the fan motor and PCB
The fan can not rotate due to any foreign substances entangled.
Clear condition: Continue normal operation for 5 minutes
237
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check in the monitor mode

12HP ~ 18HP class models have 2 fans.
Check electric motor (electric motor 1 or 2) corresponding to
error code E7 in the monitor mode of outdoor unit PCB.
Turn OFF the power supply and wait for 10 minutes.
Check if
any foreign matters
around the fan.
YES
Remove the foreign matters.
NO
Check the connection of the connectors
Fan motor 1: X1A of PCB
Fan motor 2: X1A of PCB
Check
if any connector is
disconnected.
YES
Insert the connector.
NO
Check the color of relay connectors
Fan motor 1: Both power supply wire and signal wire are all white.
Fan motor 2: Both power supply wire and signal wire are red
in the PCB side and white in the motor side.
Relay
connectors have any
connection error.
YES
Correct the connection of

the relay connectors.
NO
5~10HP
238
12~18HP
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
A
No continuity
of fuse (F1U) on fan PCB
(A4P or A8P).
YES
Replace the PCB (A4P or A8P).
NO
Unable to
rotate the fan manually
with ease when removing
the connector of the
fan motor.
YES
Replace the corresponding fan

motor.
NO
Resistance
value between the
power supply wire
terminal of fan motor
and the motor frame
(metal) is 1M
or less.
YES

motor.
NO
CHECK 1
Check fan motor connector
(power supply wire)
The
resistance
value between
UVW phases of fan
motor is out of balance,
or short circuit
between UVW
phases.
YES

motor.
NO
CHECK 2
Check fan motor connector
(signal wire)
The signal
wire short circuits
between Vcc and GND
and between UVW
and GND.
YES

motor.
NO
Replace the PCB (A1P).

Service Diagnosis
239
Si34-804_C
3.21 Electronic Expansion Valve Coil (Y1E, Y2E) Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
E9
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PAY1
Method of Error
Detection
Check disconnection of connector.

To be detected based on continuity existence of electronic expansion valve coil.
Error Decision
Conditions
No current is detected in the common (COM [+]) when the power is ON.
Supposed
Causes
Defective electronic expansion valve coil

Disconnection of connectors for electronic expansion valve (Y1E) or (Y2E).
240
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Turn power supply OFF, and

turn power supply ON again.
Return to normal?
YES
NO
External factor other than error

(for example, noise etc.).
Check the electronic expansion valve corresponding to the eror code E9

in the monitor mode.
When Confirmation of error 4 shows as follows:
Electronic expansion valve for main use (Y1E)
When Confirmation of error 4 shows as follows:
Electronic expansion valve for subcooling (Y3E)
Explanation of
Master unit
Slave unit 1
Slave unit 2
System
The
connector of
outdoor unit PCB
(A1P) for electronic
expansion valve is
connected.
NO
Ensure correct connection.
NO
Replace the connecting cable.
YES
The coil
resistance of
electronic expansion
valve is normal.
(1)
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB

(A1P).
Make measurement of resistance between the connector pins, and then make sure the
resistance falls in the range of 40 to 50.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
(Yellow) 3
(Black) 4
5
Measuring points Judgement criteria

1-6
2-6
40~50
3-6
4-6
COM[+] (Gray) 6
Service Diagnosis
241
Si34-804_C
3.22 Discharge Pipe Temperature Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
F3
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe thermistor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level (135 C or more)
When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly (120 C or more for 10 successive
minutes)
Supposed
Causes
Faulty discharge pipe temperature

Faulty discharge pipe thermistor
Faulty outdoor unit PCB
242
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Connect the service

checker.
Press reset and start
operation again.
Check if
discharge pipe
thermistor property is
normal.
(1)
NO
Replace the discharge pipe

thermistor.
YES
Service Checker
Connect the service checker to compare the temperature of
discharge pipe by using service checker with actual
measurement value of discharge pipe thermistor (1).
Check if
temperature of
discharge pipe by
using service checker is
the same with actual
measurement value
of discharge pipe
thermistor.
NO
Replace the main PCB (A1P).
YES
Discharge pipe thermistor is normal and the temperature

detection of the main PCB is also normal.
Actually the temperature of discharge pipe is high.
CHECK 9 Remove the factor of overheat operation.
Note:
1 Compare the resistance value of discharge pipe thermistor and the value based on the
surface thermometer.
(Refer to Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics table on P.347.
Service Diagnosis
243
Si34-804_C
3.23 Refrigerant Overcharged

Remote
Controller
Display
F6
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the outdoor air temperature, heat
exchanger deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check operation.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the outdoor air temperature, heat
exchanger deicer temperature and liquid pipe temperature during a check operation, exceeds
the standard.
Supposed
Causes
Refrigerant overcharge
Disconnection of outdoor air thermistor
Disconnection of heat exchanger deicer thermistor
Disconnection of liquid pipe thermistor
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check the mounting condition of

the temperature sensors of the
outdoor air thermistor, heat
exchanger deicer thermistor and
liquid pipe thermistor in the piping.
Are the
above thermistor
installed on pipes
correctly?
NO
Install the thermistor correctly.
YES
Remove the outdoor air thermistor,
heat exchanger deicer thermistor
and the liquid pipe thermistor from
the outdoor unit PCB and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the
characteristic of the
above thermistor
normal?
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor.
Rectify the overcharge of the

refrigerant.
244
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.24 Outdoor Fan Motor Signal Abnormality
H7
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detection of abnormal signal from fan motor
Error Decision
Conditions
In case of detection of abnormal signal at starting fan motor
Supposed
Causes
Abnormal fan motor signal (defective circuit)

Broken, short circuited or disconnection connector of fan motor connection cable
Defective fan inverter PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution
Turn power OFF.
Is the fan
motor connector
X2A connected to PCB
for fan inverter
correctly?
NO
Connect correctly.
YES
Check the connector of fan
motor. (1)
The
resistance of
fan motor lead wire
connector pins between
Vcc-UVW and
GND-UVW
balanced?
NO
YES
Note:
Replace the fan inverter PCB.
1: Disconnect connector (X2A) and measure the following resistance.

X2A
Service Diagnosis
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
2 Blue
1 Yellow
Measure the
resistance
between VccUVW and
GND-UVW.
245
Si34-804_C
3.25 Thermistor Abnormality
H9, J3, J5, J6, J7, J8
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the thermistor has short circuit or open circuit
Supposed
Causes
Defective outdoor unit PCB
Defective thermistor connection
Troubleshooting
Caution

Connector is
connected to outdoor
unit PCB.
NO
Connect the connector and turn

ON again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
from the outdoor
unit PCB.
(1.8 k to
800 k)
NO
Replace the thermistor
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PCB.
Note:
1: Error code and thermistor

Error
code.
246
Symbol
Thermistor
RXQ5PA
RXQ8PA
RXQ1012PA
RXQ1418PA
PCB
H9
J3
J5
Outdoor air thermistor
R1T
R1T
R1T
R1T
A1P
Discharge pipe thermistor
R3T
R3T
R31-32T
R31-33T
A1P
Suction pipe thermistor
R2T
R2T, R7T R2T, R7T R2T, R7T
A1P
J6
Outdoor unit heat exchanger

thermistor
R4T
R4T
R4T
R4T
A1P
J7
Liquid pipe thermistor
R5T
R6T
R6T
R6T
A1P
J9
Subcooling heat exchanger gas

pipe thermistor
R5T
R5T
R5T
A1P
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.26 Current Sensor Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
J2
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected according to the current value detected by current sensor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the current value detected by current sensor becomes 5 A or lower, or 40 A or more
during STD compressor operation
Supposed
Causes
Defective current sensor (A6P, A7P)

Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the
connector for
current sensor
connected to X25A, X26A
on outdoor unit
PCB
(A1P)?
NO
Connect the connector, and

operate the unit again.
YES
Are the
current sensors inversely
connected to two STD
compressors?
YES
Correct the connections between

the current sensors and the STD
compressors.
NO
Is the
current sensor
mounted on the T-phase
(A6P) and R-phase
(A7P) wire?
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Mount the current sensor

correctly, and operate the unit
again.
Replace the current sensor and
outdoor unit PCB.
247
Si34-804_C
3.27 High Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
JA
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.

(4.22 MPa or more, or 0.01 MPa or less)
Supposed
Causes
248
Defective high pressure sensor system

Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection
Defective connection of high pressure sensor
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

1.Set the high pressure gauge

upright.
2.Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are the
characteristics
of the high pressure
sensor normal? (Make a
comparison between the
voltage characteristics
(*1) and the gauge
pressure.)
NO

sensor.
YES
If the
PCB pressure
detection normal?
(Make a comparison
between the checker
pressure data and the
voltage
characteristics
(*1).)
NO
YES
Reset the operation, and then
restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the
high pressure sensor
normal?
NO

sensor.
YES
Note:
1: Voltage measurement point
2: Refer to Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics table on P.349.
Service Diagnosis
249
Si34-804_C
3.28 Low Pressure Sensor Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
JC
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
250
Defective low pressure sensor system

Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection
Defective connection of low pressure sensor
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

1.Set the low pressure gauge

upright.
2.Connect the checker for
VRV to the gauge.
Are the
characteristics
of the low pressure
sensor normal? (Make a
comparison between the
voltage characteristics
(*1) and the gauge
pressure.)
NO
Replace the low pressure

sensor.
YES
If the
PCB pressure
detection normal?
(Make a comparison
NO
between the checker pressure
data and the voltage
characteristics
(*1).)
YES
Reset the operation, and then

restart the outdoor unit.
Are the
characteristics of the
low pressure sensor
normal?
NO

sensor.
YES
Service Diagnosis
251
Note:
Si34-804_C
1: Voltage measurement point
2: Refer to Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics table on P.349.
252
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.29 Inverter PCB Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
L1
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected based on the current value during waveform output before starting
compressor.
Error is detected based on the value from current sensor during synchronous operation when
starting the unit.
Error Decision
Conditions
Overcurrent (OCP) flows during waveform output

Error of current sensor during synchronous operation
IPM failure
Supposed
Causes
Main PCB (A1P)

zIPM failure
zCurrent sensor failure
zDrive circuit failure
Service Diagnosis
253
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Turn OFF the power supply

once, and then turn ON the
power supply again.
Does the
power supply normally
come back ON?
YES
It is supposed that the error

results from external causes
other than failures (e.g.
exogenous noises or thunder).
NO
CHECK 8
Check if the power
transistor is
normal.
NO
YES
Check if
insulation resistance of
the compressor is
100k or more.
NO
Replace the compressor and

the main PCB (A1P) at the
same time.
YES

CHECK 8
Check if the power
transistor of the fan
driver is normal.
NO
YES
CHECK 8 Refer to the information on P.298.
254
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.30 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Rise Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
L4
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 87C
Supposed
Causes
Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 87C)

Defective radiation fin thermistor
Service Diagnosis
255
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

The radiation
fin of the main PCB
concerned exceeded a
temperature of
87C.
YES
NO
Faulty radiation from the power

unit
Blocked air suction port
Stained radiation fin
High outdoor temperature
Turn OFF the power supply,

and then make measurement
of resistance of the radiation
fin thermistor.
Is the thermistor
resistance normal?
NO
Replace the thermistor (Fin TH).
YES
Connect and disconnect the

connector (X111A) for the fin
thermistor, and then properly
connect it.
Does
the error
recur when the power
supply turns ON to start
the compressor?
YES
NO
Continue operation.
It is supposed that the
radiation fin temperature
became high due to some
field factors. In this
connection, check the
following points:
Stained radiation fin
Airflow obstructed with dirt
or foreign matters
Damage to fan impellers
Too high outdoor
temperature
256
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Inverter PCB for compressor

Service Diagnosis
257
Si34-804_C
3.31 Inverter Compressor Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
L5
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When an excessive current flows in the power transistor

(Instantaneous overcurrent (59.1 A) also causes activation.)
Supposed
Causes
Defective compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)

Defective compressor startup (mechanical lock)
Troubleshooting
Compressor inspection
Caution

NO
YES
Power OFF
The
compressor lead wires
and normal.
NO
Replace the compressor

lead wires.
YES
The wiring and
connection to the
compressor are
normal.
NO
Correct the wiring and

connection.
YES
A
258
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
A
Power OFF
The insulation
resistance is low (i.e.,
not more than
100 k.)
YES
NO
Compressor coils are
disconnected.
YES
NO
CHECK 8
The power transistor has
an abnormality.
NO
Replace the inverter PCB.
YES
Power ON
Restart
the compressor, and
then check whether or
not the error
recurs.
NO
Normal
Onsite causes such as
instantaneous power
failure or open phase
YES
Power OFF
Power ON
Restart
the compressor, and
then check whether or
not the error
recurs.
YES
NO

Conduct checks and
diagnosis of the
compressor.
Service Diagnosis
259
Si34-804_C
3.32 Inverter Current Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
L8
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.
Error Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected (Inverter secondary current)

(1) 33.5 A or more continues for 5 seconds
(2) 27.6 A or more continues for 260 seconds
Supposed
Causes
260
Compressor overload
Compressor coil disconnected
Disconnection of compressor
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Output current check
Caution

NO
YES
The compressor lead wires

are normal.
NO
YES
The wiring and

connection to the compressor
are normal.
NO
Replace the
compressor lead
wires.
Correct the wiring and

connection.
YES
Power OFF
Insulation resistance
of the compressor is 100 k
or less.
YES
Replace the inverter

compressor.
NO
Compressor
coils are disconnected.
YES

compressor.
NO
CHECK 8
Check if the power transistor
is normal.
NO
Replace the main

PCB (A1P).
YES
Connect the compressor lead wires
then restart the operation.
Error code
L8 is displayed again.
NO
Continue the
operation.
YES
The pressure
difference between high
pressure and low pressure
before restarting is
0.2 MPa or less.
NO
Defective pressure
equalizing in the
refrigerant circuit.
YES
Inspection of the
compressor.
Service Diagnosis
261
Si34-804_C
3.33 Inverter Compressor Startup Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
L9
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detect the failure based on the signal waveform of the compressor.
Error Decision
Conditions
Starting the compressor does not complete.
Supposed
Causes
262
Stop valve is not opened.
Large pressure difference before starting the compressor
Defective compressor connection
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

It is the first
time to start after
installation.
NO
Continued to A (on the

following page)
YES
The proper
amount of refrigerant
is charged.
NO
Charge a proper amount of

refrigerant.
YES
Is the
stop valve open?
NO
YES
Refrigerant
is sleeping. ( The unit is
out of power supply for
more than 6
hours.)
YES
Cancel the sleeping state of

refrigerant.
NO
The insulation
resistance of the
compressor is more
than 100k.
NO

refrigerant.
YES
The
compressor lead wires are
disconnected.
YES
Fix the compressor lead

wire.
NO
Correct the wiring, and then

supply power to restart.
Service Diagnosis
263
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
A
Refrigerant is
sleeping. ( The unit is out
of power supply for more
than 6 hours.)
NO

refrigerant.
YES
The insulation
resistance of the
compressor is 100k
or over.
NO

compressor.
YES
Is inside the
compressor broken?
YES

compressor.
NO
CHECK 8
Check if the power
transistor is normal.
NO
YES
Recheck the compressor/

refrigerant circuit.
264
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.34 Transmission Error between Inverter and Control PCB

Remote
Controller
Display
LC
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Check the communication state between inverter PCB and control PCB by micro-computer.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Transmission error between the inverter PCB and outdoor control PCB
Defective outdoor control PCB (transmission section)
Defective noise filter
External factor (noise, etc.)
Defective fan motor
265
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Are the
connectors of the
main PCB, and
inverter PCB all securely
connected?
(1)
NO
Properly connect the connectors.
YES
Is the type of
the inverter PCB
correct?
NO
Replace it with a correct PCB.
YES
The INV.
compressor has
insulation resistance of
not more than
100k.
YES
Replace the INV. compressor

(M1C).
NO
The fan
motor has insulation
resistance of not more
than 1M.
YES
NO
The
micro-computer
normal monitor (green)
of the main PCB (A1P)
is blinking.
NO
Not the LC error. Check the error

code again.
YES
The
micro-computer
normal monitor (green)
of the inverter PCB
(A2P)is blinking.
NO
Replace the inverter PCB (A2P).
YES
Error is displayed
again?
NO
Note:
266
YES

(It is supposed that the error
results from causes such as
instantaneous power failure.)
1: Disconnect the connector once, then reconnect it and check that it is securely connected.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.35 Inverter Over-Ripple Protection

Remote
Controller
Display
P1
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Imbalance in supply voltage is detected in PCB.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the amplitude of the ripple exceeding 6 V is detected.

When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P1" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Open phase
Voltage imbalance between phases
Defective main circuit capacitor
Defective K2M relay in inverter PCB
Improper main circuit wiring
267
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Imbalance
in supplied voltage is
in excess of 6 V.
1
YES
NO
Open phase?
YES
Open phase
Normalize field cause.
NO
Fix power supply voltage

imbalance.
Is
the voltage
imbalance applied to the
inverter in excess of
6 V?
YES
NO
<When voltage monitoring is possible:>
Using a device capable of constant
recording of power supply voltage
record power supply voltage
between 3 phases (L1 ~ L2, L2 ~ L3,
L3~L1) for about one continuous
week.
No abnormalities are
observed in the power
supply, but the imbalance in
voltage recurs.
Part or wiring defect

After turning the power
supply OFF, check and
repair the main circuit
wiring or parts.
(1) Loose or disconnected
wiring between power
supply and inverter
(2) K2M contact
disposition, fusion or
contact is poor.
(3) Loose or disconnected
noise filter
Power supply voltage imbalance

Even if the power supply voltage is not
unbalanced when measuring it, there
are many cases where it gets
unbalanced during nighttime (around
6:00PM to 10:00PM).
measure

Explanation for users In accordance with "notification of inspection results" accompanying spare parts.
Be sure to explain to the user that
Give the user a copy of "notification of inspection results" and leave
there is a "power supply imbalance"
it up to him to improve the imbalance.
for which DAIKIN is not responsible.
1.Measure voltage at the X1M power supply terminal block.
268
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.36 Inverter Radiation Fin Temperature Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
P4
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Resistance of radiation fin thermistor is detected when the compressor is not operating.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the resistance value of thermistor becomes a value equivalent to open or short circuited
status
Error is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
"P4" will be displayed by pressing the inspection button.
Supposed
Causes
Defective radiation fin temperature thermistor

Defective inverter compressor
Defective fan motor
Troubleshooting
Caution

Measure resistance value of
the radiation fin thermistor.
Is the thermistor
resistance value
normal?
YES
The INV.
compressor's
insulation resistance
is not more than
100k.
NO

PCB.
YES
Replace the INV.
compressor (M1C).
NO
The fan motor's
insulation resistance
is not more than
1M.
NO
YES
Error is displayed
again when the power
supply turns ON?
YES
NO
Service Diagnosis
Replace the INV. PCB.
269
Si34-804_C
3.37 Field Setting after Replacing Main PCB Abnormality or

Combination of PCB Abnormality
Remote
Controller
Display
PJ
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
This error is detected according to communications with the INV. PCB.
Error Decision
Conditions
Make judgement according to communication data on whether or not the type of the INV. PCB
is correct.
Supposed
Causes
Mis-matching of type of PCB

Improper (or no) field setting after replacing main PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is the
type of the compressor
inverter PCB (A2P)
correct?
NO
Replace it with the

correct compressor
inverter PCB.
YES
Is the
type of the fan inverter
PCB (A2P) correct?
NO
Replace it with the

correct fan inverter
PCB.
YES
Is the
setting of dip switches
when replace the main
PCB correct?
NO
YES
Does the
preparation indication
lamp (H2P) on the main
PCB turn
OFF?
YES
NO
Set the dip switches

correctly.
(After setting: Reset the
power supply)
Rectify the connection

wiring.
Replace the outside

unit main PCB.
270
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.38 Refrigerant Shortage
U0
Remote
Controller
Display
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detect refrigerant shortage based on the temperature difference between low pressure or
suction pipe and heat exchanger.
Error Decision
Conditions
Error is not determined. The unit continues the operation.
Low pressure becomes 0.1 MPa or less.
Supposed
Causes
Refrigerant shortage and refrigerant clogging (wrong piping)

Defective low pressure sensor
Defective outdoor unit main PCB
Troubleshooting
Caution

Mount a pressure gauge at the service port on the low

pressure side.
Reset the operation using the remote controller then restart.
Is the
low pressure 0.1MPa
or less? (1)
YES
NO
Is the
characteristics of low
pressure sensor
normal? (2)
NO

sensor.
YES
Replace the outside unit
main PCB (A1P).
Remove the factor of
decreasing low pressure.
CHECK 4
Note:
1: Check the low pressure value by using pressure gauge in operation.

2: Compare the actual measurement value by pressure sensor with the value by the pressure
gauge.
(To gain actual measurement value by pressure sensor, measure the voltage at the
connector [between (2)-(3)] and then convert the value into pressure referring to P.232.)
Service Diagnosis
271
Si34-804_C
3.39 Reverse Phase, Open Phase

Remote
Controller
Display
U1
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
The phase of each phase are detected by reverse phase detection circuit and right phase or
reverse phase are judged.
Error Decision
Conditions
When a power supply is reverse phase, or T phase is open phase.
Supposed
Causes
Power supply reverse phase

T phase open phase
Troubleshooting
Caution

There
is an open phase
at the power supply
(T phase) terminal section
(X1M) of the
outdoor unit.
YES
Fix the open phase. Requires

inspection of field power supply
section.
NO
Operation
is normal if one
phase of power supply
line phase is
replaced.
NO
272
YES
Reverse phase.
Countermeasure of the problem is
completed by phase replacement.
(A1P).
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.40 Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Abnormality

Remote
Controller
Display
U2
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Error of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter PCB and power supply voltage.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the voltage aforementioned is 190 V or less.
Supposed
Causes
Service Diagnosis
Power supply insufficient

Instantaneous power failure
Open phase
Defective outdoor service monitor PCB
Defective main circuit wiring
Defective fan motor
Defective connection of signal cable
273
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check for
power supply voltage.
Voltage between phases:
380 to 415 V
YES
Power ON
Unbalanced
power supply? (Not more
than 2%: Phase voltage of
not more than
approx. 5 V)
Power OFF
NO
NO
YES
compressor, and then check
the compressor for the
The insulation
resistance is low. (i.e., not more than
100 k.)
YES
Onsite causes.
Make proper wire connections
without open phase, erroneous
connections, or erroneous order of
phases.
Onsite causes.
Correct the unbalanced loads to
eliminate the unbalanced state.
Unbalanced voltage will cause
extremely unbalanced current,
thus impairing the service life of or
resulting in the error of the
equipment.
NO
fan, and then check the fan
motor for the insulation
resistance.
The
insulation resistance is
low (i.e., not more than
1 M.)
NO
YES

Replace the fan driver.
Check the inverter power

transistor.
CHECK 8
Has the power transistor
got defective?
YES
NO
Check the fan driver power

transistor.
Has the
power transistor
got defective?
YES

Observe the conditions of the
PCB.
In the case of a serious failure, a
compressor failure may cause
the failure of the PCB. Even if
the PCB is replaced, it may
cause failure again.
To avoid that, recheck the
compressor for ground and for
any broken wires. Furthermore,
even after the completion of
PCB replacement, check the
compressor.
Replace the fan driver PCB.
Observe the conditions of the
PCB.
NO
A
274
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
A
Power OFF
Check for connector connections: Remove

and insert the connectors shown below.
Furthermore, check the connectors for
terminal conditions and continuity.
RXQPAY1:
X1M power receiving terminal X400A A2P
A2P X401A X10A A3P
A1P X28A X6A A3P
A3P X61A X402A A2P
A3P X1A X403A A2P
A3P P1, P2 Reactor terminal L1R
A3P P3, N3 P1, N1 A4P
A4P P2, N2 P1, N1 A8P
Has the
inverter PCB caused
damage?
YES
A3P: Replace the inverter PCB.
If the PCB replaced is badly
damaged, the compressor is
likely to get defective. To make
sure, recheck the compressor.
NO
Has the
fan driver caused
damage?
If any wiring has damage, replace

the harness.
YES
NO
A4P/A8P: Replace the fan driver

PCB.
damaged, the fan motor is likely
to get defective. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
Turn ON the power supply.

Stop (standby)
before the fan rotates.
YES
NO
Power ON
Stop (standby)
when the compressor
starts up.
YES
NO
The U2
error recurs.
YES
Recheck for the power supply. If

there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A2P noise filter
PCB.
If the error recurs, replace the
inverter PCB.
Recheck for the power supply. If
there is no problem with the power
supply, replace the A3P inverter
PCB.
damaged, compressor is likely to
get defective. To make sure,
recheck the compressor.
Check the harness, and then
replace it if necessary.
NO
End of measures:
The error may temporarily result
from onsite causes.
Causes: Instantaneous power
failure (open phase), noises, or
else.
Refer to CHECK 8 P.298.
Service Diagnosis
275
Si34-804_C
3.41 Check Operation is not Executed

Remote
Controller
Display
U3
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Check operation is executed or not executed
Error Decision
Conditions
Error is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Supposed
Causes
Check operation is not executed.
Troubleshooting
Caution

Has the
check operation
performed on outdoor
unit PCB?
YES
NO
Press and hold BS4 on the main

outdoor unit PCB for 5
seconds or more, or turn ON the
field setting mode 2-3 to conduct a
check operation.
Performs the check operation
again and completes the check
operation.
276
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.42 Transmission Error between Indoor Units and Outdoor

Units
Remote
Controller
Display
U4
Applicable
Models

RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Error Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
Service Diagnosis
or wrong wiring
Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
System address does not match
277
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Has
the indoor
or outdoor unit
PCB been replaced,
or has the indoor - outdoor
or outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
been
modified?
YES
Press and hold the RESET

button on the master outdoor
unit PCB for 5 seconds.
The unit will not operate for
up to 12 minutes.
NO
All
indoor unit
remote controllers of the
same refrigerant system
display
"U4."
NO
Is indoor
- outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
YES
Fix the indoor/outdoor or

outdoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.
Outdoor
unit PCB
micro-computer monitor
(HAP) blinks.
NO
YES
The
voltage between
terminals L1 and N of the
outdoor unit PCB
is 220~240 V
10%.
NO
Supply 220~240 V.
YES
The fuse on
the outdoor unit's
PCB is burnt.
NO
NO
Replace the indoor unit PCB

indicated by the error code
U4.
YES
Replace the fuse.
Replace the outdoor unit

PCB.
Operation
ready lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
YES
Lamp does
not go off for 12 minutes
or more.
YES
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
NO

button on the outdoor unit
PCB for 5 seconds.
Fix the indoor/outdoor or

outdoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
YES
Disconnect
the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring, and
then check with a single
system whether or
not it
is normal.
YES
278
NO

(A1P).
Mount the DIII-NET extension

adaptor.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.43 Transmission Error between Remote Controller and

Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
U5
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and remote controller is normal.
Error Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Transmission error between indoor unit and remote controller

Connection of 2 main remote controllers (when using 2 remote controllers)
Transmission error caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Caution

Using
2-remote controllers
control.
YES
NO
All indoor
unit PCB micro-computer
monitors blink.
YES
Set one remote controller to

"SUB"; turn the power supply
OFF once and then back ON.
NO
NO
YES
Operation
returns to normal when
the power is turned OFF
momentarily.
YES
Replace the remote controller.
Normal
SS1 of
both remote controllers
is set to "MAIN."
YES
NO
Replace the indoor unit

PCB.
There is possibility of error
caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn on
again.
Normal
NO
Normal
NO
Service Diagnosis
YES
Normal
There is possibility of error
caused by noise. Check the
surrounding area and turn on
again.
279
Si34-804_C
3.44 Transmission Error between Outdoor Units

Remote
Controller
Display
U7
Applicable
Models
RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between outdoor units is normal.
Error Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and external control
280
adaptor for outdoor unit

Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor units.
Improper cool/heat selection
Improper cool/heat unified address (outdoor unit, external control adaptor for outdoor unit)
Defective external control adaptor for outdoor unit
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is there any
broken wire or erroneous
wire connection in the
communication wiring of
multi outdoor unit
system?
NO
Fix the outdoor units multi

connection transmission
wiring and reset power.
YES
C/H SELECT is set to "IND".
YES

(A1P).
NO
Cool/Heat selection
is unified.
NO
Set C/H SELECT to "IND."
YES
C/H SELECT
is set to
"MASTER."
YES
NO
C/H SELECT
is set to
"SLAVE."
NO
YES
The cool/heat unified

address for outdoor units in
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission is duplicated.
Set the address correctly.
Check
NO
and see if the following items
Fix the problem.
are normal.
YES
External control adaptor for outdoor unit
Is this PCB energized?
Does the cool/heat unified address match?
Outdoor unit (unified master unit)
Is this energized?
Does the cool/heat unified address match?
YES
Does an
error occur when
the cool/heat selector is
set to "IND?"
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Replace the external control

adaptor for outdoor unit.

(A1P).
281
Si34-804_C
3.45 Transmission Error between Main and Sub Remote

Controllers
Remote
Controller
Display
U8
Applicable
Models
Method of Error
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote controller, check the system using micro-computer if signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote controller (main and sub) is normal.
Error Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time.
Supposed
Causes
Transmission error between main and sub remote controller

Connection between sub remote controllers
Troubleshooting
Caution

Using 2-remote
controllers control.
NO
YES
SS1
of both remote controllers is
set to "SUB."
YES
282
SS1
of remote controller PCB
is set to "MAIN."
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the

power supply OFF once and
then back ON.
YES
NO
Turn the power OFF and

then back ON. If an error
occurs, replace the remote
controller PCB.
Set 1 remote controller to
"MAIN"; the power supply
OFF once and then back
ON.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.46 Transmission Error between Indoor and Outdoor Units

in the Same System
Remote
Controller
Display
U9
Applicable
Models

RXQ5~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detect the error signal for the other indoor unit within the circuit by outdoor unit PCB.
Error Decision
Conditions
When the error decision is made on any other indoor unit within the system concerned
Supposed
Causes
Transmission error within or outside of other system

Defective electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defective indoor unit PCB in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
Caution

Turn ON all indoor units.
All the units

are display "U9".
NO
YES
"U9"
has been displayed for 2
minutes or more.
YES
Service Diagnosis
NO
Re-diagnose by display after

passage of 2 minutes or more.
The outdoor unit PCB indicated
by the error code U9 is normal.
Check for the indoor unit of other
system, and then conduct
troubleshooting by diagnosis
according to the Error Code
Flowchart.
283
Si34-804_C
3.47 Improper Combination of Indoor and Outdoor Units,

Indoor Units and Remote Controller
Remote
Controller
Display
UA
Applicable
Models

RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
A difference occurs in data by the type of refrigerant between indoor and outdoor units.
The number of indoor units connected is out of the allowable range.
Error Decision
Conditions
The error decision is made as soon as either of the abnormalities aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
284
Excess of connected indoor units

Mismatch of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor unit PCB was not carried out after replacing to spare PCB.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Reset all power supplies for

indoor and outdoor units
connected to one and the
same system.
Is the
error code "UA"
displayed?
NO
Normal
(It is assumed that the code is
displayed due to temporary
external cause (e.g. noises).
YES
Is the
error code
"UA" displayed for all indoor
units connected to one and
the same
system?
YES
Is the outdoor
unit PCB replaced
to spare PCB?
NO
Is
the type of
refrigerant for the
indoor units with "UA"
displayed corresponding
to that for the
outdoor
units?
YES
NO
YES
NO
The setting after replacing spare

PCB has not been set yet. Please
set as per P.167, 168.
Correct the combination of indoor
units with "UA" displayed.
The total
of indoor units
displaying "UA" and
indoor units connected to the NO
same refrigerant system is
within connectable
number of
unit
The number of indoor units that

can be connected to a single
outdoor unit system is excess of
allowable range.
YES
Does the
refrigerant type of indoor
and outdoor unit
match?
NO
Matches the refrigerant type of

indoor and outdoor unit.
YES
Is it a multi
outdoor unit connection
system?
NO
Replace the outdoor unit main

PCB.
YES
Is the
combination of master
unit and slave unit
correct?
NO
Change to a correct combination.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit main
PCB.
The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on
the model of outdoor unit.
Service Diagnosis
285
Si34-804_C
3.48 Address Duplication of Centralized Controller

Remote
Controller
Display
UC
Applicable
Models

Centralized controller
Method of Error
Detection
The principal indoor unit detects the same address as that of its own on any other indoor unit.
Error Decision
Conditions
The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
Address duplication of centralized controller

Troubleshooting
Caution

The centralized address is

duplicated.
286
Make setting change so that

the centralized address will
not be duplicated.
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.49 Transmission Error between Centralized Controller and

Indoor Unit
Remote
Controller
Display
UE
Applicable
Models

Centralized controller
Schedule timer
intelligent Touch Controller
Method of Error
Detection
Micro-computer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized controller is normal.
Error Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Transmission error between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
(or disconnection of connector for independent / combined use changeover switch.)

Defective PCB for centralized remote controller
Service Diagnosis
287
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Check
the indoor
unit for which
UE is displayed.
Is the the transmission
error (UE)
caused on
all indoor
units?
YES
Continued to A
(on the following
page)
NO
Is the
power supply of
the indoor unit, on which
the UE occurred,
turned ON?
NO
Make sure there are no

hazardous situations, and
then turn ON the power
supply.
YES
Has
the setting of
central control group No.
been made with the
indoor unit on which
the UE
occurred?
NO
Can
the setting of
central control group
No be made?
YES
Make correct setting of the

central control group No.
NO
YES
For VRV
systems, can the
setting of central control group
No. be made in one and
the same refrigerant
system?
Was
the central
control group No.
for indoor unit
changed?
YES
YES
NO
NO
Check outdoor units to which

the refrigerant system is
connected.
Check whether or not there
are no problems with the
transmission wiring length,
types of cables and wires,
number of units connected,
and others. If no problems,
replace the indoor unit PCB.
Reset the power supplies of
every centralized controller.
For the intelligent Touch
controller, register the air
conditioner again while in
DIII-NET test run menu.
288
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
A
Check the
transmission wiring
between centralized
controller for any broken wire.
For details, refer to information in the
Procedure for checking broken
wires section.
CHECK 7
Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
Normal
Check the
transmission
wiring between main
centralized controller for
any broken wire. For details,
refer to information in
the Procedure for
checking
broken wires
section.
Abnormal
Correct the wiring.
Normal
Has the
master centralized
controller setting connector
been connected?
NO
Correct the connection of the

connector.
YES
Disconnect the transmission
wiring of the main centralized
controller, and then check the
voltage between the
transmission terminals (F1 and
F2) of the master unit
transmission equipment using
a multiple meter.
Is the
voltage between
the terminals F1 (+)
and F2 (-) in the range of
15.2 to 17.6
VDC?
YES
NO
Replace the centralized

controller.
Centralized controller: Normal
It is supposed that the error

results from external factors
(e.g. noises) from other
equipment.
Refer to CHECK 7 P.297.
Service Diagnosis
289
Si34-804_C
3.50 System is not Set yet

Remote
Controller
Display
UF
Applicable
Models

RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Error Decision
Conditions
The error is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through

checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed
Causes
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
Failure to execute check operation
Stop valve is not opened
Troubleshooting
Caution

Are the stop

valves opened?
NO
YES
Is the
check operation
carried out?
NO
YES
Is
indoor - outdoor
and outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Is indoor
-outdoor and outdooroutdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,

press and hold the RESET
The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may
not have been carried out
successfully.
290
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
3.51 System Abnormality, Refrigerant System Address

Undefined
Remote
Controller
Display
UH
Applicable
Models

RXQ5PA~54PA
Method of Error
Detection
Detect an indoor unit with no auto address setting.
Error Decision
Conditions
The error decision is made as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected.
Supposed
Causes
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdoor-
outdoor units
Service Diagnosis
291
Si34-804_C
Troubleshooting
Caution

Is
electricity
being introduce for
the first time after
YES
installation or after an indoor
or outdoor unit PCB
has been
replaced?
NO
Is
indoor - outdoor and
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
NO
Normal
YES
NO
YES
button on the outdoor unit
PCB for 5 seconds
Does an error occur?
Does
an error
occur even after 12
minutes elapses from the
time when electricity is
introduced to indoor
and outdoor
units?
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,

press and hold the RESET
The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Normal
YES
Disconnect
the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission
wiring to create the onesystem status, and then
check whether or not
the system is
normal.
YES
Mount the DIII-NET extension

adaptor.
NO
Does
a "UH" error occur
for all indoor units in
the system?
YES
292
NO

(A1P).
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
CHECK 1
CHECK 2
Service Diagnosis
Check on connector of fan motor (Power supply cable)

(1) Turn off the power supply.
Measure the resistance between phases of U,V,W at the motor side connectors (three-core
wire) to check that the values are balanced and there is no short circuiting, while connector
or relay connector is disconnected.
Red
White
Black
Measure the resistance

values between phases
U,V,W.
(1) Turn off the power supply.

(2) Measure the resistance between Vcc and each phase of U,V,W, and GND and each phase
at the motor side connectors (five-core wire) to check that the values are balanced within the
range of 20 %, while connector or relay connector is disconnected.
Furthermore, to use a multiple meter for measurement, connect the probe of negative pole
to Vcc and that of positive pole to GND.
5 Gray
GND
4 Pink
Vcc
3 Orange
2 Blue
1 Yellow
Measure the resistance

values between Vcc
and U,V,W, and GND
and U,V,W.
293
Si34-804_C
CHECK 3 Check for causes of rise in high pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
Local
pressure
rise
Rise in high
pressure
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve is throttled:
(See *1.)
Defective
high
pressure
control
High pipe
resistance
Stop valve closed
Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Bent or crashed pipe
Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign
particles
Is there any temperature difference caused before

and after the filter or branch pipe.
Defective valve coil

Defective outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Defective valve body
A temperature difference in excess of 10C
between the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
Defective high pressure sensor
Defective
control
Defective service moniter PCB
[In cooling]
Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Are the electrical characteristics normal?

Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Short circuit
Is the suction air temperature not more than

43C?
High outdoor air temperature
Is the outdoor temperature not more than 43C?
High suction
air
temperature
of the
condenser
High suction air

temperature
of outdoor unit
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
Dirty condenser
Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
Mixing of non-condensable gas
Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan
output
High air
passage
resistance
Excessive refrigerant charging
Defective fan
motor
Defective service
moniter PCB
(Including
capacity setting)
Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Are the motor coil resistance and
insulation normal?
If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity
setting properly made?
Dirty filter
Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
Refer to 2.
Is the indoor unit too small compared to
the large-sized outdoor unit?
1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is fully open.
2: Refer to Refrigerant Overcharged on P.244.
294
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
CHECK 4 Check for causes of drop in low pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the defective points.
[In cooling]
(See 1.)
Faulty low
pressure
control
Abnormally low
pressure
(Low evaporating
temperature)
[In both cooling

and heating]
(See 2.)
[In cooling]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve is
throttled too much:
Faulty
compressor
capacity
control
Faulty low
pressure
protection
control
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Faulty service monitor PCB

Faulty low pressure sensor
Faulty hot gas solenoid valve

Faulty valve coil
Faulty valve body
Faulty electronic
expansion valve
control
Faulty
control
[In cooling]
Low suction
air temperature
of the
evaporator
Faulty low pressure sensor
Low suction air

temperature of
indoor unit
Faulty gas pipe

thermistor of indoor unit
Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty liquid pipe

thermistor of indoor unit
Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.

Short circuit
Is the suction air temperature not less than 14C
Low outdoor temperature
Is the indoor temperature not more than 14C

Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
High pipe
resistance
Abnormal piping length
Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe
Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign particles
Is there any temperature difference caused before

and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed

Less
circulation
quantity of
refrigerant
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Inadequate refrigerant quantity

Moisture choke
Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty
evaporator
Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Faulty fan motor
Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?

Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?

(Including capacity setting)
If a spare PCB is mounted, is the capacity

setting properly made?
Dirty filter
Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to Compressor PI
Control on P.83.
2: The low pressure protection control includes low pressure protection control and hot gas
bypass control. Refer to P.108.
Service Diagnosis
295
Si34-804_C
CHECK 5 Master-Slave Unit Setting Table
Combination of intelligent Touch Controller and Centralized Remote Controller

Master
#1
Slave
#2
#3
#1
Pattern
#4
#2
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
CRC
CRC
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
CRC
#3
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
Master
CRC
Master
Master
#4
1-00~4-15
Master/
Slave
5-00~8-15
Master/
Slave
CRC
Slave
CRC
Slave
CRC
Slave
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Slave
Master
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Slave
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
CRC
Slave
CRC
Master
intelligent
Touch
Controller
Master
CRC: Centralized remote controller <DCS302C1>

intelligent Touch Controller: < DCS601C51 >
The patterns marked with have nothing to do with those described in the list of Setting of master unit central setting connector.
CHECK 6 Master Unit Central Connector Setting Table
The master unit central setting connector (CN1/X1A) is mounted at the factory.
To independently use a single unit of the intelligent Touch controller or a single unit of the
centralized remote controller, do not dismount the master unit central setting connector (i.e.,
use the connector with the factory setting unchanged).
To independently use the schedule timer, insert an independent-use setting connector.
No independent-use setting connector has been mounted at the factory. Insert the
connector, which is attached to the casing of the main unit, in the PCB (CN1/X1A).
(Independent-use connector=Master unit central setting connector)
To use two or more centralized controller in combination, make settings according to the
table shown below.
Centralized controller connection pattern
Pattern intelligent Centralized Unified Schedule
remote
ON/OFF
Touch
timer
Controller controller controller
1 to 2
units
(*1)

1 unit
(*1)
1 to 8
units
1 to 2
units
1 to 4
units
1 to 16
units
(*1)
1 unit
1 unit
Unified
ON/OFF
controller
Schedule
timer
(*1)
1 unit

Setting of master unit central setting connector(*2)

Centralized
intelligent
remote
Touch
controller
Controller
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
1 to 16
units
1 unit
1 unit
Provided
Not provided
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
All "Not
provided"
Not provided
Not provided
Only a
single unit:
"Provided",
Others: "Not
provided"
Not provided
Provided
(*1) The intelligent Touch Controller and the schedule timer are not available for combined use.
(*2) The intelligent Touch Controller, centralized remote controller, and the unified ON/OFF controller have been set to "Provided with the
master unit central setting connector" at the factory. The schedule timer has been set to "Not provided with the master unit central
setting connector" at the factory, which is attached to the casing of the main unit.
296
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
CHECK 7 Procedures for Detecting Broken Wires in Transmission Wiring for Control
1. Procedure for checking outdoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires
On the system shown below, turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit
between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit A" that is
farthest from the centralized remote controller, and then conduct continuity checks between
the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the centralized remote controller using
a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said terminal blocks, the outdoor-outdoor
unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the outdooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit A" short-circuited, conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wiring terminal blocks F1 and F2 of the unified ON/OFF controller.
If there is no continuity as well, conduct continuity checks between the outdoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit E", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the
"Outdoor Unit D", between the outdoor-outdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C",
in the order described, thus identifying the place with continuity.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
2. Procedure for checking indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring for broken wires (for
checking the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring of the "Outdoor Unit C" for broken
wires)
Turn OFF the power supply to all equipment, short-circuit between the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts F1 and F2 in the "Outdoor Unit C, and then conduct continuity checks
between the transmission wirings F1 and F2 of the "Indoor Unit a" that is farthest from the
"Outdoor Unit C" using a multiple meter. If there is continuity between the said transmission
wirings, the indoor-outdoor unit transmission wiring has no broken wires in it.
If there is no continuity, the transmission wiring may have broken wires. With the indooroutdoor unit terminal parts of the "Outdoor Unit C" short-circuited, identify the place with
continuity in the transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit b", transmission wiring of the "Indoor
Unit c", and transmission wiring of the "Indoor Unit d" in the order described.
If the place with continuity can be identified, there may be broken wires in places before the
said place with continuity.
Short-circuit
between the
outdoor-outdoor
unit terminal
parts.
Check the transmission

wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
indoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no
broken wires in it.
Indoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
Short-circuit between
the indoor-outdoor unit
terminal parts.
Outdoor-outdoor Unit
Transmission Wiring
Check the transmission

wiring for continuity.
If there is continuity, the
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission has no broken
wires in it.
Unified ON/OFF controller
Service Diagnosis
Centralized remote controller
297
Si34-804_C
CHECK 8 Power Transistor Check
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PCB

Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PCB by the use of a multiple tester.
<Items to be prepared>
z Multiple tester : Prepare the analog type of multiple tester.
For the digital type of multiple tester, those with diode check function are
available for the checking.
<Test points>
z Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
<Preparation>
z To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PCB
J1
J2
J3
P1
P3
N3 U
Electronic circuit
DM
P1
P2 P3
IGBT
X10A K2
J1
L1
J2
L2
L3
J3
N3
W
X11A
According to the checking aforementioned, it is probed that the error results from the
defective inverter. The following section describes supposed causes of the defective
inverter.
z Defective compressor (ground leakage)
z Defective fan motor (ground leakage)
z Entry of conductive foreign particles
z Abnormal voltage (e.g. overvoltage, surge (thunder), or unbalanced voltage)
In order to replace the defective inverter, be sure to check for the points aforementioned.
298
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
1. Power module checking

When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1 k range.
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15 k
Not less
than
15 k
(including)
It may take
time to
determine the
resistance due
to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15 k
2. Diode module checking

When using the analog type of multiple
tester, make measurement in resistance
measurement mode in the x1 k range.
No.
Service Diagnosis
Measuring
point
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
2 to 15 k
It may take
Not less time to
than
determine the
1 5 k resistance due
(including) to capacitor
charge or else.
2 to 15 k
When using the digital type of multiple

tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
+
-
1
2
P3
P3
U
V
3
4
P3
U
W
P3
5
6
V
W
P3
P3
7
8
N3
N3
U
V
9
10
N3
U
W
N3
11
12
V
W
N3
N3
Criterion
Remark
Not less
than
1.2 V
(including)
It may take time to

determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7 V
Not less
than
1.2 V
(including)
It may take time to

due to capacitor
charge or else.
When using the digital type of multiple

tester, make measurement in diode check
mode (
).
No.
Measuring
point
+
P1
J1
2
3
P1
P1
J2
J3
4
5
J1
J2
P1
P1
6
7
J3
N3
P1
J1
8
9
N3
N3
J2
J3
10
11
J1
J2
N3
N3
12
J3
N3
Criterion
Remark
Not less
than
1.2 V
(including)
It may take time to

due to capacitor
charge or else.
0.3 to 0.7 V
Not less
than
1.2 V
(including)
It may take time to

due to capacitor
charge or else.
299
Si34-804_C
CHECK 9 Check the Factors of Overheat Operation (*5)
Identify the defective points referring to the failure factor analysis (FTA) as follows.
Hot gas circuit clogging
Faulty hot
gas bypass
control
(*1)
Defective solenoid
valve coil
Defective solenoid
valve body
Check if coil resistance and insulation

are normal.
Defective control PCB
Faulty
discharge
pipe
temperature
control
[In cooling mode only]
Faulty
subcooling
electronic
expansion valve
control (EV2)
Subcooling
electronic
expansion
valve failure
Control
failure
(*2)
Temperature
increase of
discharge
pipe
[In cooling mode]

If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
is excessively
throttled. (*3)
insulation are normal.
Defective valve
body
Defective low
Check if the voltage property is
pressure sensor
normal.
Defective subcooling
Check if the connector is connected properly.
heat exchanger outlet

Check if the thermistor resistance property is
thermistor
Defective control
PCB
Faulty of four
way valve
operation
Compressor
overheat
Defective valve coil Check if coil resistance and
Four way valve is in the

middle position.
Leak from hot gas bypass
valve
normal.
Check if the pressure value given by the
service checker corresponding to actual
measurement value by the sensor.
Check if the piping temperature connected

to the four way valve is normal.
Superheat due to
shaft damage
Superheat due to
defective compressor
Indoor unit
electronic expansion
valve failure
Defective valve coil
Check if coil resistance and insulation are

normal.
Defective valve body
Faulty
superheated
degree
control.
Faulty control
Defective thermistor for

indoor unit gas pipe

normal.
Defective thermistor for

indoor unit liquid pipe

normal.
Defective control PCB
Refrigerant gas
shortage
Large resistance
of piping
*1.
*2.
*3.
*4.
*5.
300
Irregular piping length
Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bend/collapse
Conduct visual checks.
(Including moisture choke)
Remove the moisture by vacuum break.
Stop valve is closed.
Check if the stop valve is open.
Refer to Low pressure protection control for hot gas bypass control.
Refer to Subcooling electronic expansion valve control.
Superheating temperature control in cooling mode is conducted by indoor unit electronic expansion valve.
Superheating temperature control in heating mode is conducted by outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EVM).
Judgement criteria of superheat operation:
(1) Suction gas superheating temperature: 10 degrees and over. (2) Discharge gas superheating temperature: 45 degrees
and over, except for immediately after starting and drooping control, etc..
(Use the above stated values as a guide. Depending on the other conditions, the unit may be normal despite the values
within the above scope.)
Service Diagnosis
Si34-804_C
Part 7
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................302
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................302
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................306
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................309

2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................309
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................314
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................317
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................330

3.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................330
3.2 Indoor Side ...........................................................................................333
4. Option List ...........................................................................................338

4.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................338
4.2 Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)...................................................................340
5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................342

5.1 Piping Installation Point ........................................................................342
5.2 The Example of a Wrong Pattern .........................................................343
6. Example of Connection (R-410A Type) ..............................................345

7. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................347
8. Pressure Sensor .................................................................................349
Appendix
301
Piping Diagrams
Si34-804_C
1. Piping Diagrams
1.1
Outdoor Unit
302
S1NPL
S1PH
S1NPH
HEAT
EXCHANGER
C: 3D050782B
RXQ5PAY1
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Piping Diagrams
3D069081
RXQ8PAY1
Appendix
303
Piping Diagrams
Si34-804_C
3D069082
RXQ10PA / 12PAY1
304
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Piping Diagrams
3D069083
RXQ14PA / 16PA / 18PAY1
Appendix
305
Piping Diagrams
1.2
Si34-804_C
Indoor Unit
FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ
Gas piping connection port
Heat exchanger
Flare connection : 15.9 or less

Attached piping : Above 19.1
(4)
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
Filter
(1)
Electronic
Filter
expansion valve
DU220-602K
Code
Code
Main function
(1)
Y1E
Used for gas superheated degree control while in

cooling operation.
(2)
Suction air temperature

thermistor
R1T
Used for thermostat control.
R2T

cooling operation.
cooling operation.
(3)
(4)
306
Name
Liquid pipe temperature

thermistor
Gas pipe temperature
thermistor
R3T
Capacity
GAS
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50M(A)
63 / 80 / 100 / 125M(A)
12.7
15.9
(mm)
Liquid
6.4
9.5
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Piping Diagrams
FXDQ
Gas side
Liquid side

Filter
Filter
Fan
Indoor heat exchanger

4D060927
Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters

Model
FXDQ20PB / 25PB / 32PB / 40NB /
50NBVE(T)
FXDQ63NBVE(T)
Gas
(mm)
Liquid
12.7
6.4
15.9
9.5
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
4D034245D

(mm)
Appendix
Model
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50PVE
Gas
12.7
Liquid
6.4
FXMQ63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
15.9
9.5
307
Piping Diagrams
Si34-804_C
FXMQ125MF / 200MF / 250MFV1
4D018650C

(mm)
308
Model
FXMQ125MFV1
Gas
15.9
Liquid
9.5
FXMQ200MFV1
FXMQ250MFV1
19.1
22.2
9.5
9.5
Appendix
RED
WHT
R50 R59
C66 C63
+ +
X10A
X4A
X111A
X41A
N1
X20A
X28A
MS
3~
M1F
MS
3~
X1A
Z5C
X4A
X3A
X2A
K3R
K4R
X1A
A5P
X29A
Y2S
X8A
K5R
Y4S
X15A
R2T R4T
Y3S
X9A
K11R
X30A
HAP
K1R
K3R
K2M
K4M
R5T R6T
E1HC
X11A
PS
K3R
K4R
K5R
K7R
K11R
L1R
M1C
M1F
PS
Q1RP
R10
R50, R59
R95
R1T
R1T
R2T
R3T
PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN) R4T
R5T
MAGNETIC RELAY (A3P)
MAGNETIC RELAY (A2P)
R6T
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A3P) S1NPH
MAGNETIC CONTACTOR (M1C) (A2P) S1NPL
X66A
R3T
Y1S
X7A
K7R
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (MAIN)

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (NOISE FILTER)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (INV.)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (FAN)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (ABC I/P)
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
(MODE, SET, RETURN, TEST, RESET)
CAPACITOR
C1
C63, C66 CAPACITOR
DS1
DIP SWITCH
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER
F1U
FUSE (8A, DC650V) (A4P)
F1U, F2U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V) (A1P)
F400U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V) (A2P)
H1P~8P PILOT LAMP (SERVICE MONITOR-ORANGE)
[H2P] PREPARE, TEST ------------------- FLICKERING
MALFUNCTION DETECTION --- LIGHT UP
A1P
A2P
A3P
A4P
A5P
BS1~5
V1CP
S1PH
P<
F2U Q1RP
F1U
X2A
F1U R10
X4A
X3A +
V1R
X2A
X1A
X5A
P1
X61A Z2C
X6A
N3 Z4C BLK
RED
P3
A4P
X5A
t
R1T
X11A
V1R
R95
K1R
V2R
X1A
BLU
BLK
RED X1A
A1P
M1C
U V W
Z3C
N=5
GRN
K2M
X400A
C1
X402A
X403A
PS
BLU
F400U
K4M
K3R
X401A
+
P1
WHT
L1R
WHT
P2
A3P
WHT
Z1F
BLK
NOTES)
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
2.
: FIELD WIRING.
3.
: TERMINAL STRIP
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
: PROTECTIVE EARTH (SCREW)
4. WHEN USING THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR, REFER TO THE
INSTALLATION MANUAL OF THE OPTIONAL ADAPTOR.
5. FOR CONNECTION WIRING TO INDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION
F1 F2, OUTDOOR-OUTDOOR TRANSMISSION F1 F2, REFER TO
THE INSTALLATION MANUAL.
6. HOW TO USE BS1~5 AND DS1 SWITCH, REFER TO "SERVICE
PRECAUTION" LABEL ON EL. COMPO. BOX COVER.
7. WHEN OPERATING, DON'T SHORT CIRCUIT THE PROTECTION
DEVICE (S1PH).
8. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE
PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BRN : BROWN GRY : GRAY
GRN : GREEN ORG : ORANGE.
BLK
X1M L1 L2 L3 N
Z1C
A2P
RED
RED
WHT
BLU
POWER SUPPLY
Y1:3N~380-415V 50Hz
RED
WHT
BLK
Appendix
BLK
1234
X37A
MAGNETIC RELAY (Y1S)

MAGNETIC RELAY (E1HC)
REACTOR
MOTOR (COMPRESSOR)
MOTOR (FAN)
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY (A1P, A3P)
PHASE REVERSAL DETECT CIRCUIT
RESISTOR (CURRENT SENSOR) (A4P)
RESISTOR
RESISTOR (CURRENT LIMITING)
THERMISTOR (AIR) (A1P)
THERMISTOR (FIN) (A3P)
THERMISTOR (SUCTION)
THERMISTOR (M1C DISCHARGE)
THERMISTOR (HEAT EXC. DEICER)
THERMISTOR (LIQ. PIPE)
THERMISTOR (ACCUMULATOR)
PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
outdoor (F1) (F2)

indoor (F1) (F2)
S1PH
V1CP
V1R
V2R
X1A, X2A
X1M
X1M
Y1E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
Y4S
Z1C~5C
Z1F
X21A
X32A
X31A
X18A
HAP
NOTE) 4
NOTE) 5
X1M
TO IN/D UNIT TO OUT/D UNIT
F1 F2 F1 F2
OFF
ON DS1
BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 BS5
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H8P
Y1E
M
OUTER SHELL
M1C
EL. COMPO. BOX
A4P
L1R
(BACK)
A2P
A3P
A5P
A1P
X1M
(FRONT)
X1M
X1A
X2A
EL. COMPO. BOX
M1F
3D061668
PRESSURE SWITCH (HIGH)

SAFETY DEVICES INPUT
POWER MODULE (A3P, A4P)
DIODE BRIDGE (A3P)
CONNECTOR (M1F)
TERMINAL STRIP (POWER SUPPLY)
TERMINAL STRIP (CONTROL) (A1P)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (MAIN)
SOLENOID VALVE (HOT GAS)
SOLENOID VALVE (OIL)
SOLENOID VALVE (FOUR WAY VALVE)
SOLENOID VALVE (INJECTION)
NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
NOISE FILTER (WITH SURGE ABSORBER)
S1NPH
S1NPL
R1T
W
V
LAYOUT OF M1C, M1F
TERMINAL OF M1C
2.1
RED
WHT
BLK
L1 L2 L3 N
Si34-804_C
Wiring Diagrams for Reference
2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference

Outdoor Unit
RXQ5PAY1
309
Si34-804_C
3D069664
RXQ8PAY1
310
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D069665
RXQ10PAY1
Appendix
311
Si34-804_C
3D069666
RXQ12PAY1
312
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D069667
RXQ14PA / 16PA / 18PAY1
Appendix
313
2.2
Si34-804_C
Field Wiring
3D051452N
RXQ5PA / 8PA / 10PA / 12PA / 14PA / 16PA / 18PAY1
314
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D052261J
RXQ20PA / 22PA / 24PA / 26PA / 28PA / 30PA / 32PAY1
Appendix
315
Si34-804_C
3D052262J
RXQ34PA / 36PA / 38PA / 40PA / 42PA / 44PA / 46PA / 48PA / 50PA / 52PA / 54PAY1
316
Appendix
X33A
A1P
X2M
A2P
CN1
KPR
R1T
X16A
X27A
F1U
X25A
Y1E
X7A
YLW
YLW
Z1F
C1
+
PS
X18A
MS
3~
N=1
X35A
NOTE) 3
HAP
X17A
R3T
M1S
MSW
X36A
X33A
NOTE) 3
X30A
X24A
NOTE) 3
X15A
S1L
BLK
BLU
ORG
YLW
WHT
PNK
X2A
A3P
X1A
X1A
A4P
H1P
H2P BS1
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
P1
X1M
P2
F1
MS
3~
25~80-CLASS
M1F
WHT
Z1C
N=1
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE) 2
P2
WIRED REMOTE
P1 R1T
CONTROLLER
SS1
F2
X20A
INPUT FROM
NOTE) 4
OUTSIDE
T1
T2
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
SS2
SS1
3D059890A
4. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR

ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY THE REMOTE
CONTROLLER. SEE INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILS.
5. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE SELECTOR SWITCH (SS1, SS2) BY
INSTALLATION MANUAL AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC.
6. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS:
RED : RED BLK : BLACK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW GRN : GREEN
ORG : ORANGE BRN : BROWN PNK : PINK GRY : GRAY BLU : BLUE
100, 125-CLASS
M1F
Z1C
X20A
V1R +
M1P
M
~
K1R
R4T
: TERMINAL
,
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING
2. IN CASE USING CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT
IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED
INSTALLATION MANUAL.
3. X24A, X33A AND X35A ARE CONNECTED WHEN THE OPTIONAL
ACCESSORIES ARE BEING USED.
CONTROL BOX
X35A
A2P
WHT
GRN/YLW
RED
X2M
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
POWER SUPPLY
~220-240V
50Hz
A1P
R2T
RED
GRN
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
Appendix
RED
2.3
NOTES)
1.
INDOOR UNIT
H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(ON-RED)
A1P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD H2P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
C1 CAPACITOR
(TIMER-GREEN)
F1U FUSE (F, 5A, 250V) H3P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(FILTER SIGN-RED)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN) H4P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(DEFROST-ORANGE)
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P) SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH
(MAIN/SUB)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP) SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH
(WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR) CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID) X24A CONNECTOR (WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS)
R4T THERMISTOR PTC X33A CONNECTOR
(ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
S1L FLOAT SWITCH
V1R DIODE BRIDGE
X35A CONNECTOR (GROUP
CONTROL ADAPTOR)
X1M TERMINAL STRIP
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
X2M TERMINAL STRIP
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)
Y1E ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION VALVE SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
Z1C FERRITE CORE
Z1F NOISE FILTER
PS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
(ATTACHED TO WIRELESS
X24A
REMOTE CONTROLLER)
X1M
BS1 PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
Si34-804_C
Indoor Unit
FXFQ25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125PVE
317
Si34-804_C
3D064843
FXZQ20MVE / FXZQ25MVE / FXZQ32MVE / FXZQ40MVE / FXZQ50MVE
318
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D039556A
FXCQ20M / 25M / 32M / 63MVE
Appendix
319
Si34-804_C
3D039557A
FXCQ40M / 50M / 80M/ 125MVE
320
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D039564C
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
Appendix
321
TRANSFORMER (220V/22V)
PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK
T1R
V1TR
X1M
X2M
Y1E
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SS1
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
Z2C
Z1C
X2M
X16A
CONTROL BOX
T1R
C1
A1P
X18A
~220-240V
50Hz
POWER
SUPPLY
Y1E
GRN
/YLW
BLU
RED
S1L
X2M
X8A
X7A
X31A
F1U
X13A
R1T
X25A
KPR
X1A
X12A
R2T
M
~
M1P
T1R
X11A
R3T
HAP
X3A
X4A
X27A
X18A
X30A
V1TR
X16A
A1P
BLK
RED
GRY
PRP
BLU
Z2C
N=3
Z1C
N=3
C1
X1M
PNK T2
WHT T1
YLW F2
ORG F1
BLU P2
BLK P1
M1F
M
~
Q1M
3D060547
NOTE) 5
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE
TRANSMISSION
WIRING CENTRALIZED
REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE) 3
P2 R1T
P1
SS1
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
4. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTING.
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: RED : RED BLK : BLACK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW PRP : PURPLE GRY : GRAY BLU : BLUE PNK : PINK ORG : ORANGE GRN : GREEN
NOTES)
1.
X18A
X1M
CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR

FOR ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
X16A
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R1T
Z1C Z2C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
THERMISTOR (COIL-2)
FLOAT SWITCH
S1L
THERMISTOR (COIL-1)
R2T
R3T
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R1T
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
M1F
MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
MAGNETIC RELAY (M1P)
KPR
THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN)
HAP
Q1M
FUSE (F5A/250V)
F1U
M1P
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITOR (M1F)
YLW
C1
WHT
322
A1P

Si34-804_C
FXDQ20PB / 25PB / 32PB

FXDQ40NB / 50NB / 63NBVE (with Drain Pump)
Appendix
CAPACITOR (M1F)
FUSE (F5A/250V)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
THERMAL PROTECTOR (M1F EMBEDDED)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL-1)
THERMISTOR (COIL-2)
TRANSFORMER (220V/22V)
PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL BLOCK
F1U
HAP
M1F
Q1M
R1T
R2T
R3T
T1R
V1TR
X1M
X2M
Y1E
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SS1
: CONNECTOR
: TERMINAL
Z2C
Z1C
X2M
X16A
CONTROL BOX
T1R
C1
A1P
X18A
~220-240V
50Hz
POWER
SUPPLY
Y1E
X2M
GRN
/YLW
BLU
RED
X7A
X31A
F1U
X13A
R1T
X1A
X12A
R2T
T1R
t
X11A
R3T
X3A
HAP
X4A
X27A
X18A
X30A
V1TR
X16A
A1P
BLK
RED
GRY
PRP
BLU
Z2C
N=3
Z1C
N=3
C1
X1M
PNK T2
WHT T1
YLW F2
ORG F1
BLU P2
BLK P1
M1F
M
~
Q1M
3D060548
NOTE) 5
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE
TRANSMISSION
WIRING CENTRALIZED
REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE) 3
P2 R1T
P1
SS1
WIRED REMOTE
CONTROLLER
2.
: FIELD WIRING
3. IN CASE USING CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
4. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTING.
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
6. SYMBOLS SHOW AS FOLLOWS: RED : RED BLK : BLACK WHT : WHITE YLW : YELLOW PRP : PURPLE GRY : GRAY BLU : BLUE PNK : PINK ORG : ORANGE GRN : GREEN
NOTES)
1.
CONNECTOR (WIRING ADAPTOR

FOR ELECTRICAL APPENDICES)
X18A
X1M
CONNECTOR (ADAPTOR FOR WIRING)
X16A
THERMISTOR (AIR)
R1T
Z1C Z2C NOISE FILTER (FERRITE CORE)
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
YLW
C1
WHT
Appendix
A1P
Si34-804_C
FXDQ20PB / 25PB / 32PB

FXDQ40NB / 50NB / 63NBVET (without Drain Pump)
323
Si34-804_C
3D058783D
FXMQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P / 140PVE
324
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D039621C
FXMQ200MA / 250MAVE
Appendix
325
Si34-804_C
3D039801D
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
326
Appendix
POWER CIRCUIT
(WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
SS2 SELECTOR SWITCH
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
(DEFROST-ORANGE)
(FILTER SIGN-RED)
(TIMER-GREEN)
H1P LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
BS1 PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
TO WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED
PC
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
X2M TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
X1M TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
R3T THERMISTOR (COIL GAS PIPE)
R2T THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID PIPE)
M1S MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
M1F MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
F1U FUSE( B , 3A, 250V)
SIDE
FRONT
X1M
X2M
X27A
X20A
F1U
: CONNECTOR
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING
M1F
MS
3~
PC
: TERMINAL
A1P
HAP
N WHT
L RED
A1P
X2M GRN/YLW
PC
M1S
MSW
X36A
NE
GRN
HAP
Y1E
X7A
X35A
X19A
X18A
X14A
WHT
X15A
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
X35A
X15A
CONNECTOR (GROUP CONTROL ADAPTOR)
CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
SHOWS SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR.
4.
X1A
A3P
H1P
BS1
H2P
H3P
H4P
CONNECTING.
ENGINEERING DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE
ACCORDING TO THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM
6. REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL VARIES
INSTALLATION MANUAL ATTACHED THE UNIT.
CONTROLLER. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE
OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE
OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL
REMOTE CONTROLLER KIT IS BEING USED.
8. X24A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE WIRELESS
3D034206D
ATION MANUAL AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC.
AND WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER BY INSTALL-
SWITCH (SS1, SS2) OF WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BLK : BLACK ORG : ORANGE BRN : BROWN BLU : BLUE 7. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE SELECTOR
3. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS: RED : RED WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
PNK
WHT
YLW
ORG
BLU
BLK
X1A
SS2
SS1
X2A
A2P
(WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER)

NOTE) 5
T2
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
T1
TRANSMISSION WIRING
F2
F1
CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER
P2
NOTE) 2
P1
SS1
P2
X1M
WIRED REMOTE
P1 R1T CONTROLLER
X24A
NOTE) 8
A1P
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM
X30A
NOTE) 8
X24A
R1T
R2T
R3T
2. IN CASE USING CENTRALIZED REMOTE CONTROLLER, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT
1.
X1M
X2M
CONTROL BOX
(INDOOR UNIT)
HAP
A1P
NOTES)
L
N
220~240V
~
50Hz
POWER SUPPLY
WHT
ORG
BRN
BLU
INDOOR UNIT
RED
Appendix
Si34-804_C
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MAVE / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
327
Si34-804_C
3D039826F
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE

FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
328
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3D044996D
FXMQ125MF / 200MF / 250MFV1
Appendix
329
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Si34-804_C
3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts

3.1
Outdoor Unit
3.1.1 RXQ5PAY1~8PAY1
Item
Compressor
Name
Symbol
M1C
STD 1
Type
OC protection
device
M2C
STD 2
Type
OC protection
device
M3C
M1F
Electronic expansion valve (Subcooling)
Y2E
Others
330
RXQ8PAY1
JT1GCVDKYR@T
Inverter
OC protection
device
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Temperature
protection
RXQ5PAY1
JT1GCVDKYR@SB
Type
OC protection
device
Fan motor
Pressure
protection
Model
Y1E
14.7 A
1.15 A
3A
Fully closed: 0pls
Fully open: 480 pls

Fully closed: 0 pls
Fully open: 480 pls
+0
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure
For M2C
switch
S2PH
For M3C
Low pressure sensor
S3PH
S1NPL
OFF: 0.07 MPa
R3T
OFF: 135C
R1T
OFF: 93C
For main PCB
A1P
A2P
250 V, 15 A
250 V, 3 A
For Noise filter

PCB
F1U
250 V AC 5 A Class B
Discharge gas temperature

protection
(Discharge pipe thermistor)
protection
(Radiation fin thermistor)
Fuse
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
ON: 3.00.15 MPa
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3.1.2 RXQ10PAY1~12PAY1
Item
Name
Symbol
Type
Inverter
Compressor
OC protection
device
Type
M1C
STD 1
OC protection
device
Type
M2C
STD 2
OC protection
device
OC protection
device
M3C
Fan motor

Pressure
protection
M1F
15.0 A
3A
1.15 A
For M1C
S1PH
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
High pressure
For M2C
switch
S2PH
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
Low pressure sensor

protection
protection
Fuse
For Noise filter
PCB
Appendix
JT170G-KYE@T
Fully closed: 0 pls

Fully closed: 0 pls
For main PCB

Others
14.7 A
Y1E
Y2E
For M3C
Temperature
protection
Model
RXQ10PAY1
RXQ12PAY1
JT1GCVDKYR@T
Fully open: 480 pls

Fully open: 480 pls
+0
+0
ON: 3.00.15 MPa

ON: 3.00.15 MPa
S3PH
S1NPL
OFF: 0.07 MPa
R3T
OFF: 135C
R1T
OFF: 93C
A1P
250 V, 15 A
A2P
250 V, 3 A
F1U
331
Item
Compressor
Name
Si34-804_C
Symbol
Inverter
Type
OC protection
device
M1C
STD 1
Type
OC protection
device
M2C
STD 2
Type
OC protection
device
M3C
Model
RXQ16PAY1
RXQ14PAY1
RXQ18PAY1
JT1GCVDKYR@T
14.7 A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0 A
JT170G-KYE@T
15.0 A
OC protection
device
M1F
1.15 A
Y1E
Fully closed: 0 pls
Fully open: 480 pls
Y2E
Fully closed: 0 pls
Fully open: 480 pls
Fan motor
Pressure
protection
Others
332
+0
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
+0
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
For M1C
S1PH
High pressure For M2C

switch
S2PH
For M3C
S3PH
+0
OFF: 4.0 0.12 MPa
S1NPL
OFF: 0.07 MPa
R3T
OFF: 135C
R1T
OFF: 93C
For main PCB
A1P
A2P
250 V, 15 A
250 V, 3 A
For Noise filter

PCB
F1U
Low pressure sensor
Temperature
protection
3A

protection
protection
Fuse
ON: 3.00.15 MPa

ON: 3.00.15 MPa
ON: 3.00.15 MPa
Appendix
Si34-804_C
3.2
Indoor Side
3.2.1 Indoor Unit

Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Motors
Symbol
Wired Remote
Controller
Wireless Remote
Controller
Fan Motor
M1F
Drain Pump
M1P
Swing Motor
M1S
Symbol
Capacitor, fan motor
R1T
R3T
R2T
FXZQ20
MVE
FXZQ25
MVE
Model
FXZQ32
MVE
FXZQ40
MVE
FXZQ50
MVE
Remark
Option
BRC7E530
AC 220~240V 50Hz
155W 4P
Thermal Fuse OFF : 1305 / ON : 8020
4.0 F 400VAC
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145C
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
ST8601A-1 4 L250
20k (25C)
ST8605-3 8 L630
20k (25C)
ST8602A-3 6 L630
20k (25C)
FS-0211
250V 5A 5.2
TR22H21R8
M1F
C1
M1P
Swing Motor
M1S
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
(for Heat
Thermistors Thermistor
Exchanger High Temp.)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Float Switch
Others
Fuse
Transformer
R3T
S1L
F1U
T1R
Parts Name
Symbol
R2T
FXCQ
20MVE
FXCQ
25MVE
FXCQ
32MVE
Wired Remote
Controller
Wireless Remote
Controller
Model
FXCQ
FXCQ
40MVE 50MVE
FXCQ
63MVE
FXCQ
80MVE
FXCQ Remark
125MVE
BRC1E61
Option
BRC7C67
M1F
1 10 W
1 15 W
Thermal Fuse 152C
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
Swing Motor
M1S
R1T
(for Heat
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Float Switch
Others
Fuse
Transformer
R3T
Appendix
DC 320 V 120 W 8P
BRC1E61
Drain Pump
Fan Motor
FXFQ100 FXFQ125 Remark

PVE
PVE
FXFQ80
PVE
DC 280 V 56 W 8P
AC 220-240 V (50 Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145C
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
Stepping Motor DC 12 V
In PCB A2P or wired remote controller
ST8605-14 8 L1000
20 k (25C)
ST8602A-15 6 L1000
20 k (25C)
FS-0211B
250 V 5 A 5.2
Wired Remote
Controller
Wireless Remote
Controller
Fan Motor
Model
FXFQ50 FXFQ63
PVE
PVE
Option
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
FXFQ40
PVE
BRC7F635F
S1L
F1U
TFu
T1R
Motors
FXFQ32
PVE
BRC1E61

Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Float Switch
Fuse
Others
Thermal Fuse
Transformer
Remote
Controller
FXFQ25
PVE
R2T
S1L
F1U
T1R
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
1 20 W
1 30 W 1 50 W 1 85 W
Thermal protector 135C
: OFF
87C : ON
AC 220-240 V (50 Hz)

PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145C
MT8-L[3PA07509-1]
AC 200~240 V
ST8601-6 4 L1250
20 k (25C)
ST8605-6 8 L1250
20 k (25C)
ST8602A-5 6 L1000
20 k (25C)
FS-0211B
250 V 5 A 5.2
TR22H21R8
333
Si34-804_C
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXKQ
25MAVE
FXKQ
32MAVE
FXKQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C63
Remark
FXKQ
63MAVE
Option
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Fan Motor
1 15 W 4P
M1F
1 20 W 4P
Thermal Fuse 146C

Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240 V (50 Hz)

PLD-12200DM
Thermal Fuse 145C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC 200~240 V
R1T
ST8601-13 4 L630
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-7 8 L1600
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-7 6 L1600
20 k (25C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1 45 W 4P
Thermal protector 120C : OFF

ON
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5 A 5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
105C :
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXDQ
20PBVE(T)
FXDQ
25PBVE(T)
FXDQ
32PBVE(T)
FXDQ
40NBVE(T)
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C66
FXDQ
50NBVE(T)
FXDQ
63NBVE(T)
Remark
Option
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1 62 W
1 130 W
Thermal protector
130C: OFF, 83C: ON
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240 V (50 Hz)

PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145C
R1T
ST8601-1 4 L=250
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-4 8 L=800
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-4 6 L=800
20 k (25C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211E
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5 A 5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
only for FXDQ20~32PBVE (with Drain Pump Type)
334
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Model
Symbol FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ FXMQ
FXMQ
FXMQ Remark
20PVE 25PVE 32PVE 40PVE 50PVE 63PVE 80PVE 100PVE 125PVE 140PVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C65
Fan Motor
M1F
DC 280 V 140 W 8P
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240 V (50 Hz)

PLD-12230DM
Thermal protector 145C
R1T
ST8601-3 L630
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-14 8 L1000
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 8 L1250
20 k (25C)
Motors

Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse (A1P)
F1U
250 V 3.15 A
Fuse (A2P, A3P)
F3U
F4U
250 V 6.3 A
Fuse (A2P)
F2U
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Motors
Symbol
250 V 5 A
Model
FXMQ200MAVE
FXMQ250MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C64
Fan Motor
M1F
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
1 380 W2
10 F 400 V
12 F 400 V
R1T
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605A-5
8 L1000
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-6
6 L1250
Float switch
S1L
FS-0211
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5 A 5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Appendix
Remark
Option
ST8601A-13
4 L630
Others
DC 373 V 350 W 8P
335
Si34-804_C
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXHQ
32MAVE
FXHQ
63MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
FXHQ
100MAVE
BRC1E61
Wireless Controller
Remark
Option
BRC7E66
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Fan Motor
1 63 W
M1F
1 130 W
Motors
3.0 F-400 V
C1R
80C : ON
9.0 F-400 V
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3P058751-1]
AC 200~240 V
R1T
ST8601A-1 4 L250
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-6 8 L = 1250
20 k (25C)
ST8605-6 8 L = 1250
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 6 L = 1250
20 k (25C)
ST8602A-6 6 L = 1250
20 k (25C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5 A 5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXAQ
20MAVE
FXAQ
25MAVE
FXAQ
32MAVE
FXAQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC7E619
FXAQ
50MAVE
FXAQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
Motors
1 40 W
1 43 W

MP24 [3SB40333-1]
AC 200~240 V
MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1]
AC 200~240 V
Swing Motor
M1S
R1T
ST8601-2 4 L400
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-2 8 L400
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602-2 6 L400
20 k (25C)

Exchanger)
Others
336
80C : ON
Float Switch
S1L
OPTION
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5A 5.2
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXLQ
20MAVE
FXLQ
25MAVE
FXLQ
32MAVE
FXLQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C64
FXLQ
50MAVE
FXLQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1 15 W
1 25 W
1.0 F-400 V
0.5 F-400 V 1.0 F-400 V 1.5 F-400 V 2.0 F-400 V
C1R
R1T
ST8601-6 4 L1250
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-9 8 L2500
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 6 L2500
20 k (25C)
Fuse
F1U
AC 250 V 5 A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8

Exchanger)
Others
1 35 W
120C : ON
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
FXNQ
20MAVE
FXNQ
25MAVE
FXNQ
32MAVE
FXNQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote
Controller
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
BRC4C64
FXNQ
50MAVE
FXNQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240 V 50 Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1 15 W
1 25 W
1.0 F-400 V
0.5 F-400 V 1.0 F-400 V 1.5 F-400 V 2.0 F-400 V
C1R
R1T
ST8601-6 4 L1250
20 k (25C)
(for Heat
R3T
ST8605-9 8 L2500
20 k (25C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 6 L2500
20 k (25C)
Fuse
F1U
AC 250 V 5 A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8

Exchanger)
Others
Parts Name
Remote
Controller
Symbol
1 35 W
120C : ON
Model
FXMQ125MFV1
Wired Remote
Controller
FXMQ200MFV1
FXMQ250MFV1
Remark
BRC1E61
Wireless Remote
Controller
Option
AC 200~240 V 50 Hz
Fan Motor
1 380 W
M1F
Motors
Solenoid
valve
Thermistors
Others
Appendix

10 F
400 V2
87C : ON
10 F
400 V
C1R
Solenoid valve
(Hot gas)
Y1S
Body: VPV-603D
Coil: NEV-MOAJ532C1 AC 220-240 V
R1T
ST8601-13 4 L=630
20 k (25C)

R3T
ST8605-6 8 L=1250
20 k (25C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-2 6 L=1250
20 k (25C)
Thermistor (for
discharge air)
R4T
ST8605-8 L=2000
20 k (25C)
Float switch
S1L
Option
Fuse
F1U
250 V 5 A 5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
16 F
400 V
337
Option List
Si34-804_C
4. Option List
4.1
Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6-1
6-2
7
8
9
9-1
10
10-1
10-2
11
12
13
Type
Item
Wireless
Wired
Wired remote controller
with weekly schedule timer
Simplified remote
controller
Remote controller for
hotel use
Adaptor for wiring
Wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices (1)
Wiring adaptor for
electrical appendices (2)
Remote sensor
Installation box for
adaptor PCB
Centralized remote
controller
Electrical box with earth
terminal (3 blocks)
Unified on/off controller
Electrical box with earth
terminal (2 blocks)
Noise filter (for
electromagnetic interface
use only)
Schedule timer
External control adaptor
for outdoor unit (Must be
installed on indoor units)
Remote
controller
FXFQ-P
FXCQ-M
FXKQ-MA
FXDQ-NB
FXDQ-PB
FXUQ-M
FXSQ-M
BRC7F635F
BRC7C67
BRC4C63
BRC4C66
BRC7C529W
BRC4C64
BRC1E61
FXMQ-MA
FXMQ-P
BRC4C66
FXHQ-MA FXAQ-MA
BRC7E66
BRC7E619
FXLQ-MA
FXNQ-MA
BRC4C64
BRC1D61
Note 8
BRC2C51
Note 8
BRC2C51
Note 8
BRC2C51
BRC3A61
KRP1C63
KRP1B61
KRP1B61
KRP1B56
KRP1B61
BRC3A61
KRP1C64
KRP1C3
KRP1B61
KRP2A62
KRP2A61
KRP2A61
KRP2A53
KRP2A62
KRP2A61
KRP2A61
KRP2A62
KRP2A61
KRP2A61
KRP4AA53
KRP4A51
KRP4A51
KRP4A54
KRP4A53
KRP4A51
KRP4AA51
KRP4A52
KRP4A51
KRP4A51
KRCS01-4B
Note 2, 3
KRP1H98
KRCS01-1
Note 2, 3
KRP1B96
Note 3
KRP1C93
KRCS01-1
Note 2, 3
KRP4A93
DTA104A61
DTA104A61
KRCS01-1
Note 4, 6
KRP1B101
KRP1B97
Note 5
KRP4A91
KRCS01-4B
Note 2, 3
KRP4A96
BRC3A61
DCS302CA61
KJB311AA
DCS301BA61
KJB212AA
KEK26-1A
DST301BA61
DTA104A62
DTA104A61
Interface adaptor for

SkyAir series
DTA104A61
DTA104A53
DTA104A61
Note 7
DTA102A52
DTA104A61 DTA104A62
Note:
1. Installation box (No.8) is necessary for each adaptor marked .
2. Up to 2 adaptors can be fixed for each installation box.
3. Only one installation box can be installed for each indoor unit.
4. Up to 2 installation boxes can be installed for each indoor unit.
5. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for second adaptor.
6. Installation box (No. 8) is necessary for each adaptor.
7. This adaptor is required when connecting with optional controller for centralized control.
8. BRC2A51 is also available.
Various PCB
No.
Part name
Adaptor for wiring
DIII-NET Expander Adaptor
338
Model No.
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
KRP1B59
KRP1B61
KRP1C3
DTA109A51
Function
PCB when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1000m, total wiring length: 2000m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adaptor.
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Option List
System Configuration
No.
Item
Model No.
Residential centralized remote

controller
Centralized remote controller
2-1
3
Note *2
DCS303A51
DCS302CA61
Electrical box with earth terminal (3 blocks)

Unified ON/OFF controller
KJB311AA
Up to 64 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to 2 controllers in one system.
DCS301BA61
3-1
KJB212AA
3-2
Noise filter (for electromagnetic

interface use only)
KEK26-1A
Schedule timer
Interface adaptor for

SkyAir-series
For SkyAir,
FD(Y)M-FA,
FDY-KA
FDYB-KA,
FVY(P)J-A
*DTA102A52
Central control
adaptor kit
For UAT(Y)K(A),FD-K
*DTA107A55
DST301BA61
Wiring adaptor for other air-conditioner
*DTA103A51
DIII-NET Expander Adaptor
DTA109A51
8-1
Function
Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be easily controlled using the large LCD
panel. ON/OFF, temperature settings and scheduling can be controlled individually for
indoor units.
Mounting plate
KRP4A92
Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or

simultaneously, and operation and error can be displayed. Can be used in combination with
up to 8 controllers.
Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
Adaptors required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the highspeed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
* To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adaptor must be installed on
the product unit to be controlled.
Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
Wiring restrictions (max. length : 1,000m, total wiring length : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16) apply to each adaptor.
Fixing plate for DTA109A51
Note:
1. Installation box for * adaptor must be obtained locally.
2. For residential use only. Cannot be used with other centralized control equipment.
Building Management System
1-3
1-4
2-1
2-2
3-1
3-2
4
5
6
7
8
Basic
Hardware
128 units
256 units
Number of
512 units
units to be
connected
768 units
1024 units
P.P.D.
Model No.
Function
DCS601C51
Air Conditioning management system that can be controlled by

a compact all-in-one unit.
DCS601A52
DCS002C51
DCS004A51
Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.

P. P. D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the
Internet and a Web browser application on a PC.
Wall embedded switch box.

KJB411A
DAM602B52
DAM602B51
conditioner management system that can be controlled by
DAM602B512 Air
personal computers.
DAM602B513
DAM602B514
DAM002A51 Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DAM004A51
Eco
DAM003A51
DAM101A51
DEC101A51
DEC102A51
Optional DIII Ai unit

Di unit
Dio unit
Communication line
Option
Option Software
Contact/analog
signal
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
Basic
Hardware intelligent Touch

Controller
Hardware DIII-NET plus adaptor
P.P.D.
Software
Web
intelligent
Manager III
1
1-1
1-2
Part name
intelligent Touch
Controller
No.
Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the

Internet and a Web browser application on a PC.
ECO (Energy saving functions.)
External temperature sensor for intelligent Manager III.
8 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
4 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
*1 Interface for use in BACnet
DMS502B51
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.

Operation and monitoring of air conditioning systems through
BACnet communication.
Optional DIII board
DAM411B51
Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 2 more DIIINET communication ports. Not usable independently.
Optional Di board
DAM412B51
Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 16 more

wattmeter pulse input points. Not usable independently.
*2 Interface for use in LONWORKS
DMS504B51
Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.

Operation and monitoring of air conditioning systems through
LONWORKS communication.
Parallel interface
Basic unit
Temperature
measurement units
Temperature
setting units
Unification adaptor for
computerized control
DPF201A51
Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of error; can

be used in combination with up to 4 units.
DPF201A52
Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 05VDC.
DPF201A53
Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
* DCS302A52
Interface between the central monitoring board and central

control units.
Note:
*1. BACnet is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
*2. LONWORKS is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
*3. Installation box for * adaptor must be procured on site.
Appendix
339
Option List
4.2
Si34-804_C
Option Lists (Outdoor Unit)
RXQ5 ~ 18PAY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
Optional accessories
REFNET header
REFNET joint
RXQ8PAY1(S)
RXQ10PAY1(S)
KHRP26M22H
(Max. 4 branch)
KHRP26M22H,
(Max. 4 branch)
KHRP26M33H
(Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26M22H, KHRP26M33H,
(Max. 4 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26M72H
(Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26A22T
KHRP26A22T,
KHRP26A33T
KHRP26A22T, KHRP26A33T,
KHRP26A72T
KWC26C160
KWC26C280
Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit

Central drain pan kit
RXQ12PAY1(S)
RXQ14PAY1(S)
RXQ16PAY1(S)
RXQ18PAY1(S)
RXQ5PAY1
Digital Pressure Gauge Kit
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
KWC26C450
C : 3D056901C
RXQ20 ~ 36PAY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
REFNET header
KHRP26M22H
(Max. 4 branch),
KHRP26M33H
(Max. 8 branch),
KHRP26M72H
(Max. 8 branch)
REFNET joint
KHRP26A22T,
KHRP26A33T,
KHRP26A72T
KHRP26M22H, KHRP26M33H, KHRP26M72H, KHRP26M73H

(Max. 4 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26A22T, KHRP26A33T, KHRP26A72T, KHRP26A73T

BHFP22P100

Pipe size reducer
RXQ30PAY1(S)
RXQ32PAY1(S)
RXQ34PAY1(S)
RXQ36PAY1(S)
RXQ24PAY1(S)
RXQ26PAY1(S)
RXQ28PAY1(S)
RXQ20PAY1(S)
RXQ22PAY1(S)
KHRP26M73TP, KHRP26M73HP
KWC26C280
KWC26C450
KWC26C4502
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
C : 3D056901C
RXQ38 ~ 54PAY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
RXQ38PAY1(S)
RXQ40PAY1(S)
RXQ42PAY1(S)
RXQ44PAY1(S)
RXQ46PAY1(S)
RXQ48PAY1(S)
RXQ50PAY1(S)
RXQ52PAY1(S)
RXQ54PAY1(S)
REFNET header

REFNET joint

BHFP22P151
Pipe size reducer

KWC26C280
KWC26C4502
KWC26C4503
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
C : 3D056901C
340
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Option List
RXQ16 ~ 18PAHY1(S)
RXQ16PAHY1(S)
RXQ18PAHY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
KHRP26M22H, KHRP26M33H,
(Max. 4 branch) (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26M72H
(Max. 8 branch)
REFNET header
REFNET joint
KHRP26A22T, KHRP26A33T, KHRP26A72T

BHFP22P100

KWC26C2802
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
C : 3D053053A
RXQ24 ~ 30PAHY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
REFNET header
REFNET joint
RXQ24PAHY1(S)

BHFP22P151
Pipe size reducer

RXQ28PAHY1(S)

KWC26C2802
KWC26C450
KWC26C2803
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
C : 3D053053A
RXQ32 ~ 50PAHY1(S)
Distributive
Piping
RXQ36PAHY1(S)
RXQ38PAHY1(S)
RXQ40PAHY1(S)
RXQ42PAHY1(S)
RXQ44PAHY1(S)
RXQ46PAHY1(S)
RXQ48PAHY1(S)
RXQ50PAHY1(S)
RXQ32PAHY1(S)
REFNET header

REFNET joint

BHFP22P151
Pipe size reducer

KWC26C280
KWC26C4502
KWC26C4503
BHGP26A1(E)
Filter kit
BHF26A450F
C : 3D053053A
Appendix
341
Piping Installation Point
Si34-804_C
5. Piping Installation Point

5.1
5 m or less
than 5 m
Maximum length from a connection
kit. 10 m or less from first branch.
(Equivalent Piping Length 13 m)
Connection
Kit B
Connection
Kit A
Since there is a possibility that oil may be collected on a stop machine side, install piping
between outdoor units to go to level or go up to an outdoor unit, and to make a slope.
The projection part between multi connection piping kits

When the piping length between the multi connection kits or between multi connection kit and
outdoor unit is 2 m or more, prepare a vertical projection part (200 mm or more as shown below) only
on the gas pipe line location less than 2 m from multi connection kit.
In the case of 2 m or less
Less than 2 m
In the case of 2 m or more
Vertical
Projection
200 mm
or more
Less than 2 m
2 m or more
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2 m
342
Vertical
Projection
Less than 2 m
Appendix
Si34-804_C
5.2
The Example of a Wrong Pattern

Wrong
Oil is collected to the outdoor

unit at the time of a stop,
because of bottom omission of
piping.
Wrong
Oil is collected to the low level outdoor

unit at the time of a stop, because of
downward slope of piping.
The example of installation on which oil is not collected.
Good
Good
Vertical
Projection
Outdoor Unit - Multi Connection Piping Kit Actual piping length 10 m or less, equivalent length 13 m or less
Max. allowable Multi Connection Piping Kit - Indoor Unit
Piping Length
REFNET Joint - Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit - Outdoor Unit
Allowable
Level
Difference
Outdoor Unit - Indoor Unit

Indoor Unit - Indoor Unit
Actual piping length 165 m or less, equivalent length 190 m or

less, the total extension 1000 m or less
Actual piping length 40 m or less
(Refer to Note 2 on P.346 in case of up to 90 m)
5 m or less
50 m or less
90 m or less
(when an outdoor unit is lower than indoor units: 40 m or less in
case of RXQ5PA)
15 m or less
Note): Available on request if the outdoor unit is above.
Appendix
343
344
Si34-804_C
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
6. Example of Connection (R-410A Type)

Example refrigerant branch using REFNET joint
Example of connection
(Connection of 8 indoor units)
(2)In case of multi outdoor system, re-read to the first

Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit as seen
from the indoor unit.
Single outdoor
system
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A-G)
Outdoor unit
(1)
indicate the Outdoor unit multi
connection piping kit
Example refrigerant branch using REFNET joint and REFNET header
b
A
c
B
d
C
i
1
j
2
k
3
l
4
H1
H1
m
5
d
1
Indoor units ( 1 - 8 )
e
2
First Outdoor
unit multi connection
piping kit
Actual pipe length
Maximum
allowable
length
Allowable
height
length
Between outdoor unit and Outdoor unit multi

connection piping kit (Only for multi system)
Between outdoor and indoor units
Between indoor and indoor units
Between outdoor and outdoor units
Equivalent length
Total extension length
Actual pipe length
Equivalent length
Difference in height
Actual pipe length
Allowable length after the branch
Refrigerant branch kit selection
Example for indoor units connected downstream
Pipe size selection

Caution
The thickness of the pipes in the table shows the requirements of Japanese
High Pressure Gas Control low. (As of Jan. 2003)
The thickness and material shall be selected in accordance with local code.
For the multi outdoor unit system, select in accordance with the following figure.
Appendix
Part B
i
1
d
k
3
f
E
j
2
l
4
H1
m
6
Part C
f
3
h
7 H2
i
8
REFNET header
a
j
g
H3
e
2
e
3
Outdoor unit
REFNET header
7 H2
REFNET joint (A B)
H1
k
7
H1
H2
b
1
d
2
e
4
h
7 H2
i
8
Pipe length between outdoor (2) and indoor units 165m

Example unit 8 : a + b + c + d + e + f + g + p 165m
Example unit 8 : a + i 165m
Example unit 6 : a + b + h 165m, unit 8 : a + i + k 165m
Equivalent pipe length between outdoor (2) and indoor units 190m (assume equivalent pipe length of REFNET joint to be 0.5m, that of REFNET header to be 1m, calculation purposes) (See Note 1 - Next page)
Total pipe length from outdoor unit (2) to all indoor units 1000m
Pipe length between outdoor unit and Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit 10m, Equivalent length between outdoor unit and Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit 13m
Outdoor unit
Difference in height between outdoor and indoor units (H1) 50m

Difference in height between indoor units (H2) 15m
( 90m if the outdoor unit is below)

s
Difference in height between outdoor unit (H3) 5m

Pipe length from first refrigerant branch kit (either REFNET joint or REFNET header ) to indoor unit 40m (See Note 2 - Next page)
Example unit 8 : b + c + d + e + f + g + p 40m
Example unit 6 : b + h 40m, unit 8 :i + k 40m
Temper grade and wall thickness for pipes.

(Temper grade, O type and 1/2H type indicate the material types specified in JIS
H 3300.)
(Unit:mm)
Copper tube O.D.
6.4
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.1
22.2
25.4
28.6
31.8
34.9
38.1
41.3
Copper tube W.T.

(Minimum requirement)
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.99
0.80
0.80
0.88
0.99
1.10
1.21
1.32
1.43
Temper grade
O type
Indoor unit total capacity index

< 200
200 x< 290
290 x< 640
640
5HP type
8HP type
10HP type
12~16HP type
18~22HP type
24HP type
26~34HP type
36~54HP type
(See Note 1 - Next page)
Refrigerant branch kit name

KHRP26M22H (Max. 4 branch)
KHRP26M33H (Max. 8 branch)
KHRP26M72H (Max. 8 branch) (See Note 3 - Next page)
KHRP26M73H (Max. 8 branch) + KHRP26M73HP
How to select the Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit (This is required when the system is multi outdoor unit system.)
Choose from the following table in accordance with the number of outdoor units.
Number of outdoor units
2 units
3 units
Piping size (O.D.)

Gas pipe
15.9
19.1
22.2
28.6
Liquid pipe
9.5
12.7
15.9
34.9
41.3
Connection piping kit name

BHFP22P100
BHFP22P151
Example REFNET header: indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
Piping between Outdoor unit and first refrigerant branch kit.

Piping between first Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit and first refrigerant
branch kit. (Part A)
Choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit capacity type.
Piping between Outdoor unit multi connection piping kits. (Part B)
Piping between outdoor unit and Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit. (Part C)
Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity type of all
the outdoor units connected above Outdoor unit multi connection piping kit.
(Unit:mm)
Outdoor unit capacity type
1/2H type
r 10m (Equivalent length: 13m)

s 10m (Equivalent length: 13m)
t 10m (Equivalent length: 13m)
Example unit 8 : i 40m
Example REFNET joint B: indoor units 7 + 8

Example REFNET header: indoor units 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6
Example REFNET joint C: indoor units 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8
How to select the REFNET header

Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity index of all the indoor units connected below the REFNET header.
Note: 250 type indoor unit cannot be connected below the REFNET header.
Outdoor unit capacity type

5HP type
KHRP26A22T
8, 10HP type
KHRP26A33T
12~22HP type
KHRP26A72T
24HP type~
KHRP26A73T + KHRP26M73TP
Choose the REFNET joints other than that for the first branch from the following table in accordance with the total
capacity index of all the indoor units connected below the REFNET joint.
< 200
KHRP26A22T
200 x< 290
KHRP26A33T
290 x< 640
KHRP26A72T
640
KHRP26A73T + KHRP26M73TP
When multi outdoor system are installed, be sure to

use the special separately sold Outdoor unit multi
connection piping kit.
The table at right shows how to select the proper kit.
H3
How to select the REFNET joint

When using REFNET joint at the first branch counted from the outdoor unit side.
Choose from the following table in accordance with the outdoor unit capacity type.
(Example: REFNET joint A)
Refrigerant branch kits can only be

used with R-410A.
Part A
H2
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A-G)
H1
a
a
A
Between outdoor (2)

and indoor units
H3
Multi outdoor
system
j
7
7 H2
REFNET header
Outdoor unit
a
REFNET header
n
6
Outdoor unit
REFNET joint (A B)
i
a
a
Example refrigerant branch using REFNET header
Piping between refrigerant branch kits

Choose from the following table in accordance with the total capacity index of
all the indoor units connected below this.
Do not let the connection piping exceed the main refrigerant piping size. (Unit:mm)
< 150
150 x< 200
200 x< 290
290 x< 420
420 x< 640
640 x< 920
920
Liquid pipe
9.5
28.6
12.7
15.9
34.9
41.3
19.1
Piping between refrigerant branch kit and indoor unit

Match to the size of the connection piping on the indoor unit.
Indoor unit capacity type
19.1
Piping size (O.D.)

Gas pipe
15.9
19.1
22.2
20 25 32 40 50 type
63 80 100 125 type
200 type
250 type
(Unit:mm)
Piping size (O.D.)

Gas pipe
12.7
15.9
19.1
22.2
Liquid pipe
6.4
9.5
345
Example of Connection (R-410A Type)
Si34-804_C
How to calculate the additional

refrigerant to be charged
Additional refrigerant to be charged : R (kg)
(R should be rounded off in units of 0.1 kg.)
Total length(m) of liquid

piping size at 22.2
R=

piping size at 19.1
0.37
0.26

piping size at 15.9
0.18

piping size at 12.7
0.12

piping size at 9.5
0.059

piping size at 6.4
0.022
REFRIGERANT
AMOUNT FOR
HEAT PUMP SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT
FOR EXCEEDING CONNECTION
CAPACITY OF INDOOR UNIT
TABLE A
TABLE B
TABLE A
MODEL NAME
RXQ5P
RXQ8 ~ 12P
RXQ14 ~ 22P
RXQ24 ~ 30P
RXQ32 ~ 38P
RXQ40 ~ 48P
RXQ50 ~ 54P
TABLE B
THE AMOUNT OF
REFRIGERANT
0kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
2.5kg
3.0kg
INDOOR CONNECTION
CAPACITY [X]
X 100%
100% < X 120%
120% < X 130%
130% < X 140%
140% < X 150%
150% < X 160%
160% < X 170%
170% < X 180%
180% < X 190%
190% < X 200%
MODEL NAME [RXQ ~ P]

10P 12P~14P 16P 18P~22P 24P~28P 30P~32P 34P 36P 38P 40P 42P~44P 46P~48P 50P 52P~54P
0kg
0.5kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
0.5kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
2.5kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
2.5kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
2.5kg
3.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
2.5kg
3.0kg
0.5kg
1.0kg
3.5kg
1.0kg
1.5kg
2.0kg
2.5kg
3.0kg
3.5kg
4.0kg
0.5kg
5P~8P
Example for refrigerant branch using REFNET joint and REFNET header for the systems and each pipe length as shown below.
Outdoor system : RXQ34P~
R = ( 30 0.26 + 10 0.18 + 10 0.12 + 40 0.059 + 49 0.022 )+ 2.0 + 0.5
Total capacity of indoor unit : 116%
a
b
i
c+d+e+f
g+h+i+j+k
RXQ34P~ 116%
a : 19.1 30m d : 9.5 10m g : 6.4 10m j : 6.4 10m
= 16.738
16.7kg
b : 15.9 10m e : 9.5 10m h : 6.4 20m k : 6.4 9m
c : 9.5 10m f : 9.5 10m i : 12.7 10m
Round off units of 0.1 kg.
Note 1
When the equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor
units is 90m or more, the size of main pipes (both gas side and
liquid side) must be increased.
Depending on the length of the piping, the capacity may drop, but
even in such case it is able to increase the size of main pipes.
The first refrigerant branch kit
Outdoor unit
Main pipes
Indoor unit
Increase
Diameter of above case

Model
Gas
Liquid
Model
RXQ5 Type
19.1
Not Increased
RXQ20 Type
Gas
Liquid
31.8*
19.1
Model
Gas
Liquid
RXQ34 Type
38.1*
22.2
Model
Gas
Liquid
RXQ48 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ8 Type
22.2
12.7
RXQ22 Type
31.8*
19.1
RXQ36 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ50 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ10 Type
25.4*
12.7
RXQ24 Type
Not Increased
19.1
RXQ38 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ52 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ12 Type
Not Increased
15.9
RXQ26 Type
38.1*
22.2
RXQ40 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ54 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ14 Type
Not Increased
15.9
RXQ28 Type
38.1*
22.2
RXQ42 Type
Not Increased
22.2
RXQ16 Type
31.8*
15.9
RXQ30 Type
38.1*
22.2
RXQ44 Type
Not Increased
22.2
*If available on the site, use this size.

Otherwise, it can not be increased.
RXQ18 Type
31.8*
19.1
RXQ32 Type
38.1*
22.2
RXQ46 Type
Not Increased
22.2
Note 2
Allowable length after the first refrigerant branch kit to indoor units is 40 m or less, however it can be extended up to 90 m if all the following conditions are satisfied. (In case of Branch with REFNET joint )
Required Conditions
Example Drawings
1.It is necessary to increase the pipe size if the pipe length between the first branch
kit and the final branch kit is over 40m. (Reducers must be procured onsite)
If the increased pipe size is larger than main pipe size, then increase the main pipe
size to the same pipe size.
8 b + c + d + e + f + g + p 90 m
increase the pipe size of b, c, d, e, f, g
2.For calculation of Total extension length, the actual length of above pipes must be
doubled. (except main pipe and the pipes that are not increased)
a+b2+c2+d2+e2+f2+g2
+ h + i + j + k + l + m + n + p 1000 m
3.Indoor unit to the nearest branch kit 40 m
h, i, j....... p 40 m
Increase the pipe size as follows

9.5 12.7
15.9 19.1
12.7 15.9
19.1 22.2
The farthest indoor unit 8

The nearest indoor unit 1
( a + b + c + d + e + f + g + p ) - ( a + h ) 40 m
h
1
j
2
e
D
l
4
m
5
H1
f
E
k
3
34.9 38.1*
REFNET joint (A-G)
Outdoor unit
4.The difference between

[Outdoor unit to the farthest indoor unit] and [Outdoor unit to the nearest indoor unit]
40 m
22.2 25.4*
28.6 31.8*
*If available on the site, use

this size.
Otherwise it can not be
increased.
n
6
7
8
Note 3
If the pipe size above the REFNET header is 34.9 or more, KHRP26M73HP is required.
346
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
7. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature

Characteristics
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit for radiation fin thermistor R1T
Appendix
TC
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
k
88.0
79.1
71.1
0
2
4
6
8
64.1
57.8
52.3
47.3
42.9
10
12
14
16
18
38.9
35.3
32.1
29.2
26.6
20
22
24
26
28
24.3
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
30
32
34
36
38
15.6
14.2
13.1
12.0
11.1
40
42
44
46
48
10.3
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.6
50
52
54
56
58
7.0
6.7
6.0
5.5
5.2
60
62
64
66
68
4.79
4.46
4.15
3.87
3.61
70
72
74
76
78
3.37
3.15
2.94
2.75
2.51
80
82
84
86
88
2.41
2.26
2.12
1.99
1.87
90
92
94
96
98
1.76
1.65
1.55
1.46
1.38
For air suction

For liquid pipe
For gas pipe
R1T
R2T
R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air

For coil
For suction pipe
For Receiver gas pipe
For Receiver outlet liquid pipe
TC
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
k
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
TC
-19.5
-18.5
-17.5
-16.5
-15.5
-14.5
-13.5
-12.5
-11.5
-10.5
-9.5
-8.5
-7.5
-6.5
-5.5
-4.5
-3.5
-2.5
-1.5
-0.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.5
18.5
19.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
24.5
25.5
26.5
27.5
28.5
29.5
30.5
k
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
TC
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
R1T
R2T
R4T
R5T
R6T
k
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
TC
30.5
31.5
32.5
33.5
34.5
35.5
36.5
37.5
38.5
39.5
40.5
41.5
42.5
43.5
44.5
45.5
46.5
47.5
48.5
49.5
50.5
51.5
52.5
53.5
54.5
55.5
56.5
57.5
58.5
59.5
60.5
61.5
62.5
63.5
64.5
65.5
66.5
67.5
68.5
69.5
70.5
71.5
72.5
73.5
74.5
75.5
76.5
77.5
78.5
79.5
80.5
k
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
347
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
Si34-804_C
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R3T, R3133T)
TC
TC
TC
TC
TC
TC
640.44
0.5
624.65
50
72.32
50.5
70.96
100
13.35
100.5
13.15
609.31
1.5
594.43
51
69.64
51.5
68.34
101
12.95
101.5
12.76
579.96
2.5
565.78
52
67.06
52.5
65.82
102
12.57
102.5
12.38
552.00
3.5
538.63
53
64.60
53.5
63.41
103
12.20
103.5
12.01
525.63
4.5
512.97
54
62.24
54.5
61.09
104
11.84
104.5
11.66
500.66
5.5
488.67
55
59.97
55.5
58.87
105
11.49
105.5
11.32
477.01
6.5
465.65
56
57.80
56.5
56.75
106
11.15
106.5
10.99
454.60
7.5
443.84
57
55.72
57.5
54.70
107
10.83
107.5
10.67
433.37
8.5
423.17
58
53.72
58.5
52.84
108
10.52
108.5
10.36
413.24
9.5
403.57
59
51.98
59.5
50.96
109
10.21
109.5
10.06
10
394.16
10.5
384.98
60
49.96
60.5
49.06
110
9.92
110.5
9.78
11
376.05
11.5
367.35
61
48.19
61.5
47.33
111
9.64
111.5
9.50
12
358.88
12.5
350.62
62
46.49
62.5
45.67
112
9.36
112.5
9.23
13
342.58
13.5
334.74
63
44.86
63.5
44.07
113
9.10
113.5
8.97
14
327.10
14.5
319.66
64
43.30
64.5
42.54
114
8.84
114.5
8.71
15
312.41
15.5
305.33
65
41.79
65.5
41.06
115
8.59
115.5
8.47
16
298.45
16.5
291.73
66
40.35
66.5
39.65
116
8.35
116.5
8.23
17
285.18
17.5
278.80
67
38.96
67.5
38.29
117
8.12
117.5
8.01
18
272.58
18.5
266.51
68
37.63
68.5
36.98
118
7.89
118.5
7.78
19
260.60
19.5
254.72
69
36.34
69.5
35.72
119
7.68
119.5
7.57
20
249.00
20.5
243.61
70
35.11
70.5
34.51
120
7.47
120.5
7.36
21
238.36
21.5
233.14
71
33.92
71.5
33.35
121
7.26
121.5
7.16
22
228.05
22.5
223.08
72
32.78
72.5
32.23
122
7.06
122.5
6.97
23
218.24
23.5
213.51
73
31.69
73.5
31.15
123
6.87
123.5
6.78
24
208.90
24.5
204.39
74
30.63
74.5
30.12
124
6.69
124.5
6.59
25
200.00
25.5
195.71
75
29.61
75.5
29.12
125
6.51
125.5
6.42
26
191.53
26.5
187.44
76
28.64
76.5
28.16
126
6.33
126.5
6.25
27
183.46
27.5
179.57
77
27.69
77.5
27.24
127
6.16
127.5
6.08
28
175.77
28.5
172.06
78
26.79
78.5
26.35
128
6.00
128.5
5.92
29
168.44
29.5
164.90
79
25.91
79.5
25.49
129
5.84
129.5
5.76
30
161.45
30.5
158.08
80
25.07
80.5
24.66
130
5.69
130.5
5.61
31
154.79
31.5
151.57
81
24.26
81.5
23.87
131
5.54
131.5
5.46
32
148.43
32.5
145.37
82
23.48
82.5
23.10
132
5.39
132.5
5.32
33
142.37
33.5
139.44
83
22.73
83.5
22.36
133
5.25
133.5
5.18
34
136.59
34.5
133.79
84
22.01
84.5
21.65
134
5.12
134.5
5.05
35
131.06
35.5
128.39
85
21.31
85.5
20.97
135
4.98
135.5
4.92
36
125.79
36.5
123.24
86
20.63
86.5
20.31
136
4.86
136.5
4.79
37
120.76
37.5
118.32
87
19.98
87.5
19.67
137
4.73
137.5
4.67
38
115.95
38.5
113.62
88
19.36
88.5
19.05
138
4.61
138.5
4.55
39
111.35
39.5
109.13
89
18.75
89.5
18.46
139
4.49
139.5
4.44
40
106.96
40.5
104.84
90
18.17
90.5
17.89
140
4.38
140.5
4.32
41
102.76
41.5
100.73
91
17.61
91.5
17.34
141
4.27
141.5
4.22
42
98.75
42.5
96.81
92
17.07
92.5
16.80
142
4.16
142.5
4.11
43
94.92
43.5
93.06
93
16.54
93.5
16.29
143
4.06
143.5
4.01
44
91.25
44.5
89.47
94
16.04
94.5
15.79
144
3.96
144.5
3.91
45
87.74
45.5
86.04
95
15.55
95.5
15.31
145
3.86
145.5
3.81
46
84.38
46.5
82.75
96
15.08
96.5
14.85
146
3.76
146.5
3.72
47
81.16
47.5
79.61
97
14.62
97.5
14.40
147
3.67
147.5
3.62
48
78.09
48.5
76.60
98
14.18
98.5
13.97
148
3.58
148.5
3.54
49
75.14
49.5
73.71
99
13.76
99.5
13.55
149
3.49
149.5
3.45
50
72.32
50.5
70.96
100
13.35
100.5
13.15
150
3.41
150.5
3.37
348
Appendix
Si34-804_C
Pressure Sensor
8. Pressure Sensor
Detected Pressure
PH = 1.38VH-0.69
PL = 0.57VL-0.28
PH : High pressure (MPa)
PL : Low pressure (MPa)
VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC

VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
Output Voltage (VH, VL)
Appendix
349
Si34-804_C
Part 8
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................351
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................351
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................353
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................354
350
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Si34-804_C
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)

1.1
Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A

Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants)
R-407C
R-410A
Refrigerant name
Composing
substances
Design pressure
Non-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32, HFC125 and
HFC134a (*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 32.6 kgf/cm2
Quasi-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32 and HFC125
(*1)
= 40.8 kgf/cm2
HCFC units
R-22
Single-component
refrigerant
= 28.0 kgf/cm2
Refrigerant oil
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP)
Synthetic oil (Ether)
Mineral oil (Suniso)
0.05
Combustibility
Toxicity
None
None
None
None
None
None
1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa
10.19716 kgf/cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
351
Si34-804_C
Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A

Temperature
( )
352
Steam pressure
(kPa)
Liquid
Vapor
Density
(kg/m3 )
Liquid
Vapor
Specific heat at constant

pressure (kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific entropy
(kJ/KgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Si34-804_C
1.2
Refrigerant Cylinders
Cylinder specifications
The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).

The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Siphon tube
Cylinder
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in

upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since
it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations

R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels
Since R-410A is high pressure gas, it is contained in high pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the outdoor air temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible
plug melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve
operates).
353
1.3
Si34-804_C
Service Tools
R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22, R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22, R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
Tool compatibility
Compatibility
HFC
HCFC
Tool
R-410A
R-407C
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Do not use the same tools for R-22

and R-410A.
Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
Charging cylinder
Gas detector
Vacuum pump
(pump with reverse flow
preventive function)
Weighting instrument
Weighting instrument used for HFCs.

The same tool can be used for HFCs.
To use existing pump for HFCs,
vacuum pump adaptor must be
installed.
Charge mouthpiece
Flaring tool (Clutch type)
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
{
{
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
{
{
Pipe assembling oil
Refrigerant recovery
device
Check your recovery device.
Refrigerant piping
Reasons for change
R-22
See the chart below.
Seal material is different between

R-22 and HFCs.
Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
Due to refrigerating machine oil

change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
Only 19.1 is changed to 1/2H material

while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
Copper tube material and thickness
Pipe size
6.4
9.5
12.7
15.9
19.1
22.2
25.4
28.6
31.8
38.1
44.5
Material
O
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-407C
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Material
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-410A
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)
354
Si34-804_C
1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
Specifications
Dimension A
Unit:mm
Nominal size
A +00.4
Tube O.D.
Do
Class-2 (R-410A)
Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4
6.35
9.1
9.0
3/8
9.52
13.2
13.0
1/2
12.70
16.6
16.2
5/8
15.88
19.7
19.4
3/4
19.05
24.0
23.3
Differences
Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5 mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5 mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.
355
Si34-804_C
2. Torque wrench
Specifications
Dimension B
Unit:mm
Nominal size
Class-1
Class-2
Previous
1/2
5/8
24
27
26
29
24
27
No change in tightening torque

No change in pipes of other sizes
Differences
Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C

For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve

Vacuum pump adaptor
Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adaptor
Specifications
Discharge speed
50 l/min (50 Hz)
Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare)
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adaptor
z Maximum degree of vacuum
Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep

the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
100.7 kPa (5 torr 755 mmHg).
Differences
Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adaptor.
356
Si34-804_C
4. Leak tester
Specifications
Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
Differences
Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
Specifications
Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
Differences
Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
Specifications
High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
1/4" 5/16" (2 minutes 2.5 minutes)
No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
For prevention of contamination
357
Si34-804_C
Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
Differences
Change in pressure
Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
Specifications
Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
Differences
Pressure proof hose
Change in service port diameter
Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
Specifications
Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
Differences
The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.
358
Si34-804_C
9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
Specifications
High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = 5g
Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
Differences
Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10.Charge mouthpiece
Specifications
For R-410A, 1/4" 5/16" (2 minutes 2.5 minutes)
Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
Differences
Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.
359
Warning
Daikin Industries, Ltd.s products are manufactured for export to numerous countries throughout the
world. Daikin Industries, Ltd. does not have control over which products are exported to and used in a
particular country. Prior to purchase, please therefore confirm with your local authorised importer,
distributor and/or retailer whether this product conforms to the applicable standards, and is suitable for
use, in the region where the product will be used. This statement does not purport to exclude, restrict
or modify the application of any local legislation.
Ask a qualified installer or contractor to install this product. Do not try to install the product yourself.
Improper installation can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical shock, fire or explosion.
Use only those parts and accessories supplied or specified by Daikin. Ask a qualified installer or
contractor to install those parts and accessories. Use of unauthorised parts and accessories or
improper installation of parts and accessories can result in water or refrigerant leakage, electrical
shock, fire or explosion.
Read the User's Manual carefully before using this product. The User's Manual provides important
safety instructions and warnings. Be sure to follow these instructions and warnings.
If you have any enquiries, please contact your local importer, distributor and/or retailer.
Cautions on product corrosion

1. Air conditioners should not be installed in areas where corrosive gases, such as acid gas or alkaline gas, are produced.
2. If the outdoor unit is to be installed close to the sea shore, direct exposure to the sea breeze should be avoided. If you need to install
the outdoor unit close to the sea shore, contact your local distributor.
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES, LTD.
AIR CONDITIONING MANUFACTURING DIVISION
JMI-0107
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURE OF
COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, COOLING,
REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT, COMMERCIAL HEATING
EQUIPMENT, RESIDENTIAL AIR CONDITIONING
EQUIPMENT, HEAT RECLAIM VENTILATION, AIR
CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MARINE TYPE CONTAINER
REFRIGERATION UNITS, COMPRESSORS AND VALVES.
Organization:
DAIKIN INDUSTRIES
(THAILAND) LTD.
JQA-1452
Scope of Registration:
THE DESIGN/DEVELOPMENT
AND MANUFACTURE OF AIR
CONDITIONERS AND THE
COMPONENTS INCLUDING
COMPRESSORS USED FOR THEM
All of the Daikin Groups business

facilities and subsidiaries in Japan
are certified under the ISO 14001
international standard for
environment management.
Dealer
Head Office:
Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo Office:
JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan
http://www.daikin.com/global_ac/
c All rights reserved
Specifications, designs and other content appearing in this brochure are current as of December 2010 but subject to change without notice.
Si34-804_C
12/2010 AK

Si34-804 - C (1) - VRVIII SM PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Si34-804 - C (1) - VRVIII SM PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Si34 - 804_C

R-410A Cooling Only

Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1

3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................7

Part 2 Specifications .................................................................. 12

Part 3 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 57

2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................67

3. Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode...........................................72

2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control.................................................102

Startup Control .....................................................................................103

4. Protection Control ...............................................................................107

High Pressure Protection Control.........................................................107

6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) ...........................................................119

Drain Pump Control..............................................................................119

Part 5 Test Operation ............................................................... 129

2. Outdoor Unit PCB Layout....................................................................147

Part 6 Service Diagnosis........................................................... 185

The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................190

2.5 Remote Controller Service Mode .........................................................196

3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Controller ....................206

External Protection Device Abnormality ...............................................206

Part 7 Appendix......................................................................... 301

2. Wiring Diagrams for Reference...........................................................309

3. List of Electrical and Functional Parts .................................................330

4. Option List ...........................................................................................338

5. Piping Installation Point.......................................................................342

6. Example of Connection (R-410A Type) ..............................................345

Part 8 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 350

1.1.1 Caution in Repair

When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the

The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical

Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.

Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or

Do not tilt the unit when removing it.

1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair

For integral units

For integral units

1.1.3 Inspection after Repair

1.1.4 Using Icons

1.1.5 Using Icons List

A note provides information that is not indispensable, but may

A caution is used when there is danger that the reader, through

A warning is used when there is danger of personal injury.

A reference guides the reader to other places in this binder or

3. Combination of Outdoor Units.................................................................7

Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

Slim Ceiling Mounted

Wall Mounted Type

Floor Standing Type

Note: FXDQ has following 2 series, as shown below.

Connection Unit for

Note: BEV unit is required for FXUQ only.

Normal Series (Space Saving Series)

High COP Series (Energy Saving Series)

VE:1 phase, 220-240/220V, 50/60Hz

Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units

Combination of Outdoor Units (Normal Series (Space Saving Series))

Combination of Outdoor Units (High COP Series (Energy Saving Series))

Air Treatment Equipment

Outdoor-air processing unit

HRV units (VKM series)

HRV units (VAM series)